Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (530)
  • 2010-2014  (259)
  • 1975-1979  (270)
  • 1925-1929  (4)
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (530)
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 101
    ISBN: 9789400766891
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 209 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. An integrated view of health and well-being
    Keywords: Culture Study and teaching ; Medical research ; Quality of life ; Health psychology ; Cross-cultural psychology ; Positive psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Regional planning ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Applied psychology
    Abstract: Concepts like Health and Well-being are not exclusive products of the Western culture. Research has widely demonstrated that the representation of the body and of its pathologies, as well as treatment and healing practices vary across cultures in relation to social norms and beliefs.The culture of India is a melting pot of nine main Darshanas, or philosophical systems, that share the common core of a realization of the self in society. India’s traditional health system, Ayurveda, is a result of the practical application of the Darshanas to the observation of human nature and behavior. Ayurveda conceptualizes health, disease and well-being as multidimensional aspects of life, and it seeks to preserve a balance in individuals among their biological features, their psychological features and their environmental demands. The Ayurveda approach to health is remarkably similar to the eudaimonic conceptualization of well-being proposed by positive psychology, and the basic tenets of Ayurveda are deeply consistent with the latest developments of modern physics, which stresses the substantial interconnectedness among natural phenomena and their substrates. This text shows how the approach to health developed in Ayurveda can be fruitfully integrated in a general view of health and well-being that encompasses cultural and ideological boundaries. Specifically, it details the conceptualization of health as an optimal and mindful interaction between individuals and their environment.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Part I: Health and Well-Being in the Western Tradition; Part II: Health and Well-Being in Indian Traditions; Part III: Bridging the Worlds; Contents; Part I: Health and Well-Being in the Western Tradition; Chapter 1: Well-Being in the West: Hygieia Before and After the Demographic Transition; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Rise of Panacea and Demise of Hygieia; 1.2.1 Rapid Industrialization and Urbanization of Europe and the USA; 1.2.2 Rationalization and Bureaucratization of Medicine; 1.2.3 The Professionalization of Medicine; 1.2.4 The Rise and Role of Pharmaceuticals
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.5 The Social Meaning of Illness1.3 Return of Hygieia and Well-Being in the West; 1.3.1 Hygieia Enters the Debate About Mental Health and Illness; 1.3.2 The Two Continua Model: Hygieia and Panacea Are Both Important; 1.3.3 Hygieia: Toward Promotion and Protection of Flourishing; 1.3.4 Hygieia Validated: Confirmation of the Promotion and Protection Hypotheses; 1.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: The Psychosomatic View; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 History and Current Developments; Box 2.1 Psychosomatic Medicine; Definition; Boundaries; Subdisciplines
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Psychosocial Factors and Individual Vulnerability2.3.1 Stressful Life Events; 2.3.2 Chronic Stress and Allostatic Load; 2.3.3 Health Attitudes; 2.3.4 Personality and Psychological Well-Being; 2.3.5 Social Support; 2.3.6 Spirituality; 2.4 Need for Holistic Consideration in Patient Care; 2.4.1 Psychiatric Disturbances; 2.4.2 Psychological Disturbances; Box 2.2 The Diagnostic Criteria for Psychosomatic Research (DCPR); Box 2.3 Examples of Questions Derived from the Diagnostic Criteria for Psychosomatic Research (DCPR); 2.4.3 Quality of Life
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Integration of Psychological Interventions in Medicine2.5.1 Treatment of Psychiatric Comorbidity; 2.5.2 Psychosocial Interventions; Box 2.4 Nonspecific Therapeutic Ingredients; Lifestyle Modification; 2.6 Current Issues; Box 2.5 This Case Illustrates How the Psychosomatic Consideration of a  Patient's Complaints May Lead to Better Assessment and Management; References; Part II: Health and Well-Being in Indian Traditions; Chapter 3: The Perspectives on Reality in Indian Traditions and Their Implications for Health and Well-Being; 3.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 Contemporary Concerns About Well-Being and the Reductionist Paradigm3.1.2 Paradigm Shift: Has That Really Occurred?; 3.2 Perspectives on Reality in Indian Traditions; 3.2.1 Non-dualism in Veda and Upanishad; 3.2.2 Dualism of Sāmkhya; 3.2.3 Other Indian Perspectives; 3.3 Some Basic Assumptions and Principles Derived from Indian Perspectives; 3.3.1 Triguna; 3.3.2 Tāpa Traya; 3.3.3 Perspectives on the Constitution of Human Beings; 3.4 Implications for Health and Well-Being Research and Practice; 3.5 Modes of Intervention from the Indian Perspective; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Concept of Health in Āyurveda
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 102
    ISBN: 9789400765795
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 265 p. 33 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International perspectives on early childhood education and development 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Children's play and development
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Play ; Child development
    Abstract: This book provides new theoretical insights to our understanding of play as a cultural activity. All chapters address play and playful activities from a cultural-historical theoretical approach by re-addressing central claims and concepts in the theory and providing new models and understandings of the phenomenon of play within the framework of cultural historical theory. Empirical studies cover a wide range of institutional settings: preschool, school, home, leisure time, and in various social relations (with peers, professionals and parents) in different parts of the world (Europe, Australia, South America and North America). Common to all chapters is a goal of throwing new light on the phenomenon of playing within a theoretical framework of cultural-historical theory. Play as a cultural, collective, social, personal, pedagogical and contextual activity is addressed with reference to central concepts in relation to development and learning. Concepts and phenomena related to ZPD, the imaginary situation, rules, language play, collective imagining, spheres of realities of play, virtual realities, social identity and pedagogical environments are presented and discussed in order to bring the cultural-historical theoretical approach into play with contemporary historical issues. Essential as a must read to any scholar and student engaged with understanding play in relation to human development, cultural historical theory and early childhood education.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Children's Play and Development; What Is Play? Theories on Play; What Is Still Missing?; Cultural-Historical Perspectives on Play as Presented in This Book; The Application of Theory: General Statements About the Use of Well-Established Theories; Application of the Cultural-Historical Perspective on Theory as Presented in This Book; 1. Anti-reductionism; 2. The Historical Approach; 3. The Dialectics of Externalization and Internalization; Values; Presentation of Chapters; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: The Structure of Fantasy Play and Its Implications for Good and Evil GamesIntroduction; Play and Research in Play: Mainstream and Countertrends; Evil Play; The Dynamic Structure of Social Fantasy Play; A Model of the Structure and Components of Play; The Structure of Structure: The Spheres of Reality of Play; The Components of Absorption: The Components of the Sphere of Imagination; Implications; Conclusion: The Structure of Play and Some of Its Implications; References; Chapter 3: Playing with Social Identities: Play in the Everyday Life of a Peer Group in Day Care; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Symbolic Group PlayTheoretical Preliminaries: Features of Symbolic Group Play; Pretence: Symbolic and Subjunctive Modalities of Thought; Play Dominated by As-If and What-If Actions; Material and Symbolic Tools of Play; Communicating About Reality and Pretence in the Play Group; Spheres of Reality; Aspects of the Institutional Tradition of Danish Day Care; Empirical Study; Method; Analysis of Play Example; Discussion; Identifying with Roles and Positions; Central and Peripheral Positions; The Director's Position; Building Relationships Through Playing; Symbolic and Factual Identity in Playing
    Description / Table of Contents: Playing Games with RulesTheoretical Preliminaries: Features of Games with Rules; Rules as Sociocultural Practice; Rules for Rules; Background Information; The Star Players; The Ordinary Players; The Other Players; Example; The Local Soccer Rules; Discussion; Negotiating and Creating Social Identities Through Soccer Playing; The Generic Social Hierarchy as Open System; Rules as Social Structures and Logics; Imagining Soccer; Subjunctive Thinking in Playing; Social Identification Process and Subjunctive Thinking in Playing
    Description / Table of Contents: Summing Up: Resemblances Between Symbolic Group Playing and Playing SoccerPlaying with Social Identities: Questing Recognition; References; Chapter 4: Pedagogical Perspectives on Play; Introduction; The Play-and-Learning Debate; The Logic of Social Fantasy Play; Characteristics of Fantasy Play; Creativity; Narrativity; Orientation and Flexibility; Meaningfulness; Reciprocity and Cooperation; Play as Source of Pedagogical Inspiration; Integration and Complexity in Pedagogical Praxis; From Children's "Traces" to Pedagogical Activities; The Witch Flying in a Spaceship
    Description / Table of Contents: Integration as Narrative Connections
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 103
    ISBN: 9789400765436
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 257 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 26
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Europäische Union ; Produktsicherheit ; Vereinheitlichung
    Abstract: This book examines the increasing role of the legal method of systematisation in European Union (EU) law. It argues that the legal method of systematisation that has been developed in a welfare-state context is increasingly used as a regulative tool to functionally integrate the market. The book uses the example of EU product regulation as a reference to illustrate the impact of systematisation on EU law. It draws conclusions from this phenomenon and redefines the current place and origin of systematisation in the EU legal system. It puts forward and demonstrates two main arguments. First, in certain sectors such as in EU product safety law, the quality of EU law changes from a sector-specific and reactive field of law to an increasingly coherent legal system at European level. Therefore, instead of punctual market intervention, it increasingly governs whole market areas. By doing so, it challenges and often fully replaces the respective welfare-based legal systems in the Member States for the benefit of the ideal of a market-driven EU legal system. Second, at European level, the ideal is in development. This illustrates the change of the function of Statecraft from nation-states to market-states
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Abbreviations; Introduction; 1 Approach and Aims; 2 Methods; 3 Structure; Chapter 1: Mapping the Systematization of EU Product Safety Regulation; 1.1 The Emergence of Conceptual Risk-Based Product Safety Regulation in Europe; 1.1.1 The Different and Yet Common Development of 'New Governance'- and 'New Approach'-Products - A Summary; 1.1.2 The Case of 'New Approach'-Products: From Experimental Restraint to Systematic Horizontal Concepts; 'Standard Setting' Under the Traditional Free Movement of Goods-Regime
    Description / Table of Contents: The First Wave of Systematization: The Introduction of the 'New Approach'-System as Response to the ECJ's Wider Interpretation of the Free Movement of GoodsThe Switch of the Understanding of Market Integration Through 'Dassonville' and 'Cassis de Dijon'; Widening the 'New Approach' and Introduction of Post-market Surveillance Systems; Reasons for the First Wave of Systematization of 'New Governance'-Products: The ECJ's Push for a New Understanding of Market Integration
    Description / Table of Contents: The Second Wave of Systematization: Conceptual Proposals Such as the Sutherland-Report, the Lisbon Agenda and the 'New Governance'- and 'Better Regulation'-ApproachThe Influence of the Sutherland-Report: Rationalization of Legislation Through Systematization; The Influence of the Lisbon-Agenda: European Market Integration Through Systematization; The Influence of the 'New Governance', 'Better Regulation', and 'Smart Regulation'-Strategies: Integration, Rationalization and Legitimisation Through Systematization; Intensifying and Institutionalising the 'New Approach'
    Description / Table of Contents: The New Legislative Framework for Marketing of ProductsReasons for the Second Wave of Systematization of 'New Approach'-Products: Rationalization, Market Integration and Legitimization; 1.1.3 The Case of 'New Governance'-Products: From Reaction Regulation to Consolidated and Codified Sector Specific Concepts; The First Wave: Sector-Specific Systematization as Reaction to Catastrophes; Regulation of Pharmaceuticals: The Thalidomide Story; Regulation of Food- and Feedstuff: Stories About Mad Cows and Dioxin Contaminations; Seveso and Chemical Law
    Description / Table of Contents: Reasons for the First Wave of Systematization of 'New Governance'-Products: People's PressureThe Second Wave: Systematic Sector Specific Consolidation and Codification After the 'New Governance'- and the 'Better Regulation'-Agenda; Substantial Systematization: The Introduction of Regulatory Logics to the Respective Areas; The 'Lisbon'-Agenda as General Guideline and the Transfer of 'New Approach' Logics to 'New Governance'-Products; European Systematization of Market Areas Through the Pharmacode, Foodcode and REACH
    Description / Table of Contents: Institutional Systematization: The Introduction of Regulatory Governance as the New Architecture of 'Supervision Governance'
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 104
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400744738
    ISSN: 1389-6903
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 406 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druck-Ausg. Franks, David D., 1931 - Handbook of neurosociology
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Neurology ; Psychology, clinical ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Neurology ; Psychology, clinical ; Neurosciences ; Social aspects ; Neurowissenschaften ; Soziologie ; Neurobiologie ; Neurologie ; Soziologie
    Abstract: Until recently, a handbook on neurosociology would have been viewed with skepticism by sociologists, who have long been protective of their disciplinary domain against perceived encroachment by biology. But a number of developments in the last decade or so have made sociologists more receptive to biological factors in sociology and social psychology. Much of this has been encouraged by the coeditors of this volume, David Franks and Jonathan Turner. This new interest has been increased by the explosion of research in neuroscience on brain functioning and brain-environment interaction (via new MRI technologies), with implications for social and psychological functioning. This handbook emphasizes the integration of perspectives within sociology as well as between fields in social neuroscience. For example, Franks represents a social constructionist position following from G.H. Meads voluntaristic theory of the act while Turner is more social structural and positivistic. Furthermore, this handbook not only contains contributions from sociologists, but leading figures from the psychological perspective of social neuroscience.
    Description / Table of Contents: Handbook of Neurosociology; Preface; References; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Summaries and Comments; David Franks: A Short History; Brain Activity Measures and Limitations; Jonathan H. Turner: Coming on Board as an Editor; What Does Neurosociology Have to Offer?; References; Part I: Large Issues; Chapter 2: Neural Social Science; Reason Is Neural; Back to the Future; How Brain Circuits Become Meaningful; Reason and Social Science; Reason Itself: Enlightenment Fallacies; The Enlightenment Fallacies; The First Fallacy: Reason Is Conscious
    Description / Table of Contents: The Second Fallacy: One Can Reason Directly About the WorldThe Third Fallacy: Thought Is Disembodied; The Fourth Fallacy: Words Are Defined Directly in Terms of Features of the External World; The Fifth Fallacy: Reason Is Unemotional; The Sixth Fallacy: Reason Is Literal and Logical; The Seventh Fallacy: Categories Are Defined by Necessary and Sufficient Conditions; The Eighth Fallacy: Reason Exists Primarily to Serve Self-interest; The Ninth Fallacy: Conceptual Systems Are Monolithic; The Tenth Fallacy: Words Have Fixed Meanings, and Concepts Have Fixed Logics
    Description / Table of Contents: The Eleventh Fallacy: The Truth Will Set You Free If Enough People Know the Truth About Social Issues, They Will Change Their Attitudes, to Society's Bene fi t; Some Brain Basics; Color; Perception and Action; That's Why There Are Basic-Level Concepts; That's Why Verb Roots Are the Same for First- and Third-Person Experiences; Imagining and Doing Use the Same Brain Circuitry; Neural Computation and Simulation; The Centrality of Metaphor in Social Life; Neural Metaphor; The Narayanan-Johnson-Grady Neural Theory of Metaphor; How Are Neural Circuits Learned?
    Description / Table of Contents: The Feldman Functional Circuitry HypothesisPrimary Metaphors; Narayanan on Spike-Time-Dependent Plasticity; Neuromodulators and "Rewards"; Integrating Multiple Neural Systems; Embodiment Evidence in Social Psychology; Real Social and Political Life; The Conservative Advantage; What Can Progressives and Democrats Do?; Systems Thinking; The Point; CODA; Solving a Social Science Puzzle; References; Chapter 3: Why We Need Neurosociology as Well as Social Neuroscience: Or-Why Role-Taking and Theory of Mind Are Different Concepts; History of the Terms Neurosociology and Social Neuroscience
    Description / Table of Contents: Distinguishing Between the Two Fields Using Role-Taking and ToMSome Ways Role-Taking and Power Can be Explored Experimentally; What Social Neuroscience Can Offer Sociological Research on Role-Taking and Power; Empirically Testing the Role-Taking and Power Hypothesis; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Social Cognition and the Problem of Other Minds; Where in the World Are Minds?; The Psychology of Individual Minds; Social Psychology and Social Cognition; What Do Minds Learn to Mind?; Brains and Minds Grow Together; Socialized Brains Remain Social Minds; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Genetic, Hormonal, and Neural Underpinnings of Human Aggressive Behavior
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 105
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400742765
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 636 p. 29 illus, digital)
    Edition: 2nd ed. 2013
    Series Statement: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Handbook of the sociology of mental health
    Parallel Title: Print version Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Psychiatry ; Psychology, clinical ; Consciousness ; Social Sciences ; Social psychiatry ; Mental illness ; Social aspects ; Psychische Störung ; Psychische Gesundheit ; Medizinsoziologie
    Abstract: This second edition of the Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health features theory-driven reviews of recent research with a comprehensive approach to the investigation of the ways in which society shapes the mental health of its members and the lives of those who have been diagnosed as having a mental illnessThe award-winning Handbook is distinctive in its focus on how the organization and functioning of society influences the occurrence of mental disorder and its consequences. A core issue that runs throughout the text concerns the differential distribution of mental illness across various social strata, defined by status characteristics such as gender, race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and age. The contributions to this volume shed light on the social, cultural, and economic factors that explain why some social groups have an elevated risk of disorder. They also address the social repercussions of mental disorder for individuals, including stigmatization within the larger society, and for their families and social networks.The second edition of this seminal volume includes substantial updates to previous chapters, as well as seven new chapters on: -The Individuals Experience of Mental Illness.--The Medicalization of Mental Illness.---Age, Aging, and Mental Health.- -Religion and Mental Health.- -Neighborhoods and Mental Health.- -Mental Health and the Lawand Public Beliefs about Mental Illness.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 106
    ISBN: 9789400743045
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 297 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 23
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Learning in informal settings is attracting growing attention from policymakers and researchers, yet there remains, at the moment, a dearth of literature on the topic. Thus this volume, which examines how science and mathematics are experienced in everyday and out-of-school-time (OST) settings, makes an important contribution to the field of the learning sciences. Conducting research on OST learning requires us to broaden and deepen our conceptions of learning as well as to better identify the unique and common qualities of different learning settings. We must also find better ways to analyze the interplay between OST and school-based learning. In this volume, scholars develop theoretical structures that are useful not only for understanding learning processes, but also for helping to create and support new opportunities for learning, whether they are in or out of school, or bridging a range of settings. The chapters in this volume include studies of everyday and situated processes that facilitate science and mathematics learning. They also feature new theoretical and empirical frameworks for studying learning pathways that span both in- and out-of-school time and settings. Contributors also examine structured OST programs in which everyday and situated modes of learning are leveraged in support of more disciplined practices and conceptions of science and mathematics. Fortifying much of this work is a leading focus on educational equitya desire to foster more socially supportive and intellectually engaging science and mathematics learning opportunities for youth from historically non-dominant communities. Full of compelling examples and revealing analysis, this book is a vital addition to the literature on a subject with a fast-rising profile.
    Description / Table of Contents: LOST Opportunities; Preface; A New Way of Looking; This Volume; Thank Yous; References; Contents; Part I: What Counts as Math and Science?; Chapter 1: Introduction: What Counts as Math and Science?; References; Chapter 2: Math I Am: What We Learn from Stories That People Tell About Math in Their Lives; Introduction; Methods; The Interviews; (Mathematical) Identity and Narrative; Home and Mathematics; "What Is Mathematics?" in the Family; Diverse Kinds of Mathematics; Mathematics at Home Stories Are Social; Getting It Done Instead of Getting the Right Answer; Mathematics as Part of Fun
    Description / Table of Contents: How Mathematics in the Family Relates to the Question of "Who Am I?"Being Personally Responsible; Being Socially Responsible; Being a Family Together; Home and Mathematics Identity; School and Mathematics; "What Is Mathematics?" at School; Generalizing About Experiences with School Mathematics; Mathematics as Speci fi c Problems, Teachers, and Grades; Mathematics for Mathematics' Sake; How Mathematics at School Relates to the Question of "Who Am I?"; School and Mathematics Identity; Design Implications of the MIAM Stories; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: What Counts as Science in Everyday and Family Interactions?Introduction; Examples of Science-Relevant Activities in Everyday Life; Conversations About Sea Creatures at an Aquarium; Testing Predictions at a Car Track Museum Exhibit; Conversations About Temperature and Melting in a Storybook-Reading Activity; Conversations About Sun Safety at a Community Health Fair; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: What Counts as Mathematics When "We All Use Math Every Day"? A Look at NUMB3RS; Mathematics in Movies and Television; NUMB3RS; The Mathematics of NUMB3RS; Methods: Word Counts
    Description / Table of Contents: We All Use Math Every Day: Who Is "We"?We All Use Math Every Day: What Is "Math"?; Methods: Audience Response Study; Who Does Mathematics in NUMB3RS ?; How Do Viewers Decide Something Counts as Mathematics?; Learning in Out-of-School Time: Mathematics and Media; Appendix; References; Chapter 5: What Counts Too Much and Too Little as Math; Stupid Gerry; What Counts as Math Times Two; Math and "Our Language"; Architect A and Architect B; Math Is Distributed and Expressed in Diverse Forms in Everyday Life; Mathematics In-Not-As the Activity; Dumb Ted; Where Do We Go from Here?; Coda; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: When Is Mathematics, and Who Says So?: A Commentary on Part IReferences; Part II: Understanding How and Why People Learn Across Settings as an Educational Equity Strategy; Chapter 7: Introduction: Understanding How and Why People Learn Across Settings as an Educational Equity Strategy; References; Chapter 8: Creating Within and Across Life Spaces: The Role of a Computer Clubhouse in a Child's Learning Ecology; Introduction; Theoretical Goals and Methodological Strategies; Luis's Learning Pathways; Getting Started at the Clubhouse
    Description / Table of Contents: Movie-Making Process: Idea Generation, Feedback, and Revision
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 107
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747593 , 1283634082 , 9781283634083
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 221 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Arbeit ; Lebenslanges Lernen
    Abstract: This book's original contribution to a crowded literature on work and learning will attract strong international interest. Its focus on the philosophy of learning at work brings a fresh perspective on a topic normally viewed through psychological, anthropological and sociological eyes. It assembles a host of internationally recognized scholars who reflect on the various philosophies of work-based learning. Full of distinctive and original contributions that provide perceptive insights into the subject, the work will be a practical support to teachers, trainers and researchers at the same time
    Abstract: This books original contribution to a crowded literature on work and learning will attract strong international interest. Its focus on the philosophy of learning at work brings a fresh perspective on a topic normally viewed through psychological, anthropological and sociological eyes. It assembles a host of internationally recognized scholars who reflect on the various philosophies of work-based learning. Full of distinctive and original contributions that provide perceptive insights into the subject, the work will be a practical support to teachers, trainers and researchers at the same time as it gives readers a clear philosophical grounding in learning at work. It is, however, not simply a book about philosophy, but a gazetteer of approaches to education in work that will sustain and inspire those who provide, engage in, and support the learning of new knowledge and skills in the workplace. With adaptability to new employment opportunities so vital to existing workers, the authors stand behind continued provision of work-based learning in the face of tightening economic constraints.
    Description / Table of Contents: Learning, Work and Practice: New Understandings; Foreword; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Thinking About Work in Work Based Learning; References; Part I; Chapter 2: The Workplace as a Site of Learning: Reflections on the Conceptual Relationship Between Workplace and Learning; Introduction: The Concept of a Workplace; The Concept of Work; Constraints on the Workplace as a Learning Environment; Why Some Learning Has to Take Place in the Workplace; Operational Conditions and the Workplace; Collective Knowledge in the Workplace; IVET and CVET
    Description / Table of Contents: Towards the Development of Professional Agency Through the Workplace as a Site of LearningReferences; Chapter 3: The Role of On-the-Job and Off-the-Job Provision in Vocational Education and Training; The Disappearing Knowledge Trick; A Different Approach; References; Chapter 4: Tacit Knowledge and the Labour Process; Introduction; Knowledge and Wealth: Retreat from Human Capital?; Braverman's Labour Process Theory; Importance of Knowledge at Work; The Knowledge Worker; Is Knowledge Work Rampant?; Knowledge Management and the Labour Process; Knowledge Sharing
    Description / Table of Contents: Commodification of Knowledge: A Global/Local QuestionEspoused Reasons for Knowledge Management; Resisting Standardization at Work; Rise of Tacit Knowledge; Knowledge Ownership at Work; Conclusion; Implications; References; Chapter 5: Workplace Identity, Transition and the Role of Learning; The Concept of Workplace Identity; Research into Graduate Identity; Constructing Graduate Identity; Values; Intellect; Performance; Engagement; From Graduate Identity to Workplace Identity; Developing Workplace Identity; References; Part II
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Ontological Distinctiveness and the Emergence of PurposesIntroduction: Beyond 'Mere Castles in the Air'; Ontologically Distinctive Properties; Unpredictability; Irreducibility; Inexplicability; The Significance of Purpose; Pushing on with Purpose; Projective Practices; Building Capacities; Identity and Agency; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Practice as a Key Idea in Understanding Work-Based Learning; Introduction; The Scope of the Term 'Work-Based Learning'; Changing Understandings of Work-Based Learning; Early Theories Influenced by Psychology; Sociocultural Theories
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodern TheoriesDiverse Understandings of Practice; MacIntyre's Account; Green's Analysis of Less Attenuated Theories; Implications of More Recent Learning Theories and the Practice Turn for Understanding Work-Based Learning; Conclusion; References; Part III; Chapter 8: Aristotelian Gnoseology and Work-Based Learning; Introduction; Work-Based Learning and the Critique of Aristotle; Other Knowledge Is Valuable: For Aristotle Too; The Phronimoi , Their Leisure (Skholi) and Their Occupation (Askholia); References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Working Our Way Through Murky Coordinates: Philosophy in Support of Truth Processes
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 108
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750197 , 1283634309 , 9781283634304
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 209 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschulorganisation ; Frau
    Abstract: Our colleges and universities are being led in large part by baby boomers who are now in later midlife. Huge numbers of those middle-aged leaders will retire within the next 10 years. While we know that being in later midlife and impending retirement must influence a person in a leadership position at an institution of higher learning, we dont really understand how. This book is based upon an empirical study that linked higher education leadership to one aspect of midlife known as generativity. This psychosocial phenomenon was described by Erik Erikson as a desire that peaks in midlife to leave something for future generations before one dies. Generativity typically manifests itself in the legacy one intends to leave. The author of this book has completed a multiple case study of women who are in later midlife and who hold high-level leadership positions at an institution of higher learning. In this work, she shares more than has ever been known about the nature, antecedents, and support of generativity in the leadership of female higher education leaders in midlife.
    Description / Table of Contents: Lasting Female Educational Leadership; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Leadership Legacies: Immortal Higher Education Leadership; Need and Background; A Statement of the Research Problem and Questions; Why Study Women in Leadership?; Purpose of the Study; Audience of the Study; Definition of Terms; Midlife; Higher Education Leader; Generativity; Generative Motivation; Generative Realization; Generative Chill; Generative Ethics; Communal Modes of Generativity; Agentic Modes of Generativity; Leadership; Developmental Antecedents of Generativity Motivation
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education Leadership LegacyPositive Role Model; Negative Role Model; Mentor; Leadership Coach; Summary; Exercise: In fl uential Legacies; Chapter 2: Why Legacy Matters More in Midlife; Erik Erikson's Theory of Generativity; Practical Questions of My Research Study; Why is Leadership so Dif fi cult to Study?; Which Leadership Framework is Appropriate for My Research Study?; What Selection Criteria Can I Use to Identify Higher Education Leaders?; Why Study Midlife Leaders Who Work Particularly in Higher Education?; How Does Generativity Manifest Itself Particularly in Women?
    Description / Table of Contents: What Else Did My Literature Review Uncover?Summary; Exercise: Childhood and Early Adulthood Antecedents to Generativity Strivings; Chapter 3: The Case Study; Rationale for Choosing the Naturalistic Paradigm; Rationale for Taking a Qualitative Research Approach; Rationale for Conducting a Case Study; Criteria for Study Participation; Methodology Summary; Exercise: A Higher Education Leadership Legacy Survey; Chapter 4: Characteristics that Influence Leadership Legacies; Description of Informants; Pseudonyms; Preparation; Insights; Within-Case Data Presentation; Cordelia; Desdemona; Juliet
    Description / Table of Contents: OpheliaPortia; Titania; Cross-Case Data Presentation; Research Question 1: What is the Nature of Generativity in Leadership?; Research Question 2: What are the Antecedents of Leadership Generativity Motivation?; Research Question 3: What Environmental Factors Within a Higher Education Setting Facilitate or Inhibit Leadership Generativity?; Summary; Exercise: How Do Your Experiences Compare with the Study's Research Findings?; Chapter 5: Developing Generative Higher Education Leaders; Purpose of My Study; Responses to Research Questions: A Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Research Question 1: What is the Nature of Generativity in Leadership?Key Finding 1: The Informants Believed That Being in Midlife Strongly Increased Their Generativity Motivation; Key Finding 2: The Informants Believed That Being a Woman Strongly In fl uenced Their Leadership Generativity; Key Finding 3: The Informants' Leadership Generativity Was In fl uenced by Their Positivity; Key Finding 4: The informants' Daily Activities and Responsibilities at the Local Level Constituted Their Leadership Generativity; Research Question 2: What are the Antecedents of Generativity Motivation?
    Description / Table of Contents: Key Finding 5: The informants' Leadership Generativity Was a Function of Their Having Grown Up in a Particular Time
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 109
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048189038
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 300 p. 92 illus, digital)
    Edition: 3rd ed. 2013
    Series Statement: The Springer Series on Demographic Methods and Population Analysis 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Pol, Louis G. The demography of health and healthcare
    Keywords: Demographie ; Gesundheitswesen ; USA ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 110
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745995 , 128363385X , 9781283633857
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 255 p. 102 illus., 12 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 357
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Betz, Gregor Debate dynamics: how controversy improves our beliefs
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Argumentationstheorie ; Debatte
    Abstract: Is critical argumentation an effective way to overcome disagreement? And does the exchange of arguments bring opponents in a controversy closer to the truth? This study provides a new perspective on these pivotal questions. By means of multi-agent simulations, it investigates the truth and consensus-conduciveness of controversial debates. The book brings together research in formal epistemology and argumentation theory. Aside from its consequences for discursive practice, the work may have important implications for philosophy of science and the way we construe scientific rationality as well.
    Description / Table of Contents: Debate Dynamics: How Controversy Improves Our Beliefs; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: General Introduction; 1.1 The Aims of Argumentation; 1.2 An Example of a Controversial Argumentation; 1.3 Modeling Controversial Debate; 1.4 Results Pertaining to Consensus-Conduciveness; 1.5 Results Pertaining to Truth-Conduciveness; 1.6 Objections and Caveats; 1.7 Putting the Approach in Perspective; Chapter 2: An Introduction to the Theory of Dialectical Structures; 2.1 Fundamental Concepts; 2.2 Degrees of Justification; 2.3 The Space of Coherent Positions; 2.4 Normalized Closeness Centrality
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Inferential Density2.6 The General Design of the Simulations; Part I: Why Do We Agree? On the Consensus-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation; Chapter 3: Introduction to Part I; 3.1 Outline of Part I; 3.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 4: The Consensual Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 4.1 Setup; 4.2 Results; 4.3 Discussion; 4.4 Results, Continued; 4.5 Discussion, Continued; Chapter 5: The Consensual Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge; 5.1 Setup; 5.2 Results; 5.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Comparing the Consensual Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates6.1 Setup; 6.2 Results; 6.3 Discussion; Chapter 7: The Consensual Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 7.1 Setup; 7.2 Results; 7.3 Discussion; Chapter 8: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Updating; 8.1 Setup; 8.2 Results; 8.3 Discussion; Chapter 9: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Argumentation; 9.1 Setup; 9.2 Results; 9.3 Discussion; Part II: How Do We Know? On the Truth-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 10: Introduction to Part II10.1 Outline of Part II; 10.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 11: The Veritistic Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 11.1 Setup; 11.2 Results; 11.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?; 11.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?; 11.2.3 The Verisimilitude of Stable Positions: Are Proponent Positions Which Remain Relatively Stable Closer to the Truth?; 11.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 12: The Veritistic Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge12.1 Setup; 12.2 Results; 12.3 Discussion; Chapter 13: Comparing the Veritistic Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates; 13.1 Setup; 13.2 Results; 13.3 Discussion; Chapter 14: The Veritistic Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 14.1 Setup; 14.2 Results; 14.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 111
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745100 , 1283612313 , 9781283612319
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 424 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The universalism of human rights
    RVK:
    Keywords: Public law ; Constitutional law ; Law ; Law ; Public law ; Constitutional law ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift ; Menschenrecht ; Menschenrecht
    Abstract: Is there universalism of human rights? If so, what are its scope and limits? This book is a doctrinal attempt to define universalism of human rights, as well as its scope and limits. The book presents tests of universalism on international, regional and national constitutional levels. It is maintained that universalism of human rights is both a concept and a normative reality. The normative character of human rights is scrutinized through the study of international and regional agreements as well as national constitutions. As a consequence, limitations of normativity are identified, usually on the international level, and take the form of exceptions, reservations, and interpretations. The book is based on the General and National Reports which were originally presented at the 18th International Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law in Washington D.C. 2010.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Universalism of Human Rights; Foreword; Préface; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Human Rights and Peace; Contemporary Developments; Plurinational Level of Protection; Instruments and Mechanisms; Questionnaire; Results; Evaluation; Chapter 1: Reflections on the Universality of Human Rights; 1.1 Are Human Rights Universal?; 1.1.1 How to Define Universality?; 1.1.2 The Human Rights Idea, the Political Transformation of This Idea Into Normative Structures, and the Gap Between Normative Claim and Reality; 1.1.3 Normative Claim and Normative Reality; 1.1.4 Universality v. Relativism 7
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.5 Human Rights and National Constitutional Law1.2 Are Fundamental Rights Binding?; 1.2.1 International and Regional Level; 1.2.2 State Level; 1.2.3 The Effects of Human Rights Soft Law; 1.2.4 Human Rights and the Rule of Law; References; Chapter 2: Universal Human Rights in the Law of the United States; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Human Rights in the States; 2.3 Federal Protections of Human Rights; 2.4 International Human Rights Standards; 2.5 Conclusion and Prospects for the Future; References; Chapter 3: Diversité culturelle et droits de la personne: la situation au Canada*
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Traités et droit canadien3.2 Actes unilatéraux des organisations internationales et droit canadien; 3.3 Particularismes locaux canadiens; 3.3.1 Peuples autochtones canadiens; 3.3.2 Minorités linguistiques canadiennes; 3.3.3 Minorités ethniques et religieuses canadiennes; 3.4 Conclusion; Bibliographie; Monographie; Articles; Jurisprudence; Législation; Documents internationaux; Rapports; Sites Web; Annexe - Conventions auxquelles le Canada est partie; Chapter 4: The Impact of the Jurisprudence Inter-American Court of Human Rights on the Chilean Constitutional System; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 The Inter-American System of Human Rights4.2.1 The System Based on the OAS Charter; 4.2.2 System Based on the Convention; 4.3 Constitution, Law and Rights in Chile; 4.4 The Position of the International Treaties on Human Rights in the Chilean Constitutional System; 4.4.1 The Hierarchy of International Treaties on Human Rights; 4.4.2 The History of Article 5 (2) Second Sentence of the Constitution; 4.4.3 The Principle of Harmonious Interpretation of the Constitution and the Requirements for Constitutional Amendments
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.4 The Hierarchical Superiority of Treaties on Human Rights with Regard to National Law4.4.5 The Chilean Constitution and the American Treaty on Human Rights; 4.4.6 The Relationship Between the San José de Costa Rica Court's Judgments and the Judgments of the Chilean Courts; 4.4.6.1 The San José de Costa Rica Court's Judgments Have No Supremacy over Chilean Courts; 4.4.6.2 The Enforcement of the San José Court's Judgments May Need to Reform the Internal Law; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Bibliography; Legal Documents; Judgments
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: The Universal Nature of Human Rights: The Brazilian Stance Within Latin America's Human Rights Scenario
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 112
    ISBN: 9789048189212
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 299 p. 18 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Crime, HIV and health
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Criminology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Criminology ; Sozialwissenschaften ; Public health ; Kriminologie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; USA ; Öffentliches Gesundheitswesen ; Kriminalität ; HIV ; USA ; Strafjustiz ; HIV ; Gesundheitsgefährdung
    Abstract: Carefully selected to reflect the latest research at the interface between public health and criminal justice in the US, these contributions each focus on an aspect of the relationship. How, for example, might a person's criminal activity adversely affect their health or their risk of exposure to HIV infection? The issues addressed in this volume are at the heart of policy in both public health and criminal justice. The authors track a four-fold connection between the two fields, exploring the mental and physical health of incarcerated populations; the health consequences of crime, substance abuse, violence and risky sexual behaviors; the extent to which high crime rates are linked to poor health outcomes in the same neighborhood; and the results of public health interventions among traditional criminal justice populations. As well as exploring these urgent issues, this anthology features a wealth of remarkable interdisciplinary contributions that see public health researchers focusing on crime, while criminologists attend to public health issues. The papers provide empirical data tracking, for example, the repercussions on public health of a fear of crime among residents of high-crime neighborhoods, and the correlations between HIV status and outcomes, and an individual's history of criminal activity. Providing social scientists and policy makers with vital pointers on how the criminal justice and public health sectors might work together on the problems common to both, this collection breaks new ground by combining the varying perspectives of a number of key disciplines
    Abstract: Carefully selected to reflect the latest research at the interface between public health and criminal justice in the US, these contributions each focus on an aspect of the relationship. How, for example, might a persons criminal activity adversely affect their health or their risk of exposure to HIV infection? The issues addressed in this volume are at the heart of policy in both public health and criminal justice. The authors track a four-fold connection between the two fields, exploring the mental and physical health of incarcerated populations; the health consequences of crime, substance abuse, violence and risky sexual behaviors; the extent to which high crime rates are linked to poor health outcomes in the same neighborhood; and the results of public health interventions among traditional criminal justice populations.As well as exploring these urgent issues, this anthology features a wealth of remarkable interdisciplinary contributions that see public health researchers focusing on crime, while criminologists attend to public health issues. The papers provide empirical data tracking, for example, the repercussions on public health of a fear of crime among residents of high-crime neighborhoods, and the correlations between HIV status and outcomes, and an individuals history of criminal activity. Providing social scientists and policy makers with vital pointers on how the criminal justice and public health sectors might work together on the problems common to both, this collection breaks new ground by combining the varying perspectives of a number of key disciplines.
    Description / Table of Contents: Crime, HIV and Health: Intersections of Criminal Justice and Public Health Concerns; Introduction; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Crime and Public Health in the United States; 1.1 Substance Use and Violence; 1.2 Vulnerable Populations, Negative Health Outcomes, and Incarceration; 1.3 Exploring Common Ground: Criminal Justice and Public Health; 1.3.1 Incarceration; 1.3.2 Health Risk Behaviors Among High-Risk Youth; 1.3.3 Crime, Health, and Space; 1.3.4 Public Health Interventions and Criminal Justice Populations; References; Part I: The Health of Incarcerated Populations
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: A Longitudinal Study of the Prevalence, Development, and Persistence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors in Delinquent Youth: Implications for Health Care in the Community2.1 Methods; 2.1.1 Sampling Procedures; 2.1.2 Procedures to Obtain Assent and Consent; 2.1.3 Participants; 2.1.4 Procedures for Data Collection; 2.1.5 Measures; 2.1.6 Missing Data; 2.1.6.1 Missing Cases; 2.1.6.2 Missing Data from Interviews Conducted by Telephone; 2.1.7 Independent Variables; 2.1.8 Statistical Analysis; 2.2 Results; 2.2.1 Prevalence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.1.1 Comparing the Baseline and Follow-up InterviewsMales; Females; 2.2.1.2 Prevalence at Follow-up; Males; Females; 2.2.1.3 Gender Differences; 2.2.1.4 Age Differences (Data Not Shown); 2.2.2 Development of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors; 2.2.2.1 Gender Differences; 2.2.2.2 Racial/Ethnic Differences; 2.2.3 Persistence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors; 2.2.3.1 Gender Differences; 2.2.3.2 Racial/Ethnic Differences; 2.3 Discussion; 2.4 Limitations; 2.5 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Risky Sexual Behavior and Negative Health Consequences Among Incarcerated Female Adolescents: Implications for Public Health Policy and Practice3.1 Pathways into Delinquency for Female Adolescents; 3.2 Health Service Needs and Service Gaps among Incarcerated Female Adolescents; 3.3 STD Screening and Treatment in Juvenile Detention Settings in California; 3.3.1 Profiles of Project Participants and Qualitative Findings; 3.3.2 Qualitative Findings: Condom Use; 3.3.3 Qualitative Findings: Family Life; 3.3.4 Overlap of Family Conflict, Substance Use and Risky Sexual Behaviors
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 DiscussionReferences; Chapter 4: Disparities in Mental Health Diagnosis and Treatment Among African Americans: Implications for the Correctional Systems; 4.1 Disparities in Mental Health Diagnoses and Treatment; 4.1.1 Anxiety; 4.1.2 Depression; 4.1.3 Bipolar Disorder; 4.1.4 Schizophrenia; 4.1.5 Treatment Disparities; 4.2 Implications for Correctional Settings; References; Part II: Health Consequences of Crime and Risk Behaviors; Chapter 5: Methamphetamine Use, Personality Traits, and High-Risk Behaviors; 5.1 Research Methods; 5.1.1 Sample Recruitment; 5.1.2 Measures; 5.2 Study Results
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2.1 Sample
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 113
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400714946
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 1582 p. eReference, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Lütge, Christoph, 1969 - Handbook of the Philosophical Foundations of Business Ethics
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Economics ; Philosophy (General) ; Law—Philosophy. ; Law—History. ; Philosophy (General) ; Economics ; Ethics ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Business ; Management science. ; Law ; Law ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Unternehmensethik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Aristotelian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Scholastic Thought and Business Ethics -- Morality and Self-Interest I: Hume, Smith and the Scottish Enlightenment -- Morality and Self-Interest II: Contemporary Perspectives -- Kantian and Hegelian Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Marxist Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Contemporary Continental Philosophy and Business Ethics -- Christian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Jewish Foundations of Business Ethics -- Islamic Foundations of Business Ethics -- Eastern Cultural, Philosophical and Religious Foundations of Business Ethics -- Discourse Ethics and Business -- Contractarianism -- Sen’s “Capabilities”, Poverty and Economic Welfare -- Human Rights, Globalization and Business Ethics -- Gender Issues and Business Ethics -- Justice and Business Ethics -- Philosophical Issues of Sustainability and the Environment -- Free Markets, Morality and Business Ethics -- Property Rights: Material and Intellectual -- Philosophical Issues of Management and Corporations -- Methodology and Business Ethics
    Abstract: The Handbook of Business Ethics: Philosophical Foundations is a standard interdisciplinary reference handbook in the field of business ethics. Articles by notable philosophers and economists examine fundamental concepts, theories and questions of business ethics: Are morality and self-interest compatible? What is meant by a just price? What did the Scholastic philosophers think about business? The handbook will cover the entire philosophical basis of business ethics. Articles range from historical positions such as Aristotelianism, Kantianism and Marxism to systematic issues like justice, religious issues, rights and globalisation or gender. The book is intended as a reference work for academics, students (esp. graduate), and professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 114
    ISBN: 9789400746534
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 306 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Economic and political change in Asia and Europe
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; East Asia ; Economic policy ; East Asia ; Economic conditions ; East Asia ; Social policy ; East Asia ; Social conditions ; Europe ; Economic policy ; Europe ; Economic conditions ; Europe ; Social policy ; Europe ; Social conditions
    Abstract: Since the 1973 publication of Alain Peyrefittes prophetic When China Awakens, developments in East Asia have outstripped even the wildest predictions. China has undergone the fastest industrialization and urbanization process in history, yet tensions there are rising as some realize how far they have been left behind. This volume explores the applicability of European economic and social models to our analysis of East Asias and, in particular, Chinas situation. Though millions of Chinese and other Asian people have been lifted out of poverty, inequality is rising nonetheless, and contemporary Europe and Asia are both witnessing collective action against rampant economic neoliberalism in the former and the exclusion of minorities in the latter. It is difficult to overstate the relevance of this assessment, which seeks answers to some central questions: Can events in Europe serve as a model for those in East Asia? Are there similarities or differences between the two regions? To what extent do political, economic or social systems stimulate or inhibit collective action? How culturally equivalent are the collective actions of marginalized/ disadvantaged people in the two locations, or are events in Europe symptomatic of specific cultural attributes? Comparing and contrasting the research tools and dominant paradigms in the social and economic sciences in East Asia and Europe, as this volume does, throws out some revealing results.
    Description / Table of Contents: Economic and Political Change in Asia and Europe; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Appendices; Abbreviations; Chapter 1: Collective Action and Relatively Powerless People in Europe and Asia; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Social and Economic Backdrops; 1.3 Recession and Social Movements; 1.4 Common Traits: Asia and Europe; 1.5 Chapter Descriptions; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Economic, Political and Social Globalization in Asia and Europe; Chapter 2: Economic Change and Social Dynamics: Converging and Diverging Trends Across Different Economies; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Growth, Structural Change, and Macro Socioeconomic Performance by Broad World Region2.3 Economic Growth, Development, and Poverty; 2.3.1 Broad Trends in Terms of Poverty and Inequality; 2.3.2 Impact of the Recent and Current Economic Shocks; 2.4 Convergence and Equality in the EU; 2.4.1 Between-Country Economic Convergence; 2.4.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in the EU; 2.5 The Case of Asia; 2.5.1 Convergence Across Asian Countries; 2.5.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in Asia; 2.6 Conclusions; 2.7 Appendices
    Description / Table of Contents: Appendix 2.1 List of Countries Included in the Major World Regions (See Table  2.1)Appendix 2.2 Indicators Developed (or Being Developed) by the Commission so as to Measure Social Cohesion (Sample); References; Chapter 3: European Integration, Social Cohesion, and Political Contentiousness; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The European Structure of Grievances: The Renaissance of "Old" Issues; 3.3 Social Cohesion in Europe: Spatial and Social Cleavages; 3.3.1 Social Cohesion: The Core and the Peripheries; 3.3.2 Social Cohesion and Class
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions: Social Cohesion and the Political Sociology of EuropeReferences; Chapter 4: Images and Frameworks of Collective Action in China; 4.1 Assumptions from a Western Concept; 4.2 Reconstruction of a Chinese Traditional Heritage; 4.2.1 Interpersonal Relations, Intention, Ritual, and Mankind; 4.2.2 Traces of Collectivity in Chinese History; 4.3 The Affirmative Societal Role of Collective Action; 4.3.1 Statehood, Citizens, and Welfare; 4.3.2 Authoritarianism, Democratization, and Collective Action; 4.4 Collective Action with Chinese Characteristics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: European Governance and Democracy5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Immigration and Citizenship: Building the Fortress; 5.3 Organizing the Unemployed Within the Member States; 5.4 European Marches and Alter-Globalization Movements; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Agricultural Markets and Food Riots: The European Union and Asia Compared; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Main Drivers Affecting the Food System; 6.3 Prices Crisis or Food Crisis?; 6.4 Food Riots and Policy Responses; 6.5 Food Aid Policies; 6.6 Concluding Remarks; References; Part II: Social Movements in a Transnational Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Marginalization and Transnationalizing Movements: How Does One Relate to the Other?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 115
    ISBN: 9789400744677 , 1283612291 , 9781283612296
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 378 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Moving the equity agenda forward
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bildungspolitik ; Chancengleichheit
    Abstract: This volume takes on the vital tasks of celebrating, challenging, and attempting to move forward our understanding of equity and diversity in science education. Organized thematically, the book explores five key areas of science education equity research: science education policy; globalization; context and culture; discourse, language and identity; and leadership and social networking. Chapter authors -- emerging to established US science education scholars -- present their latest research on how to make science interesting and accessible to all students. The volume includes international voices as well: Scholars from around the world crafted responses to each section. Together, authors and respondents attempt to refine our methods for examining equity issues across classrooms, schools, and policies, and deepen our understanding of ways to promote equity and acknowledge diversity in science classrooms. Moving the Equity Agenda Forward is endorsed by NARST: A Worldwide Organization for Improving Science Teaching and Learning Through Research. The volume gains authority from the fact that it was edited by one current and four former chairs of NARSTs Equity and Ethics Committee.
    Description / Table of Contents: Moving the Equity Agenda Forward; Introduction to Volume; Contents; Part I: Introduction: Science Education Policy; Reference; Chapter 1: Science for All: Historical Perspectives on Policy for Science Education Reform; Introduction; Science for All Before 1960; Practical Studies and Vocational Education; The Comprehensive High School and Aptitude Testing as Democratizing Influences; World War II and the Search for Science Talent; The Sputnik Challenge; From the 1960s to the Present: The Era of Civil Rights; A Call for Excellence and Common Culture; The Economic Argument
    Description / Table of Contents: No Child Left Behind (NCLB)Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Is It Possible to Teach "Science for All" in a Climate of Accountability? Educational Policy and the Equitable Teaching of Science; Nonmainstream Students, NCLB, and Science Education Reform; Influence of NCLB on the Science Learning of Nonmainstream Students; Possible Reasons for Continued Gaps; Structure of NCLB Policy; Instructional Decisions Focused on Short-Term Assessment Gains; Negative Consequences for Science Teachers; Structure of NCLB Assessments; Understanding the Paradox: Negative Consequences of NCLB
    Description / Table of Contents: Comments on MethodologyImplications for Science Education Research, Practice, and Policy; References; Chapter 3: Conceptions of Inequality in the Era of Bush/Obama; Conceptions of Inequality in Standards-Based Reform; 1990s Conceptions of Standards-Based Reform; Influence of Standards-Based Reform in Contemporary Initiatives; Conceptions of Inequality in Market-Based Reform; Conceptions of Inequality as Epistemological; What These Lens Enable and Constrain in Our Scholarship; What Is the "So What" for New Scholars Interested in Equality and Diversity?; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: International Response for Part I: Bridging the Gaps Between Policy and Practice on Equity for Science Education ReformsQuestion 1: What Are the Major Trends of the Policies on Equity in Science Education?; Question 2: How Do These Chapters Address Similar Issues that Might Be Encountered by International Scholars and School Science Teachers?; Question 3: What Issues or Actions Need to Be Considered to Achieve Equity?; Importance of Teacher Preparation in Educational Reform; Necessity of Conducting Policy-Related Research to Provide Evidence of Effectiveness of Policies
    Description / Table of Contents: Essential Actions Taken for Communication Between Researchers and PolicymakersConcluding Remarks; References; Part II: Introduction: Globalization; References; Chapter 5: The Imperative of Context in the Age of Globalization in Creating Equity in Science Education; Overview; Contextual Factors of Globalization; Holons; Globalization; Positive Effects of Globalization; Mitigating Forces; The Economics of Education and Society; The Notions of Capital and Habitus; Role and Function of Education and Schooling; Revisiting the Imperative of Context; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Frameworks for Examining the Intersections of Race, Ethnicity, Class, and Gender on English Language Learners in K-12 Science Education in the USA
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 116
    ISBN: 9789400755963
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 108 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Sociology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Hamby, Sherry L. The web of violence
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Developmental psychology ; Gewalttätigkeit ; Risikofaktor ; Korrelation
    Abstract: There is an increasing appreciation of the interconnections among all forms of violence. These interconnections have critical implications for conducting research that can produce valid conclusions about the causes and consequences of abuse, maltreatment, and trauma. The accumulated data on co-occurrence also provide strong evidence that prevention and intervention should be organized around the full context of individuals’ experiences, not narrowly defined subtypes of violence. Managing the flood of new research and practice innovations is a challenge, however. New means of communication and integration are needed to meet this challenge, and the Web of Violence is intended to contribute to this process by serving as a concise overview of the conceptual and empirical work that form a basis for understanding the interconnections across forms of violence throughout the lifespan. It also offers ideas and directions for prevention, intervention, and public policy.A number of initiatives are emerging to integrate the findings on co-occurrence into research and action. The American Psychological Association established a new journal, Psychology of Violence, which is a forum for research on all types of violence. Sherry Hamby is the founding editor and John Grych is associate editor and co-editor of a special issue on the co-occurrence of violence in 2012. Dr. Hamby also is a co-investigator of the National Survey of Children’s Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV), which has drawn attention to polyvictimization. Polyvictimization is a focus of the U.S. Department of Justice’s Defending Childhood Initiative and has recently been featured in calls for grant proposals by the Office of Victims of Crime and National Institutes for Justice.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Chapter 1: The Case for Studying Co-Occurrence -- Chapter 2:  Tracing the Threads of the Web: The Epidemiology of Interconnections among Forms of Violence & Victimization -- Chapter 3:  The Causes of Interconnection -- Chapter 4:  A Developmental Perspective on Interconnection -- Chapter 5:  Implications for Research: Toward a more comprehensive understanding of interpersonal violence -- Chapter 6 Implications for Prevention & Intervention: A More Person-Centered Approach -- Chapter 7   Conclusion: Toppling the Silos.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 117
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400749603
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 301 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Morphology 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Ralli, Angela Compounding in Modern Greek
    RVK:
    Keywords: Greek philology ; Phonology ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Greek philology ; Phonology ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Greek language, Modern ; Compound words
    Abstract: One of the core challenges in linguistics is elucidating compounds-their formation as well as the reasons their structure varies between languages. This book on Modern Greek rises to the challenge with a meticulous treatment of its diverse, intricate compounds, a study as grounded in theory as it is rich in data. Enhancing our knowledge of compounding and word-formation in general, its exceptional scope is a worthy model for linguists, particularly morphologists, and offers insights for students of syntax, phonology, dialectology and typology, among others.The author examines first-tier themes such as the order and relations of constituents, headedness, exocentricity, and theta-role saturation. She shows how Modern Greek compounding relates to derivation and inflection, and charts the boundaries between compounds and phrases. Exploring dialectically variant compounds, and identifying historical changes, the analysis extends to similarly formed compounds in wholly unrelated languages.
    Description / Table of Contents: Compounding in Modern Greek; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations; List of Tables; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: Defining a Greek Compound; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Greek as a Stem-Based Language; 2.3 In Search of a Definition; 2.3.1 Single Stress; 2.3.2 Bound Constituents; 2.3.3 Structural Position; 2.3.4 Linking Element; 2.3.5 Semantic Opacity; 2.3.6 Lexical Integrity; 2.3.7 Graphic Unity; 2.3.8 Compounds Versus Syntactic Constructions; 2.4 Summary; References; Chapter 3: Grammatical Category and Constituents; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Nouns; 3.3 Adjectives; 3.4 Verbs
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Other Categories3.5.1 Adverbs; 3.5.2 Compounds with a Pronoun or a Cardinal Number; 3.6 Summary; References; Chapter 4: Compound Marking; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Properties; 4.2.1 Stem-Driven Presence; 4.2.2 Lexically Marked Absence; 4.3 Linking Elements Cross-Linguistically; 4.4 Previous Analyses; 4.5 Morphological Status; 4.6 The Parameter of Overtly Expressed Paradigmatic Inflection; 4.7 Position; 4.8 The Morphological-Category Parameter; 4.9 Origin; 4.10 Summary; References; Chapter 5: Stress and Morphological Structure; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Type of Inflection
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 The Position of Stress5.4 Special Categories; 5.4.1 Verbal Compounds; 5.4.2 Compounds Ending in a Derived Item; 5.4.3 Neuters in -i; 5.5 More Compound Structures; 5.6 Recursion in Compounding; 5.7 Summary; References; Chapter 6: Headedness and Classification; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Classification; 6.3 Headedness; 6.3.1 The Notion of Head; 6.3.2 Position; 6.3.3 Exocentricity; 6.4 Summary; References; Chapter 7: Constraints, Allomorphy and Form of Compound Constituents; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 The Bare-Stem Constraint; 7.2.1 Apparent Counter Examples; 7.3 Allomorphy
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3.1 Allomorphy in Compounding7.3.2 Allomorphs of Ancient Greek Origin; 7.4 Compound Types; 7.4.1 -Learned Compound Constituents; 7.4.2 +Learned Compound Constituents; 7.4.3 Mixed Types; 7.5 Summary; References; Chapter 8: Coordinative Compounds; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 What Is a Coordinative Compound?; 8.3 Classification; 8.4 Headedness; 8.5 Historical Development; 8.6 Coordinative Compounds in Modern Greek Dialects; 8.7 Summary; References; Chapter 9: Verbal and Deverbal Compounds; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Categories; 9.2.1 Exocentric Formations; 9.2.2 Endocentric Formations
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.3 Compound-Internal Theta-Role Saturation9.4 Configurations; 9.5 Meaning; 9.6 Summary; References; Chapter 10: Deverbal Compounds with Bound Stems; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 State of the Art; 10.3 Compounds or Derived Words?; 10.4 Grammatical Category of Bound Stems; 10.5 Headedness and Restrictions; 10.6 Productivity; 10.7 Summary; References; Chapter 11: Compounding Versus Derivation and Inflection; 11.1 Introduction; 11.2 Compounding Versus Derivation; 11.2.1 Order of Application; 11.2.2 Affixoids; 11.3 Compounding Versus Inflection; 11.4 Summary; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 12: Compounds Versus Phrases
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments -- Abbreviations -- Tables -- Introduction -- Defining a Greek compound -- 2. Grammatical category and constituents -- 3. Compound marking -- 4. Stress and morphological structure -- 5. Headedness and classification -- 6. Constraints, allomorphy and form of constituents -- 7. Coordinative compounds -- 8. Verbal and deverbal compounds -- 9. Deverbal compounds with bound stems -- 10. Compounding versus derivation and inflection -- 11. Compounds versus phrases -- Appendix I  Greek: a brief history . Periodization . Geography - Dialectal variation . References -- Appendix II Greek inflection: an overview . Verbal inflection . Nominal inflection . References -- Appendix III List of compounds -- Subject Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 118
    ISBN: 9789400748606
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 351 p. 135 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This edited volume of papers from the twenty first International Conference on Chemical Education attests to our rapidly changing understanding of the chemistry itself as well as to the potentially enormous material changes in how it might be taught in the future. Covering the full range of appropriate topics, the book features work exploring themes as various as e-learning and innovations in instruction, and micro-scale lab chemistry. In sum, the 29 articles published in these pages focus the reader’s attention on ways to raise the quality of chemistry teaching and learning, promoting the public understanding of chemistry, deploying innovative technology in pedagogy practice and research, and the value of chemistry as a tool for highlighting sustainability issues in the global community.Thus the ambitious dual aim achieved in these pages is on the one hand to foster improvements in the leaching and communication of chemistry-whether to students or the public, and secondly to promote advances in our broader understanding of the subject that will have positive knock-on effects on the world’s citizens and environment. In doing so, the book addresses (as did the conference) the neglect suffered in the chemistry classroom by issues connected to globalization, even as it outlines ways to bring the subject alive in the classroom through the use of innovative technologies.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Globalization and chemical education -- pt. 2. Learning and conceptual change in chemistry -- pt. 3. Teaching chemistry -- pt. 4. Curriculum and assessment in chemistry education -- pt. 5. E-learning and innovative instruction -- pt. 6. Microscale lab chemistry.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface:  Proceedings of 21st ICCE, Peter Mahaffy -- Introduction to the book, Mei-Hung Chiu, Hsiao-Lin Tuan, Hsin-Kai Wu, Jing-Wen Lin, Chin-Cheng Chou -- Section 1. Globalization and Chemical Education, Mei-Hung Chiu -- Dissemination of achievements in chemical education (research) via EU projects, Anna Kolasa, Iwona Maciejowska -- 2.    Polish Education Reform and Resulting Changes in the Process of Chemical Education, Hanna Gulińska -- Section 2. Learning and Conceptual Change in Chemistry, Jing-Wen Lin -- Assessment of Chemistry Anxiety among College Students, Chen Chong Sheau Huey -- Teacher-Student Interactions: The Roles of in-Class Written Questions, Liliana Mammino -- Probing and Fostering Students’ Reasoning Abilities with a Cyclic Predict-Observe-Explain Strategy, Jia-Lin Chang, Chiing-Chang Chen, Chia-Hsing Tsai, Yong-Chang Chen, Meng-Hsun Chou, Ling-Chuan Chang -- A Trial of Placement and Embodiment of Images for Chemical Concepts in the Lesson Model of “Surface Active Agent” through SEIC, Haruo Ogawa, Hiroki Fujii -- Section 3. Teaching Chemistry, Hsiao-Lin Tuan -- Chemistry pre-service teachers’ mental models of science teaching and learning in Malaysia, Maryam Sulaiman, Zurida Haji Ismail -- Chemistry Teachers Enhance their Knowledge in Contemporary Scientific Areas, Rachel Mamlok-Naaman, Ron Blonder, Avi Hofstein -- Practical Science Activities in Primary Schools in Malaysia, Norita Mohamed, Mashita Abdullah, Zurida Hj Ismail -- Teaching Chemistry Effectively with Engineering Majors: Teaching Beyond the Textbook, Yermesha Kyle; Stephen Bacon; Amber Park; Jameka Griffin; Raicherylon Cummins; Raymond Hooks, Bailu Qian, Hua-Jun Fan -- Problem-Based Learning as an Approach to Teach Cell Potential in Matriculation College, Malaysia, Kai-Li Teh, Nooraida Yakob -- Teaching Catalysis by Means of Enzymes and Microorganisms, Peter Grunwald -- The Application of the SATL in Biochemistry, Suzana B. Golemi -- Section 4. Curriculum, Evaluation, and Assessment in Chemistry Education, Mei-Hung Chiu -- An Alignment Analysis of Junior High School Chemistry Curriculum Standards and City-Wide Exit Exams in China, Hongjia Ma, Gavin W. Fulmer, Ling L. Liang, Xian Chen, Xinlu Li, Yuan Li -- A National Survey of Students’ Conceptions and Their Sources of Chemistry in Taiwan: Examples of Chemical Equilibrium and Acids/Bases, Jing-Wen Lin, Mei-Hung Chiu -- The use of electronic media for chemical education research, Francis Burns, David Frank -- Investigation of Tertiary Chemistry Learning Environment in Sabah, Malaysia, Yoon-Fah Laya, Chwee-Hoon Khoob -- The Evaluation of Chemistry Competence for Freshmen at Technology Colleges in Taiwan, Ji-Chyuan Yang, Ching-Yun Hsu, Wen-Jyh Wang, Chia-Hui Tai, Hong-Hsin Huang, Ping-Chih Huang -- Changes in Teachers’ Views of Cognitive Apprenticeship for Situated Learning in Developing a Chemistry Laboratory Course, Hui-Jung Chen, Mei-Hung Chiu -- Section 5. E-learning and Innovative Instruction, Hsin-Kai Wu -- Application of Mind Map and MindManager to Improve Students’ Competence in Solving Chemistry Problems, Zhen Lu, Zheng Zou, Yitian Zhang -- An Integrated-ICT Assessment for College Students’ Performances of Chemical Learning, King-Dow Su -- Academic Performance and Attitude Toward Computer-Aided Instruction in Chemistry, Ronaldo C. Reyes -- Integrating Instant Response System (IRS) as an In-Class Assessment Tool into Undergraduate Chemistry Learning Experience: Student Perceptions and Performance, Tzy-Ling Chen, Yan-Fu Lin,Yi-Lin Liu,Hsiu-Ping Yueh, Horn-Jiunn Sheen, Wei-Jane Lin -- Section 6. Microscale Lab Chemistry, Chin-Cheng Chou -- Aqueous cationic and anionic surfactants for microscale experiments in organic chemistry teaching laboratories, Masayuki Inoue, Yuko Kato, Emi Joguchi, Wataru Banba -- Development of Analytical Method of Gaseous Mixture by Using a Syringe, Takashi Yasuoka -- Microscale Experiments Using a Low-Cost Conductance Meter, Jose H. Bergantin, Jr., Djohn Reb T. Cleofe, Fortunato Sevilla III -- Introducing Microscale Experimentation in Volumetric Analysis for Pre-Service Teachers, Mashita Abdullah, Norita Mohamed, Zurida Hj Ismail -- Innovative Techniques in Micro-scale Chemistry Experiments, Kwok Man Chan -- Microscale Experiment on Decreases in Volume when Forming Binary Liquid Mixtures: Four Alkanol Aqueous Solutions, Tetsuo Nakagawa..
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 119
    ISBN: 9789400749726
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 180 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Early childhood education
    Abstract: We live in a world that is transitioning from focus on early childhood education within individual countries into a global perspective that considers how early childhood education is conducted in many diverse cultures and environments. The challenge on a global basis is how to develop programs in countries and environments that are different from a specifically western perspective. Economic, geographic, and cultural influences infuse early childhood programs around the world.In 1999, a group of educators representing 36 countries developed guidelines for establishing minimum standards for preschool programs. A purpose for developing the guidelines was to provide guidance for countries that wished to evaluate and improve their own programs. A second purpose was to help developing countries initiating preschools to have relevant information about quality programs. The later development of an assessment tool based on the Global Guidelines served as a vehicle to use the guidelines to assess a single program or multiple programs. The continuing work with these guidelines in many countries throughout the world since 2000 has resulted in the collection of information that reveals the uniqueness of programs in different countries.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Background -- pt. 2. School environments -- pt. 3. Curriculum content and pedagogy -- pt. 4. Children with special needs -- pt. 5. The early childhood educator -- pt. 6. Family, school, and community partnerships.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Looking at Early Childhood Programs from a Global Perspective -- Part 1: Background -- 2. Cross-Cultural Collaboration Research to Improve Early Childhood Education -- Part 2: School Environments -- 3. From Montessori to Culturally Relevant Schools Under the Trees in Kenya -- 4. Preschool Environments in Rural West Africa -- 5. Kindergarten Environments in Reggio Emilia, Bologna, Modena, and Parma, Italy -- Part 3: Curriculum Content and Pedagogy -- 6. Kindergartens in Russia’s Far East: The Effect of Climate -- 7. Preserving Cultural Heritage in Korea -- Part 4: Children with Special Needs -- 8. International Perspectives on Services for Young Children with Special Needs -- 9. New Visions for Preschool Inclusive Education in Mexico -- 10. Early Childhood Special Education in China: Advocacy and Practice -- Part 5: The Early Childhood Educator -- 11. Administrators, Teachers, and Nineras: Professional Partnerships for Quality in Guatemala -- 12. Early Childhood Teachers in Slovakia -- 13. Teachers of Dual Language Children in China -- Part 6: Family, School and Community Partnerships -- 14. Family and Village Partnerships in Rural Schools in Senegal -- 15. Weaving Relationships between Preschools, Families, and Communities: the Nurturing Connections to the Reggio Emilia Region of Italy -- 16. Conclusion -- Index. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 120
    ISBN: 9789400752313
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 212 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Regional planning ; Migration ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Regional planning ; Migration
    Abstract: This searching examination of the life and philosophy of the twentieth-century Indian intellectual Jarava Lal Mehta details, among other things, his engagement with the oeuvres of Martin Heidegger, Hans-Georg Gadamer, and Jacques Derrida. It shows how Mehta's sense of cross-cultural philosophy and religious thought were affected by these engagements, and maps the two key contributions Mehta made to the sum of human ideas. First, Mehta outlined what the author dubs a 'postcolonial hermeneutics' that uses the 'ethnotrope' of the pilgrim to challenge the philosophical hermeneutic emphasis on supplementation and augmentation. For Mehta, the hermeneutic encounter ruptures, rather than supplements, the self. Secondly, Mehta extended this concept of hermeneutics to interrogate the Hindu tradition, arriving at the concept of the 'negative messianic'. In contrast to Derrida's emphasis on the 'one to come', Mehta shows how the Hindu bhakti model represents the very opposite, that is, the 'withdrawn other, ' identifying thereby the ethical pitfalls of deconstructivism's emphasis on the messianic tradition. This is the only full-length study in English of this high-profile Hindu philosopher
    Abstract: This searching examination of the life and philosophy of the twentieth-century Indian intellectual Jarava Lal Mehta details, among other things, his engagement with the oeuvres of Martin Heidegger, Hans-Georg Gadamer, and Jacques Derrida. It shows how Mehta’s sense of cross-cultural philosophy and religious thought were affected by these engagements, and maps the two key contributions Mehta made to the sum of human ideas. First, Mehta outlined what the author dubs a ‘postcolonial hermeneutics’ that uses the ‘ethnotrope’ of the pilgrim to challenge the philosophical hermeneutic emphasis on supplementation and augmentation. For Mehta, the hermeneutic encounter ruptures, rather than supplements, the self. Secondly, Mehta extended this concept of hermeneutics to interrogate the Hindu tradition, arriving at the concept of the ‘negative messianic’. In contrast to Derrida's emphasis on the 'one to come', Mehta shows how the Hindu bhakti model represents the very opposite, that is, the 'withdrawn other,' identifying thereby the ethical pitfalls of deconstructivism's emphasis on the messianic tradition. This is the only full-length study in English of this high-profile Hindu philosopher
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- From Banaras to the West and and Back -- From Subcontinent to Continental -- Pilgrims and Pilgrimages -- Digging at the Roots: The Logic of the Hindu Tradition -- Heroes, Jewish Nomads, and Hindu Pilgrims: Ulysses, Abraham and Uddhava at the Cross- (cultural) - roads -- Bibliography.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 121
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753105
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 207 p. 220 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 92
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Different kinds of specificity across languages
    RVK:
    Keywords: Comparative linguistics ; Semantics ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Comparative linguistics ; Semantics ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Definiteness (Linguistics) ; Semantics ; Konferenzschrift 2007 ; Definitheit ; Kontrastive Semantik
    Abstract: This anthology of papers analyzes a range of specificity markers found in natural languages. It reflects the fact that despite intensive research into these markers, the vast differences between the markers across languages and even within single languages have been less acknowledged. Commonly regarded specific indefinites are by no means a homogenous class, and so this volume fills a gap in our understanding of the semantics and pragmatics of indefinites. The papers explore differences and similarities among these specificity markers, concentrating on the following issues: whether specificity is a purely semantic or also a pragmatic notion; whether the contribution of specificity markers is located on the level of the at-issue content; whether some kind of speaker-listener asymmetry concerning the identification of the referent is involved; and the behavioral scope of these indefinites in the context of other quantifiers, negation, attitude verbs, and intensional/modal operators
    Abstract: This anthology of papers analyzes a range of specificity markers found in natural languages. It reflects the fact that despite intensive research into these markers, the vast differences between the markers across languages and even within single languages have been less acknowledged. Commonly regarded specific indefinites are by no means a homogenous class, and so this volume fills a gap in our understanding of the semantics and pragmatics of indefinites.The papers explore differences and similarities among these specificity markers, concentrating on the following issues: whether specificity is a purely semantic or also a pragmatic notion; whether the contribution of specificity markers is located on the level of the at-issue content; whether some kind of speaker-listener asymmetry concerning the identification of the referent is involved; and the behavioral scope of these indefinites in the context of other quantifiers, negation, attitude verbs, and intensional/modal operators.
    Description / Table of Contents: Different Kinds of Specificity Across Languages; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: Specificity Markers and Nominal Exclamatives in French; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Un N Précis Versus un N; 2.2.1 An Anti-singleton Indefinite; 2.2.2 A Selective Indefinite; 2.2.3 Background and Scope; 2.3 Un Certain N Versus un N (Précis); 2.3.1 Un Certain N And un N Précis; 2.3.2 Un Certain N Versus un N; 2.3.2.1 The Uses of un Certain N; 2.3.2.2 The Evidential Value of un Certain N; 2.3.3 Intermediate Conclusion; 2.4 The Puzzle of Exclamative Nominal Sentences
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 The Guise of the Surprise2.4.2 A Temporal Conflict; 2.4.3 Some Speculations About Evaluative Items; 2.5 Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: The Interpretation of the German Specificity Markers Bestimmt and Gewiss; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Syntax of Bestimmt and Gewiss; 3.3 Semantic Differences Between Bestimmt and Gewiss; 3.3.1 Identifiability; 3.3.2 The Scope-Taking Behaviour of `Bestimmt' and `Gewiss'; 3.3.2.1 Negation; 3.3.2.2 Nominal Quantifiers; 3.3.2.3 Conditionals; 3.3.2.4 Intensional Operators; 3.4 A Comparison to Other Specificity Markers; 3.5 A Formal Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.1 Technicalities: Concealed Questions Under Cover3.5.2 The Meaning of `Bestimmt'; 3.5.2.1 Pragmatic Issues; 3.5.2.2 Identifiability; 3.5.2.3 Scope: Nominal Quantifiers; 3.5.2.4 Scope: Negation; 3.5.2.5 Scope: Intensional Operators and Conditionals; 3.5.3 Technicalities: Conventional Implicatures; 3.5.4 The Meaning of `Gewiss'; 3.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Pragmatic Variation Among Specificity Markers; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Specificity Marking in English and Russian; 4.3 Felicity Conditions on Specificity; 4.3.1 ThisR-Indefinites and Noteworthiness
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.2 OdinR-Indefinites and Identifiability4.3.3 Felicity Conditions: Noteworthiness vs. Identifiability; 4.3.4 Shades of Identifiability; 4.3.5 Crosslinguistic Evidence; 4.4 Anti-uniqueness; 4.4.1 A Possible Answer: Maximize Presupposition; 4.4.2 Deriving the Anti-uniqueness Effects on OdinR; 4.5 Possessive Constructions; 4.5.1 Types of Possessive Constructions in Russian; 4.5.2 Possessive Constructions and Specificity in Russian; 4.5.3 The Puzzle; 4.6 Conclusion and Further Questions; References; Chapter 5: Certain Presuppositions and Some Intermediate Readings, and Vice Versa
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Introduction5.2 Choice Functions and Intermediate Readings; 5.2.1 Wide-Scope Indefinites and Choice Functions; 5.2.2 Existential Closure versus Choice Functions from Context; 5.3 Different Kinds of Exceptional Scope: A Certain and Some; 5.4 The Meaning for Some and a Presuppositional Explanation of Schwarz's Generalization; 5.5 Presuppositions of a Certain; 5.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Exceptional Scope: The Case of Spanish; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Domain Restriction and Exceptional Scope: Un vs. Algún; 6.2.1 Singleton Indefinites; 6.2.2 Un vs. Algún
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2.3 Testing the Prediction: Un vs. Algún in Relative Clauses and Conditionals
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 122
    ISBN: 9789400753075
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 196 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Muslims in Global Societies Series 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Religion and education ; History ; Migration ; Education ; Education ; Religion and education ; History ; Migration ; Judenvernichtung ; Muslim ; Einstellung ; Soziale Wahrnehmung ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: The way people think about the Holocaust is changing. The particular nature of the transformation depends on people's historical perspectives and how they position themselves and their nation or community vis-à-vis the tragedy. Understandably, European Muslims perceive the Holocaust as less central to their history than do other Europeans. Yet while the acknowledgement and commemoration of the horrors of the Holocaust are increasingly important in Europe, Holocaust denial and biased views on the Holocaust are widespread in European Muslims' countries of origin. In this book, a number of distinguished scholars and educators of various backgrounds discuss views of the Holocaust. Problematic views are often influenced by a persistent attitude of Holocaust denial which is derived, in part, from discourses in the Muslim communities in their countries of origin. The essays collected here explore the backgrounds of these perceptions and highlight positive approaches and developments. Many of the contributions were written by people working in the field and reflecting on their experiences. This collection also reveals that problematic views of the Holocaust are not limited to Muslim communities
    Abstract: The way people think about the Holocaust is changing. The particular nature of the transformation depends on people’s historical perspectives and how they position themselves and their nation or community vis-à-vis the tragedy. Understandably, European Muslims perceive the Holocaust as less central to their history than do other Europeans. Yet while the acknowledgement and commemoration of the horrors of the Holocaust are increasingly important in Europe, Holocaust denial and biased views on the Holocaust are widespread in European Muslims’ countries of origin.In this book, a number of distinguished scholars and educators of various backgrounds discuss views of the Holocaust. Problematic views are often influenced by a persistent attitude of Holocaust denial which is derived, in part, from discourses in the Muslim communities in their countries of origin. The essays collected here explore the backgrounds of these perceptions and highlight positive approaches and developments. Many of the contributions were written by people working in the field and reflecting on their experiences. This collection also reveals that problematic views of the Holocaust are not limited to Muslim communities.
    Description / Table of Contents: Perceptions of the Holocaust in Europe and Muslim Communities; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; References; History Aside?; Antisemitism and Holocaust Remembrance; References; Participation of European Muslim Organisations in Holocaust Commemorations; Introduction; International Commemoration; Muslim Reactions to Holocaust Commemoration; Muslim Leaders Address the Holocaust; Teaching the Holocaust; Assessment; References; The Evolution of Arab Perceptions of the Holocaust; From the End of WWII to the Establishment of Israel
    Description / Table of Contents: The Evolution of the Major Themes of Holocaust RepresentationCritical Voices in a Promising Era of a Peace Process; The Counter Reaction to the New Discourse; Conclusions; References; Perceptions of the Holocaust in Turkey; 'Positive' Perceptions of the Holocaust; The Armenian Genocide and the Holocaust; The 'Turkish Diplomats Who Saved Turkish Jews'; Negative Perceptions; "The Palestine Question and Genocide"; Holocaust Denial; Hollywood and Films Dealing with the Holocaust; The American Media and Holocaust; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Antisemitism and the Politics of Holocaust Memorial Day in the UK and ItalyIntroduction; Survivors, Perpetrators, Bystanders; Universalism and Particularism; Responses from Muslim Organisations; Criticising Holocaust Memorial Day; On Holocaust Memorial Day; Rearticulating Antisemitism; References; ' Hamas, Hamas, All Jews to the Gas.' The History and Significance of an Antisemitic Slogan in the Netherlands, 1945-2010; Introduction; Globalisation of the Israeli-Palestinian Con fl ict; Antisemitism in the Netherlands After the Liberation; Secondary Antisemitism
    Description / Table of Contents: Philosemitism, Anti-Antisemitism and Red (Jews) NosesFootball Hooliganism; Jews as Nazis; New Dutch and the Shoah; Conclusion; References; Perceptions of the Holocaust Among Young Muslims in Berlin, Paris and London; Introduction; Shared Basic Knowledge of the Holocaust; Sources of Knowledge; Doubts, Denial and Conspiracies About the Holocaust; Comparing the Holocaust to Other Atrocities; Equating the Sufferings of Palestinians with the Holocaust; The Topos of Jews Taking Revenge for the Holocaust with the Palestinians
    Description / Table of Contents: Analogies Between the Holocaust and the War in Iraq and Equations of the US-President with HitlerAnalogies Between the Holocaust and Persecution of Muslims; Explicitly Rejecting Antisemitic Equations; The Holocaust and the Creation of the State of Israel; German Guilt and Compensation Payments; Moral Judgements and Emotional Reactions to the Holocaust; Condemnations of the Holocaust; Condemning the Holocaust with Restrictions: Accusations of Exploitation and Emotional Distance; Empathy; Approval of the Holocaust and Common Ground with Nazis; Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: History and Memory of the Other: An Experimental Encounter-Programme with Israeli Jews and Palestinians from Israel 1
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction, J. Allouche-Benayoun, G. Jikeli -- History aside?- Juliane Wetzel: Antisemitism and Holocaust Remembrance, G. Bensoussan -- Participation of European Muslim Organisations in Holocaust Commemorations, M. Whine -- The Evolution of Arab Perceptions of the Holocaust, E. Webman -- Perceptions of the Holocaust in Turkey, R.N. Bali -- Anti-Semitism and the Politics of Holocaust Memorial Day in the UK and Italy, P. Spencer, S.V. di Palma -- ‘Hamas, Hamas, all Jews to the Gas.’ The History and Significance of an Antisemitic Slogan in the Netherlands, 1945-2010, E. Gans -- Perceptions of the Holocaust among young Muslims in Berlin, Paris and London, G. Jikeli -- History and Memory of the Other: An Experimental Encounter-Program with Israeli Jews and Palestinians from Israel, M. Eckmann -- Speach Acts. Observing Antisemitism and Holocaust Education in the Netherlandsm R. Ensel, A. Stremmelaar -- Challenges and Opportunities of Educational Concepts concerning National Socialist Crimes in German Immigration Society, M. Can, K. Georg and R. Hatlapa.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 123
    ISBN: 9789400749757
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 301 p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Institutionalization of world-class university in global competition
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Universities and colleges ; Sociological aspects ; Universities and colleges ; Case studies ; Comparative education
    Abstract: Moving the academic debate on from its current focus on development to a more nuanced sociological perspective, this fresh research is a collaboration between academics in Asia and Europe that assesses the factors shaping world-class universities as institutional social systems as well as national cultural treasures. The work explores in detail how WCUs have moved to a central position in policy circles, and how these often ambitious government policies on WCUs have been interpreted and adopted by university administrators and individual professors.The authors provide a wealth of empirical data on universities, both world-class and aiming for WCU status, in a range of politics and continents. They compare strategies for developing WCUs in countries of the East and the West, both developing and developed. Nations featured in the statistical purview include nine countries (Germany, France, Japan, South Korea, China, Taiwan, Malaysia, Singapore and Hong Kong SAR). The volume goes further than merely taking a snapshot of the current situation, offering detailed and considered strategies and rationales for institutionalizing and developing WCUs, particularly in Asian countries where Confucian cultural influences accord education the highest priority.
    Description / Table of Contents: Institutionalization of World-Class Universityin Global Competition; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter 1: The World-Class University in Different Systems and Contexts; 1.1 Global Competition and the World-Class University; 1.2 Higher Education Systems and World-Class University; 1.2.1 Non-English-Speaking Advanced Systems; 1.2.2 Non-English-Speaking Developing Systems; 1.2.3 English-Speaking Developing Systems; 1.3 World-Class Universities in Different Contexts; 1.3.1 Economic Contexts; 1.3.2 Internationalization of Academics; 1.3.3 Strategies in Different Contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4 Strategy for Building WCU in Different Systems and Contexts1.5 Concluding Remarks; References; Part I: Background of WCU Worldwide; Chapter 2: The World-Class University: Concept and Policy Initiatives; 2.1 What Is World-Class University?; 2.1.1 Conceptual Approach; 2.1.2 Common Features of World-Class University; 2.2 Institutions Called "World-Class" University; 2.2.1 Research; 2.2.2 Teaching; 2.2.3 Service Activity; 2.3 Initiatives to Build World-Class University; 2.3.1 Government Policy Level; 2.3.1.1 Mission Differentiation; 2.3.1.2 Deregulation of Governance
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.1.3 Research Supporting Systems2.3.1.4 Faculty Personnel and Incentive Systems; 2.3.2 University and Individual Professor Level; 2.4 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Global Research and the "World-Class" Universities; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Institutionalization of the Global Research University; 3.3 The Global and the Traditional Research University; 3.4 The Global Reach of Research and Teaching Universities; 3.5 The "World-Class Worldwide"; 3.6 The Global Reach of World-Class Universities; References; Chapter 4: World-Class Universities: The Sector Requirements
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Background4.2 Definition of World-Class Universities; 4.3 Sector Requirements for World-Class Universities; 4.3.1 A High Percentage of Public Income Awarded Not on the Basis of Regular Annual Institutional Allocations but Through Competition for Excellence in Performance; 4.3.2 A High Percentage of Income from Nonstate Sources; 4.4 A High Degree of Institutional Differentiation; 4.4.1 Institutional Autonomy; 4.4.2 Ownership of Property; 4.4.3 Clear Legal Distinction Between for-Profit and Not-for-Profit Institutions, and Exemption from Taxation for Nonprofit Higher Education Institutions
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.4 Open Competition for State-Sponsored Research4.4.5 Autonomous Agencies of Accreditation and for Licensing of Professionals; 4.4.6 Incentives to Diversity of Students and Faculty; 4.4.7 Incentives to Improve Quality; 4.5 Assessment of Public Policy Necessary for World-Class Universities; 4.6 Summary; References; Chapter 5: Nation-States, Educational Traditions and the WCU Project; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 What Is a World-Class University (WCU)?; 5.3 What Are the Conditions and Drivers of a WC GRU?; 5.4 Different Pathways to the WC GRU
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5 Comparison of English-Speaking Systems and Confucian Heritage Systems
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The World-class University in Different Systems and Contexts; J.C. Shin and B.M. Kehm -- Part A. Background of WCU Worldwide -- 2. The World-class University: Concept and Policy Initiatives; J. C. Shin -- 3. The Global Research and the ‘World-class’ Universities; W. Ma -- 4. World-class Universities: The Sector Requirements; S. Heyneman and J. Lee -- 5. Nation-states, Educational Traditions and the WCU Project; S. Marginson -- Part B. WCUs in non-English Speaking Advanced Systems -- 6. To Be or Not to Be? The Impacts of the Excellence Initiative on the German System of Higher Education; B.M. Kehm -- 7.  Reconciling Republican ‘Egalité’ and Global Excellence Values in French Higher Education; L. Cremonini, P. Benneworth, F. Westerheijden and H. Dauncey -- 8. Challenges for Top Japanese Universities when Establishing a New Global Identity: Seeking a New Paradigm after “World Class”; A. Yonezawa -- Part C. WCUs in non-English Speaking Developing Systems -- 9. World-class University in Korea: Proactive Government, Responsive University, and Procrastinating Academics; J.C. Shin and Y.S. Jang -- 10. Building a World-class University in China; Y. Luo -- 11. The Challenges for Establishing World-class Universities in Taiwan; D. Chang -- Part D. WCUs in English Speaking Developing Systems -- 12. Malaysia’s World-class University Ambition: An Assessment; M. Sirat -- 13. Peering through the dust of construction: Singapore’s efforts to build WCUs; K.C. Ho -- 14. Frameworks for Creating Research Universities: The Hong Kong Case; G. Postiglione and J. Jung -- Conclusion -- 15. Universalizing the University in a World Society; F.O. Ramirez and J.W. Meyer -- 16. World-class University across Higher Education systems: Similarities, Differences, and Challenges; J.C. Shin and B.M. Kehm. - Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 124
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753570 , 1283936097 , 9781283936095
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 215 p. 23 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 362
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Bayesian argumentation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Reasoning (Psychology) ; Congresses ; Logic ; Congresses ; Thought and thinking ; Congresses ; Probabilities ; Congresses ; Bayesian statistical decision theory ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift ; Argumentationstheorie ; Bayes-Entscheidungstheorie
    Abstract: Relevant to, and drawing from, a range of disciplines, the chapters in this collection show the diversity, and applicability, of research in Bayesian argumentation. Together, they form a challenge to philosophers versed in both the use and criticism of Bayesian models who have largely overlooked their potential in argumentation. Selected from contributions to a multidisciplinary workshop on the topic held in Lund, Sweden, in autumn 2010, the authors count legal scholars and cognitive scientists among their number, in addition to philosophers. They analyze material that includes real-life court cases, experimental research results, and the insights gained from computer models.The volume provides a formal measure of subjective argument strength and argument force, robust enough to allow advocates of opposing sides of an argument to agree on the relative strengths of their supporting reasoning. With papers from leading figures such as Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn, the book comprises recent research conducted at the frontiers of Bayesian argumentation and provides a multitude of examples in which these formal tools can be applied to informal argument. It signals new and impending developments in philosophy, which has seen Bayesian models deployed in formal epistemology and philosophy of science, but has yet to explore the full potential of Bayesian models as a framework in argumentation. In doing so, this revealing anthology looks destined to become a standard teaching text in years to come.
    Description / Table of Contents: Bayesian Argumentation; Foreword; Contents; Bayesian Argumentation: The Practical Side of Probability; 1 Introduction; 2 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3 Chapter Overview; 3.1 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3.2 The Legal Domain; 3.3 Modeling Rational Agents; 3.4 Theoretical Issues; References; Part I: The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Testimony, Argumentation and the `Third Way´; 3 Some Problems for MAXMIN; 4 A Bayesian Perspective; 5 Message Content and Message Source: Exploring Norms and Intuitions
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Rehousing Argumentation Schemes Within a Bayesian Framework7 Concluding Remarks; References; Why Are We Convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Bayesian Source Reliability and Pragma-Dialectical Discussion Rules; 1 Types of the Argumentum Ad Hominem; 2 The Pragma-Dialectical Approach; 3 The Bayesian Approach; 4 An Experiment on the Argument Ad Hominem; 5 Method; 6 Results and Discussion; 7 Conclusion; Appendix: Experimental Materials; Abusive; Circumstantial; Tu Quoque; Control; References; 1 Introduction; 2 Survey of Relevant Uncertainties; Part II: The Legal Domain
    Description / Table of Contents: A Survey of Uncertainties and Their Consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation2.1 The Example Case; 2.2 Factual Uncertainty; 2.3 Normative Uncertainty; 2.4 Moral Uncertainty; 2.5 Empirical Uncertainty; 2.6 Interdependencies; 3 Desirable Attributes for a Probabilistic Argument Model to Assist Litigation Planning; 3.1 Assessment of Utilities; 3.2 Easy Knowledge Engineering; 3.3 Conflict Resolution and Argument Weights; 4 Sample Assessment of Graphical Models; 4.1 A Graphical Structure of the Analysis; 4.2 Casting the Example into a Graphical Model; 4.3 Generic Bayesian Networks
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Carneades5.1 A Brief Introduction to the Carneades Model; 5.2 Carneades Bayesian Networks; 5.3 Carneades Bayesian Networks with Probabilistic Assumptions; 5.4 Introduction to Argument Weights; 6 Extension of Carneades to Support Probabilistic Argument Weights; 7 Desiderata for Future Developments; 7.1 Weights Subject to Argumentation; 7.2 Inform Weights from Values; 8 Conclusions and Future Work; References; Was It Wrong to Use Statistics in R v Clark? A Case Study of the Use of Statistical Evidence in Criminal Courts; 1 Introduction; 2 Factual Background; 3 Existing Explanations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 The Flaws in Meadow´s Calculation3.2 The Psychological Effect of the Statistical Evidence; 3.3 The Prosecutor´s Fallacy; 3.4 Bayes´ Theorem; 3.5 The Insignificance of the SIDS Statistics; 4 The Contrastive Explanation; 5 Conclusion; References; Part III: Modeling Rational Agents; A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation and Polarization; 1 Introduction; 2 The Laputa Simulation Framework; 3 The Underlying Bayesian Model; 4 Interpreting Laputa; 5 Do Bayesian Inquirers Polarize?; 6 Conclusion and Discussion; Appendix; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Degrees of Justification, Bayes´ Rule, and Rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Frank Zenker.​- Part 1 -- The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation -- Chapter 1. Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective: Ulrike Hahn, Mike Oaksford and Adam J.L. Harris -- Chapter 2. Why are we convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Source Reliability or Pragma-Dialectics: Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn.- Part 2. The Legal Domain.-Chapter 3. A survey of uncertainties and their consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation: Matthias Grabmair and Kevin D. Ashley -- Chapter 4. What went wrong in the case of Sally Clark? A case-study of the use of Statistical Evidence in Court: Amid Pundik -- Part 3. Modeling Rational Agents -- Chapter 5. A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation: Erik J. Olsson -- Chapter 6. Degrees of Justification, Bayes' Rule, and Rationality: Gregor Betz -- Chapter 7. Argumentation with (Bounded) Rational Agents: Robert van Rooij and Kris de Jaeghery -- Part 4. Theoretical Issues -- Chapter 8. Reductio, Coherence, and the Myth of Epistemic Circularity: Tomoji Shogenji -- Chapter 9. On Argument Strength: Niki Pfeiffer -- Chapter 10 -- Upping the Stakes and the Preface Paradox: Jonny Blamey -- References.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 125
    ISBN: 9789400754737 , 128393616X , 9781283936163
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 183 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 38
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The heart of the good institution
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethik ; Management ; Verantwortung ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Operations research ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Organisationskultur ; Führungsstil ; Tugendethik
    Abstract: This book addresses the question: how can institutions develop and maintain a good purpose? And how can managers contribute to this endeavour? Twelve contributions explore this question, using MacIntyrean inquiry as a basis for exploring four main themes: Can management be considered a practice in the MacIntyrean sense? What is the role of specific virtues in the development of a virtuous institution? What are management vices and what are the conditions in which they flourish? And, can we use MacIntyrean ideas to consider the management of all forms of institutions? The volume is an international and multidisciplinary collection, with contributions from well-known writers in the field of management ethics, and innovative contributions that use MacIntyrean inquiry as a lens to examine fields such as hospitality, user generated music content and social sustainability. The papers are unified by their concern for the achievement of organizational excellence and integrity through ethical management.Unlike single author texts this edited volume brings together multiple perspectives on the topic of virtue ethics in management. In doing so, it explores the topic both more deeply and more widely than a single author can do. Because of its breadth, this book has the potential to become a turn-to research tool for those interested in virtue theory’s relevance to other academic interests such as organizational behavior (including motivation theory and social psychology), literature, contemporary social issue criticism, and business management.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Section 1 intro: Can management be a practice? -- 1 Re-imagining the morality of management: A modern virtue ethics approach; Geoff Moore -- 2 Management as a practice; Tony O’Malley -- 3 Judgment, virtue and social practice; Chris Provis -- 4 Courage as a management virtue; Howard Harris -- Section 2 Intro Leadership, Vice and Virtue -- 5 Virtue ethics in leadership operations: A pathway for leadership development; Erich C. Fein -- 6 The process of conscious corporate growth: A utopian interpretation or a possible virtuous practice?; Mario Carrassi -- 7 Organisational narcissism: A case of failed corporate governance?; Patricia Grant and Peter McGhee -- 8 YouTube as a nascent practice: A MacIntyrean analysis of user-generated content; Helen Rusak and Stephen McKenzie -- Section 3 Intro Case Studies -- 9 Embedded moral agency: A MacIntyrean perspective on the HR professional’s dilemma; Tracey Wilcox -- 10 The contribution of virtue ethics to the pedagogy and Sustainable Practice Of Hospitality Work; Gayathri Wijesinghe -- 11The problem of the empty circle: Thoughts on a virtue approach to social sustainability; Stephen McKenzie -- Conclusion:  A Concluding Reflection: Narratives of Virtue in Responsible Management -- 12 Murdoch, Trollope and Drucker: Virtue ethics as conveyed by stories; Michael Schwartz -- Contributors..
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 126
    ISBN: 9789400753358 , 1283945002 , 9781283945004
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 229 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medicine ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medicine
    Abstract: In this book, an international group of philosophers, economists and theologians focus on the relationship between justice, luck and responsibility in health care. Together, they offer a thorough reflection on questions such as: How should we understand justice in health care? Why are health care interests so important that they deserve special protection? How should we value health? What are its functions and do these make it different from other goods? Furthermore, how much equality should there be? Which inequalities in health and health care are unfair and which are simply unfortunate? Which matters of health care belong to the domain of justice, and which to the domain of charity? And to what extent should we allow personal responsibility to play a role in allocating health care services and resources, or in distributing the costs? With this book, the editors meet a double objective. First, they provide a comprehensive philosophical framework for understanding the concepts of justice, luck and responsibility in contemporary health care; and secondly, they explore whether these concepts have practical force to guide normative discussions in specific contexts of health care such as prevention of infectious diseases or in matters of reproductive technology. Particular and extensive attention is paid to issues regarding end-of-life care.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Philosophy of health and health care -- pt. 2. Ethics of end-of-life care.
    Description / Table of Contents: General Introduction -- Justice and Responsibility in Health Care - An Introduction; Yvonne Denier, Chris Gastmans & Antoon Vandevelde -- Part 1: Philosophy of Health and Health Care Injustice and Inequality in Health and Health Care; Daniel M. Hausman -- Affirmative Action in Health; Shlomi Segall -- On Justice, Luck and Moral Responsibility Concerning Prenatal Genetic Diagnosis; Yvonne Denier -- Mutual Moral Obligations in the Prevention of Infectious Diseases; Jeroen Luyten -- Justice and Responsibility in Health, Care General Discussion and Conclusions of Part 1; Antoon Vandevelde -- Part 2: Ethics of End-of-Life Care; Is There a Duty to Die in Europe? If Not Now, When?; John Hardwig -- The Duty to Care. Democratic Equality and Responsibility for End-of-Life Health Care; Martin Gunderson -- Dignity Enhancing Care for Persons with Dementia and its Application to Advance Euthanasia Directives; Chris Gastmans -- The Authority of Advance Directives; Govert den Hartogh -- The Wreckage of Our Flesh. Dementia, Autonomy and Personhood; Thomas Nys -- On the Sacred Character of Human Life and Death; General Discussion and Conclusions of Part 2; Herman De Dijn -- Epilogue -- How to Move Forward?; Paul Schotsmans. Index. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 127
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 313 p. 30 illus., 5 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: International Archives of the History of Ideas Archives internationales d'histoire des idées 208
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Science in the age of Baroque
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; History ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturwissenschaften ; Kultur ; Geschichte 1600-1700
    Abstract: This volume examines the New Science of the 17th century in the context of Baroque culture, analysing its emergence as an integral part of the high culture of the period. The collected essays explore themes common to the new practices of knowledge production and the rapidly changing culture surrounding them, as well as the obsessions, anxieties and aspirations they share, such as the foundations of order, the power and peril of mediation and the conflation of the natural and the artificial. The essays also take on the historiographical issues involved: the characterization of culture in general and culture of knowledge in particular; the use of generalizations like ‘Baroque’ and the status of such categories; and the role of these in untangling the historical complexities of the tumultuous 17th century. The canonical protagonists of the ‘Scientific Revolution’ are considered, and so are some obscure and suppressed figures: Galileo side by side with Scheiner;Torricelli together with Kircher; Newton as well as Scilla. The coupling of Baroque and Science defies both the still-triumphalist historiographies of the Scientific Revolution and the slight embarrassment that the Baroque represents for most cultural-national histories of Western Europe. It signals a methodological interest in tensions and dilemmas rather than self-affirming narratives of success and failure, and provides an opportunity for reflective critique of our historical categories which is valuable in its own right.
    Description / Table of Contents: Science in the Age of Baroque; Contents; Chapter 1: Baroque Modes and the Production of Knowledge; Introduction: The Great Opposition; The Papers 2 : Shades of Baroque; Conclusion: Dilemmas and Anxieties; Notes; References; Part I: Order; Chapter 2: What Was the Relation of Baroque Culture to the Trajectory of Early Modern Natural Philosophy?; Introduction: Thinking About "Baroque Science"; Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy-Natural Philosophising as Culture and Process
    Description / Table of Contents: Phases and Stages in the 'Scientific Revolution' Seen as an Unfolding Process in the Field of Natural PhilosophisingThe Dynamics and Rules of Natural Philosophical Contestation During the 'Crisis Within a Crisis' Phase; Articulation on Subordinate Disciplines: Grammar and Specific Utterance; Find or Steal Discoveries, Novelties or Facts, Including Experimental Ones; Bend or Brake Aristotle's Rules About Mathematics and Natural Philosophy: The Gambit of 'Physico-mathematics'; "Hot Spots" of Articulation Contest: Additional Causes and Effects of a Field in Crisis
    Description / Table of Contents: The Mechanics of Responding to 'Outside' Challenges and OpportunitiesRecruitment of Baroque Behaviours, Norms and Identities?; An Additional, Surprising, Conjectural Finding; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: "Bent and Directed Towards Him": A Stylistic Analysis of Kircher's Sunflower Clock; Kircher's Sunflower Clock Reassessed; The Baroque Style; The Problem of Style; The Baroque Problem; A Stylistic Analysis; Clocks; Magnetism; Sunflowers; A Baroque Instrument; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: From Divine Order to Human Approximation: Mathematics in Baroque Science; Kepler and Newton
    Description / Table of Contents: Kepler and PerfectionNewton and the Moving Aphelia; Kepler's ISL; The ISL After Kepler; Newton's ISL; Conclusion; References; Part II: Vision; Chapter 5: "The Quality of Nothing:" Shakespearean Mirrors and Kepler's Visual Economy of Science; Introduction; Shakespearean Mirrors and the End of Renaissance Science; Kepler's Astronomical Speculations, Aristotelian Metabasis and Renaissance Imagination; Keplerian Shadows on a Wall; Towards Baroque Modes of Observation; References; Chapter 6: Agostino Scilla: A Baroque Painter in Pursuit of Science; Introduction; The Making of a Learned Painter
    Description / Table of Contents: From Messina to RomeThe Genesis of a Scientific Conversation; Seeing Fossils Like a Painter; References; Chapter 7: What Exactly Was Torricelli's "Barometer?"; Introduction; "Torricelli's Barometer:" The Extant Sources; Rethinking Torricelli's Esperienza of 1644; Torricelli's Mercury Esperienza as Baroque Performance; Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: William Harvey and the Way of the Artisan; Introduction; Harvey's Way of Inquiry; The Problem of Inquiry; The Priority of Experience; The Way of the Artisan; The Particular; Apprenticeship and Experience; Artisans and Trust
    Description / Table of Contents: William Harvey and the Way of the Artisan
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Ofer Gal and Raz Chen Morris: Baroque Modes and the Production of Knowledge -- A. Order -- 2. John Schuster: What Was the Relation of Baroque Culture to the Trajectory of Early Modern Natural Philosophy? -- 3. Koen Vermeir: “Bent And Directed Towards Him:” A Baroque Perspective on Kircher’s Sunflower Clock -- 4. Ofer Gal: From Divine Order to Human Approximation: Mathematics in Baroque Science -- B. Vision -- 5. Raz Chen-Morris: “The Quality of Nothing,” Or Kepler's Visual Economy of Science -- 6. Paula Findlen: Agostino Scilla:  A Baroque Painter in Pursuit of Science -- 7. J.B. Shank: What Exactly Was “Torricelli’s Barometer?” -- 8. Alan Salter: William Harvey and the Way of the Artisan -- C. Excess -- 9. John Gascoigne: Crossing the Pillars of Hercules: Francis Bacon, the Scientific Revolution and the New World -- 10. Nicholas Dew: The Hive and the Pendulum: Universal Metrology and Baroque Science.-11. Victor Boantza: Chymical Philosophy and Boyle’s Incongruous Philosophical Chymistry.-12 Rivka Feldhay: The Simulation of Nature and the Dissimulation of the Law on a Baroque Stage: Galileo and the Church Revisited​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 128
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751378
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 161 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic
    Abstract: This compelling reevaluation of the relationship between logic and knowledge affirms the key role that the notion of judgement must play in such a review. The commentary repatriates the concept of judgement in the discussion, banished in recent times by the logical positivism of Wittgenstein, Hilbert and Schlick, and the Platonism of Bolzano. The volume commences with the insights of Swedish philosopher Per Martin-Löf, the father of constructive type theory, for whom logic is a demonstrative science in which judgement is a settled feature of the landscape. His paper opens the first of four sections that examine, in turn, historical philosophical assessments of judgement and reason; their place in early modern philosophy; the notion of judgement and logical theory in Wolff, Kant and Neo-Kantians like Windelband; their development in the Husserlian phenomenological paradigm; and the work of Bolzano, Russell and Frege. The papers, whose authors include Per Martin-Löf, Göran Sundholm, Michael Della Rocca and Robin Rollinger, represent a finely judged editorial selection highlighting work on philosophers exercised by the question of whether or not an epistemic notion of judgement has a role to play in logic. The volume will be of profound interest to students and academicians for its application of historical developments in philosophy to the solution of vexatious contemporary issues in the foundation of logic. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Judgement and the Epistemic Foundation of Logic; Preface; Contents; Introduction; Bibliography; Part I: Constructivism, Judgement and Reason; Chapter 1: Verificationism Then and Now; Chapter 2: Demonstrations Versus Proofs, Being an Afterword to Constructions, Proofs, and the Meaning of the Logical Constants; Bibliography; Chapter 3: Containment and Variation; Two Strands in the Development of Analyticity from Aristotle to Martin-Löf; Bibliography; Part II: Judgement and Reason in the Seventeenth Century; Chapter 4: Descartes' Theory of Judgement: Warranted Assertions, the Key to Science*
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Descartes' Debate with Scholastic Logic over the Foundations of Science2 The Rules for the Forming of True Judgements; 3 The Many Uses of the Concept of Judgement in Descartes' Mathesis; Bibliography; Chapter 5: Striving, Oomph, and Intelligibility in Spinoza; 1 Descartes and the Great Intelligibility Trade-Off; 2 Strengthening Intelligibility; 3 Weakening Intelligibility; Bibliography; I. Works by Descartes; II. Works by Spinoza; III. Works by Leibniz; IV. Works by Hume; V. Other Works; Part III: Kant, Neo-Kantianism, and Bolzano
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: The Role of Wolff's Analysis of Judgements in Kant's Inaugural Dissertation1 Wolff's Analysis of Judgements; 2 Meier's Notion of Condition; 3 The Strategy of Kant's Dissertation; 4 Three Classes of Subreption; Bibliography; Chapter 7: Windelband on Beurteilung; 1 Windelband's Definition of Judgement; 2 Windelband's Three-Step Argument; 3 Judgeable Content; 4 Assessing Under Assumption of Epistemic Values; 5 The Nature of Epistemic Assessment; Bibliography; I. Primary; II. Secondary; Chapter 8: A Priori Knowledge in Bolzano, Conceptual Truths, and Judgements
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Apriori in Bolzano1.1 Concepts and Conceptual Truths; 1.2 Conceptual Truths and Judgements A Priori; 1.2.1 Conceptual Truths and Analytic Truths; 1.2.2 Empirical Analytic Truths; 1.2.3 Synthetic Conceptual Truths; 1.3 How Are Synthetic Judgements A Priori Possible?; 2 Understanding (C1): Bolzano's Epistemology; 2.1 Judgements and Subjective Representations; 2.2 Bolzano's Analysis of the Concept of Knowledge; 2.2.1 Confidence; 2.2.2 How Much Confidence?; 3 Understanding (C2): Knowing a Concept; 3.1 The Correspondence Assumption; 3.2 Having a Representation, Clarity, and Distinctness
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Definitions, Proofs, and Synthetic Truths4.1 Knowledge and Proof; 4.2 Two Remaining Problems; 4.3 The Case of Fundamental Truths; 5 Conclusion; Bibliography; Part IV: Husserl, Frege and Russell; Chapter 9: Immanent and Real States of Affairs in Husserl's Early Theory of Judgement: Reflections on Manuscripts from 1893/1894 and Their Background in the Logic of Brentano and Stumpf; 1 Introduction; 2 Brentano and Stumpf on Contents of Judgement; 2.1 Brentano; 2.2 Stumpf; 2.3 Excursus: Other Students of Brentano; 3 Husserl's Theory of Judgement (1893/1894)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Psychological Studies in Elementary Logic
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Part 1. Constructivism, Judgement, and Reason -- Chapter 1. Verificationism then and now: Per Martin-Löf -- Chapter 2. Demonstrations versus Proofs, being an afterword to 'Constructions, Proofs and the meaning of Logical Constants': Göran Sundholm -- Chapter 3. Containment and Variation: Two Strands in the Development of Analyticity from Aristotle to Martin-Löf: Göran Sundholm -- Part 2. Judgement and Reason in the Seventeenth Century -- Chapter 4. Decartes' Theory of Judgement: Warranted Assertions, the Key to Science: Elodie Cassan -- Chapter 5. Striving, Oomph, and Intelligibility in Spinoza: Michael Della Rocca -- Part 3. Kant, Neo-Kantianism, and Bolzano -- Chapter 6. The Role of Wolff's Analysis of Judgments in Kant's Inaugural Dissertation: Johan Blok -- Chapter 7. Windelband on 'Beurteilung’: Arnaud Dewalque -- Chapter 8. A Priori Knowledge in Bolzano; Conceptual Truths and Judgements: Stefan Roski -- Part 4. Husserl, Frege and Russell -- Chapter 9. Immanent and Real States of Affairs in Husserl's Early Theory of Judgement: Robin Rollinger -- Chapter 10. Frege and Russell on Assertion: Jeremy Kelly.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 129
    ISBN: 9781299702011 , 9789400762688
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 190 S. 36) , Ill.
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography
    Abstract: We all view the ubiquitous term ‘sustainability’ as a worthwhile goal. But how can we apply the principles of sustainability in the real world, at the sharp end of communities in developing nations where income insecurity is the troubled norm? This volume provides some practical answers, explaining the precepts of the ‘sustainable livelihood approach’ (SLA) through the case study of a microfinance scheme in Africa. The case study, centered around the work of the Catholic Church’s Diocesan Development Services organization, involved an SLA implemented over two years designed in part to help enhance its existing microfinance operation through closer links between local communities and international donors. The book’s central conclusion is that we must move beyond the concept of sustainable livelihood itself, with its in-built polarities between developed and developing nations, and embrace a more global notion of ‘sustainable lifestyle’; a more nuanced and inclusive approach that encompasses not just how we make a sustainable living, but how we can live sustainable lives
    Description / Table of Contents: Sustainable Livelihood Approach; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 Sustainability and Sustainable Livelihoods; 1.1 The Future of Sustainability; 1.2 The Multiverse of Sustainability; 1.3 Practicing Sustainability; 1.4 Structure of the Book; 2 The Theory Behind the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The SLA Framework; 2.3 Definitions of SLA; 2.4 Origins of SLA; 2.5 Capital in SLA; 2.6 Vulnerability and Institutional Context; 2.7 Representation Within SLA; 2.8 The Attractions and Popularity of SLA; 2.9 Critiques of SLA
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.10 SLA for Evidence-Based Intervention2.11 Conclusion; 3 Context of the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Governing an African Giant; 3.3 Economic Development in Nigeria; 3.4 A Kingdom Discovered; 3.5 Igala Livelihoods; An Overview; 3.6 The Diocesan Development Services in Igalaland; 3.7 New Pastures; 3.8 Choice of Villages for the SLA; 3.9 Conclusions; 4 The Sustainable Livelihood Approach in Practice; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Sample Households; 4.3 Human Capital: The Households; 4.3.1 Household M1 (Headed by the Village Chief)
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.2 Household M2 (Headed by a Senior Igbo)4.3.3 Household M3(Igbo Community Leader); 4.3.4 Household M4 (farmer and business man); 4.3.5 Household E1 (Farmer and Vigilante); 4.3.6 Household E2(Madaki of Edeke); 4.3.7 Household E3 (Farmer and Fisherman); 4.3.8 Household E4 (Madaki in Edeke); 4.4 Natural Capital: Land and Farming; 4.5 Natural Capital: Trees; 4.6 Social Capital: Networks; 4.7 Physical Capital: Assets for Income Generation; 4.8 Financial Capital: Household Budgets; 4.9 Vulnerability and Institutional Contexts; 4.10 Did SLA Succeed?; 4.11 Conclusions; 5 Livelihood into Lifestyle
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Introduction5.2 How SLA?; 5.3 Where SLA?; 5.4 Transferability of SLA; 5.5 Livelihood into Lifestyle; 5.6 Conclusions; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 130
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400758360
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 772 p. 27 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education
    Abstract: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor, and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology, and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 131
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753044
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 243 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 363
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Functions
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Metaphysics ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Anthropology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Metaphysics ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Anthropology ; Teleology ; Causation ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Funktion ; Wissenschaft
    Abstract: This volume handles in various perspectives the concept of function and the nature of functional explanations, topics much discussed since two major and conflicting accounts have been raised by Larry Wright and Robert Cummins’s papers in the 1970s. Here, both Wright’s ‘etiological theory of functions’ and Cummins’s ‘systemic’ conception of functions are refined and elaborated in the light of current scientific practice, with papers showing how the ‘etiological’ theory faces several objections and may in reply be revisited, while its counterpart became ever more sophisticated, as researchers discovered fresh applications for it. Relying on a firm knowledge of the original positions and debates, this volume presents cutting-edge research evincing the complexities that today pertain in function theory in various sciences. Alongside original papers from authors central to the controversy, work by emerging researchers taking novel perspectives will add to the potential avenues to be followed in the future. Not only does the book adopt no a priori assumptions about the scope of functional explanations, it also incorporates material from several very different scientific domains, e.g. neurosciences, ecology, or technology. In general, functions are implemented in mechanisms; and functional explanations in biology have often an essential relation with natural selection. These two basic claims set the stage for this book’s coverage of investigations concerning both ‘functional’ explanations, and the ‘metaphysics’ of functions. It casts new light on these claims, by testing them through their confrontation with scientific developments in biology, psychology, and recent developments concerning the metaphysics of realization. Rather than debating a single theory of functions, this book presents the richness of philosophical issues raised by functional discourse throughout the various sciences.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Functions: selection and mechanisms; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; 1 The Theories of Function and the Current Issues; 2 Position and Structure of This Book; 3 Contributions in Detail; References; Part I: Biological Functions and Functional Explanations: Genes, Cells, Organisms and Ecosystems - Functions, Organization and Development in Life Sciences; Evolution and the Stability of Functional Architectures; 1 A Concept of Function; 2 A General Form for Attributions of Function and Some of Its Consequences; 3 Small Mutations as the Raw Material for Changes in Functional Organization
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Generative Entrenchment and the Stability of Deep Functions5 Multiple Realization, Stability, Robustness, and Evolvability; 6 Deep Function and the Limitations of a Selectionist Account of Function; 7 Two Modes of Descriptive Abstraction for Function; 8 Conclusion; References; Mechanism, Emergence, and Miscibility: The Autonomy of Evo-Devo; 1 Mechanism; 2 Emergence; 2.1 Ontological Versus Explanatory Emergence; 2.2 Invariance and Explanation; 2.3 Completeness and Complementarity; 2.4 Autonomy; 2.5 Downward Explanation; 3 Miscibility; 4 The Autonomy of Evo-Devo
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Two Conceptions of Adaptive Evolution4.2 Emergent Explanation in Evo-Devo; 5 Conclusion; References; Does Oxygen Have a Function, or Where Should the Regress of Functional Ascriptions Stop in Biology?; 1 Introduction; 2 Theories of Function: Three Families; 3 Functions and Levels of Organization; 4 Can Elementary Molecules Have a Function?; 5 Organisms and Above; 6 Conclusion; References; Part II: Biological Functions and Functional Explanations: Genes, Cells, Organisms and Ecosystems - Functional Pluralism for Biologists?
    Description / Table of Contents: How Ecosystem Evolution Strengthens the Case for Functional Pluralism1 Introduction; 2 Diversity Rules; 3 Looking Ahead; 4 Conclusion; References; A General Case for Functional Pluralism; 1 Mountain Geology; 2 The Analogous Situation in Biology; 3 Form, History, and Function; 4 Conclusion; References; Weak Realism in the Etiological Theory of Functions; 1 The Etiological Theory as a Realist Theory of Functions and Its Requisites; 2 The Weaknesses of SE; 2.1 Logical-Type Problem; 2.2 Problem of the Bundle of Effects; 3 Establish and Explain Functions; 3.1 Functional Organisation Schema
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Design Counterfactual Analysis3.2.1 The Simple Case; 3.2.2 More Complicated Cases; 3.3 The Comparative Method; 3.4 Confronting Methods; 3.4.1 Divergent Results and Selection; 3.4.2 Etiological Theory?; 4 Conclusion; References; Part III: Psychology, Philosophy of Mind and Technology: Functions in a Man's World - Metaphysics, Function and Philosophy of Mind; Functions and Mechanisms: A Perspectivalist View; 1 Introduction; 2 What Makes a Neurotransmitter a Neurotransmitter?; 3 Mechanisms; 4 Levels of Mechanisms; 5 Explanation: The Mechanist's Stance
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Etiological Explanation and Adaptational Functions
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Section I. Biological functions and functional explanations: genes, cells, organisms and ecosystems -- Part 1.A. Functions, organization and development in life sciences -- Chapter 1. William C. Wimsatt. Evolution and the Stability of Functional Architectures -- Chapter 2. Denis M. Walsh. Teleological Emergence: The Autonomy of Evo-Devo -- Chapter 3. Jean Gayon. Does oxygen have a function, or: where should the regress of biological functions stop? -- Part 1.B. Functional pluralism for biologists? Chapter 4. Frédéric Bouchard. How ecosystem evolution strengthens the case for functional pluralism -- Chapter 5. Robert N. Brandon. A general case for functional pluralism -- Chapter 6. Philippe Huneman. Weak realism in the etiological theory of functions -- Section 2. Section II. Psychology, philosophy of mind and technology: Functions in a man’s world -- Part 2.A. 2A. Metaphysics, function and philosophy of mind -- Chapter 7. Carl Craver. Functions and Mechanisms in Contemporary Neuroscience -- Chapter 8. Carl Gillett. Understanding the sciences through the fog of ‘functionalism(s).’ -- 2.B. Philosophy of technology , design and functions -- Chapter 9. Françoise Longy. Artifacts and Organisms: A Case for a New Etiological Theory of Functions -- Chapter 10. Pieter Vermaas and Wybo Houkes. Functions as Epistemic Highlighters: An Engineering Account of Technical, Biological and Other Functions -- Epilogue -- Larry Wright. Revising teleological explanations: reflections three decades on.     ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 132
    ISBN: 9789400759831
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 252 p. 21 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy 93
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Studies in the composition and decomposition of event predicates
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Semantics ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Semantics ; Grammar, Comparative and general Syntax ; Verbalphrase ; Ereignissemantik
    Abstract: This detailed, perceptive addition to the linguistics literature analyzes the semantic components of event predicates, exploring their fine-grained elements as well as their agency in linguistic processing. The papers go beyond pure semantics to consider their varying influences of event predicates on argument structure, aspect, scalarity, and event structure.The volume shows how advances in the linguistic theory of event predicates, which have spawned Davidsonian and neo-Davidsonian notions of event arguments, in addition to ‘event structure’ frameworks and mereological models for the eventuality domain, have sidelined research on specific sets of entailments that support a typology of event predicates. Addressing this imbalance in the literature, the work also presents evidence indicating a more complex role for scalar structures than currently assumed. It will enrich the work of semanticists, psycholinguists, and syntacticians with a decompositional approach to verb phrase structure
    Description / Table of Contents: Studies in the Composition and Decomposition of Event Predicates; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: The (De)composition of Event Predicates; 1.1 Subatomic Semantics of Event Predicates; 1.2 Aspectual Composition; 1.2.1 Event-Argument Homomorphism; 1.2.2 Scales, Degrees, Generalized Paths; 1.2.3 The Contribution of the Verb vs. Other Elements; 1.2.4 Aspectual Tests, Coercion, Quantified Incremental Arguments; 1.3 Adverbial Modification; 1.3.1 Interaction with Event Structure; 1.3.2 Interaction with Scales; 1.3.3 Interaction with Temporal Structure; 1.4 Experimental Studies of Event Predicates
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5 ConclusionReferences; Chapter 2: On the Criteria for Distinguishing Accomplishments from Activities, and Two Types of Aspectual Misfits; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Criteria for the Distinction Between Activities and Accomplishments; 2.2.1 Telos; 2.2.2 The Subinterval Property (Homogeneity) and Cumulativity; 2.2.3 Specifying Temporal Extent; 2.2.4 Entailments Between Simple Tense and Progressive Sentences; 2.2.5 Result States; 2.2.6 Iteration; 2.2.7 Accomplishments Can Have Two Readings Where Activities Have Only One; 2.2.8 Partial Completion; 2.3 Accomplishments Entail Activities
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Delimited Situations Without a Predetermined Telos2.4.1 The Problem; 2.4.2 Hallman's Solution; 2.4.3 A Pragmatic Explanation; 2.5 Predicates with Selected Non-specific DPs; 2.5.1 (Unstressed) Some, a Few, Many/a Lot Of; 2.5.2 At Most, at Least; 2.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Lexicalized Meaning and Manner/Result Complementarity; 3.1 Manner/Result Complementarity: A Constraint on Verb Meaning?; 3.2 Manners, Results and the Relation Between Them; 3.3 Putative Counterexamples to Manner/Result Complementarity; 3.4 A Potential Counterexample from the Change of State Domain
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 A Potential Counterexample from the Motion Domain3.5.1 The Manner Lexicalized by Climb; 3.5.2 Where Does the Inference of Upwardness Come From?; 3.5.3 Transitive Climb Does Not Lexicalize Direction; 3.5.4 The Direction-Only Use of Climb; 3.6 Potential Counterexamples Are Systematic, Even if Sporadic; 3.7 Concluding Words: The Lesson from the Problematic Verbs; References; Chapter 4: Oriented Adverbs and Object Experiencer Psych-Verbs; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Subjective Adverbs: Typology and Ambiguities; 4.2.1 Dispositional Adverbs; 4.2.1.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1.2 The Manner Reading: Two Previous Analyses4.2.2 Psychological Adverbs; 4.2.2.1 Ernst 2002; 4.2.2.2 Geuder 2000/2004; 4.2.3 Relative and Absolute Transparent Adverbs; 4.2.4 The Manner Reading of Adverbs with a Transparent Use; 4.2.5 Evaluative Reading; 4.2.6 Result Reading; 4.3 Subjective Adverbs and Weakly Agentive Predicates; 4.3.1 Convince Cleverly; 4.3.2 Convince Patiently; 4.3.3 Psychological Adverbs; 4.4 Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Two Sources of Scalarity Within the Verb Phrase; 5.1 Scalarity and the Verb Phrase; 5.2 Eventive and Evaluative Uses of Half
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2.1 Two Readings
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Boban Arsenijević, Berit Gehrke & Rafael Marín: Introduction: The (De)composition of Event Predicates -- 2. Anita Mittwoch: On the Criteria for Distinguishing Accomplishments from Activities, and Two Types of Aspectual Misfits -- 3. Beth Levin & Malka Rappaport Hovav: Lexicalized Meaning and Manner/Result Complementarity -- 4. Fabienne Martin: Oriented Adverbs and Object Experiencer Psych-verbs -- 5. M. Ryan Bochnak: Two Sources of Scalarity within the Verb Phrase -- 6. Jens Fleischhauer: Interaction of Telicity and Degree Gradation in Change of State Verbs   -- 7. Kyle Rawlins: On Adverbs of (Space and) Time -- 8. Oliver Bott: The Processing Domain of Aspectual Information -- 9. Evie Malaia, Ronnie B. Wilbur & Christine Weber-Fox: Event End-Point Primes the Undergoer Argument: Neurobiological Bases of  Event Structure Processing.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 133
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751552
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 351 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Vater ; Randgruppe ; Kind ; Psychosoziale Entwicklung ; Vaterschaft ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This vital addition to Springer’s ‘Educating the Young Child’ series addresses gaps in the literature on father involvement in the lives of young children, a topic with a fast-rising profile in today’s world of female breadwinners and single-parent households. While the significant body of theoretical understanding and empirical data accumulated in recent decades has done much to characterize the fluidity of evolving notions of fatherhood, the impact of this understanding on policy and legal frameworks has been uneven at an international level. In a field where groups of fathers were until recently marginalized in research, this book adopts a refreshingly inclusive attitude, aiming to motivate researchers to capture the nuanced practices of fathers in minority groups such as those who are homeless, gay, imprisoned, raising a disabled child, or from ethnically distinct backgrounds, including Mexican- and African-American fathers.The volume includes chapters highlighting the unique challenges and possibilities of father involvement in their children’s early years of development. Contributing authors have integrated theories, research, policies, and programs on father involvement so as to attract readers with diverse interest and expertise, and material from selected countries in Asia, Australia, and Africa, as well as North America, evinces the international scope of their analysis. Their often interdisciplinary analyses draw, too, on historical and cultural legacies, even as they project a vision of the future in which fathers’ involvement in their young children’s lives develops alongside the changing political, economic and educational landscapes around the world.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgment; Contents; About the Authors; About the Editor; Chapter 1 Introduction; Father Involvement in Young Children's Lives: CommonThemes and Diverse Perspectives; Purpose of the Book; Overview of the Book; Section 1: Father Involvement: Broad Strokes; Section 2: Father Involvement: Perspectives from the United States; Section 3: Father Involvement: Global Perspectives; About the Chapters; Father Involvement: Broad Strokes; Father Involvement: Perspectives from the United States; Father Involvement: Global Perspectives; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I Father Involvement: General PerspectivesChapter 2 Fathers and Early Literacy; Assumptions About Fathers and Early Literacy; Review of Research on Fathers and Early Literacy; Parent Promotion of Early Literacy; Frequency of Fathers Reading to their Children; Father Characteristics Related to Reading to Children; Why Fathers Read to Children?; Materials that Fathers Read; Barriers that Limit Father Involvement in Literacy Activities; Mother and Father Differences; Benefits of Father Involvement in Early Literacy; Summary of the Research Review
    Description / Table of Contents: Practice Literature and Early Literacy Interventionswith FathersFathers Reading Every Day (FRED) Program; Especially for Dads: Head Start Literacy Program; Dads & Kids Book Club; Literacy Workshop for Dads; Literacy Programs in the United Kingdom; Lessons from Practice; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3 Caring Fathers; What We Need to Know about Caring?; The Dimensions of Caring in Fathers; How Caring Fathers Influence Caring in Children?; Challenges to Fathers' Caring Roles; Strategies for Promoting Caring in Fathers; Informal Venues; Formal Venues
    Description / Table of Contents: Creating Communities that Nurture Caring FathersFather-Centered Education for Young Children; References; Section II Contexts Within the United States; Chapter 4 Mexican-American Father-Child Literacy Interactions; Family Support System; Challenging Theoretical Perspectives; Methodological Research Conflicts; Transformation of Mexican-American Fathers' Roles; Methodological Research Transformations; Mexican-American Fathers; Historical Transformations; Mexican-American Father Involvement Studies; Literacy Practices; Literacy Roles; Children's Academic Achievement; Educational History
    Description / Table of Contents: Diverse Literacy ExperiencesResearch and Practical Applications; Research Implications; Practice Implications; Conclusions; References; Chapter 5 Father Involvement, African Americans, and Reducing the Achievement Gap; Historical Efforts to Reduce the Gap; Efforts Prior to the Revolutionary War; Efforts After the Revolutionary War; The Rise of Father Involvement Research; Federal Policy, Father Involvement, and the Achievement Gap; The Eyes of Academics Are Opened; Factors that Contribute to Successful Father Participation; Challenges and Obstacles to Involve African American Fathers
    Description / Table of Contents: General Challenges and Obstacles
    Description / Table of Contents: SECTION 1: Father Involvement: General Perspectives -- 1. Fathers and Early Literacy; Glen Palm -- 2. Caring Fathers: Empowering Children to be Loving Human Beings; Kevin J. Swick -- SECTION 2: Contexts within the United States.- 3. Mexican American Father-Child Literacy Interactions; Olivia N. Saracho -- 4. Father Involvement, African Americans and Reducing the Achievement Gap; William H. Jeynes -- 5. Gay Fathers’ Involvement in Their Young Children’s Lives; Dana Berkowitz and Katherine A. Kuvalanka -- 6. Incarcerated Fathers: Implications for Father Involvement; Mike Roettger and Raymond R. Swisher -- 7. Involvement of Homeless Fathers: Challenges and Possibilities; Jyotsna Pattnaik and Christie Medeiros -- 8. Fathers of Young Children with Disabilities: Experiences, Involvement and Needs; Hedda Meadan, Howard P. Parette, Jr. and Sharon Doubet -- 9. Honoring Women Who must Raise Their Children Alone; Beatrice S. Fennimore -- Section 3: International Contexts.- 10. Father-child Involvement in English-Speaking Caribbean Countries: Links to Childhood Development; Jaipaul L Roopnarine -- 11. Indigenous Fathers in Canada: Multigenerational Challenges; Jessica Ball -- 12. Father Involvement: New Zealand; Paul Callister and Lindy Fursman -- 13. Male Involvement in Children’s Lives: Roles and Relevance to Academic and Non-Academic Outcomes in the Australian Context; Andrew J. Martin -- 14. Father Involvement in Young Children’s Care and Education in Southern Africa; Jeremiah Chikovore, Tawanda Makusha and Linda Richter -- 15. Fathering in India: Understanding Challenges and Opportunities; Rajalakshmi Sriram and Prachee Navalkar -- 16. Fathers’ Role in Chinese Children’s Education; Zhonghe Wu, Song An and Shuhua An -- 17. The Father Image in Japan -Traditional Roles and Emerging Realities in Conflict; Michelle Henault Morrone and Yumi Matsuyama -- 18. Father Involvement in Taiwan: A Progressive Perspective; Hsiu-Zu Ho, Chu-Ting Ko, Connie N. Tran, Jessica M. Phillips and Wei-Wen Chen -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 134
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753488
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 454 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Exclusionary rules in comparative law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Criminal Law ; Law ; Law ; Criminal Law ; œaExclusionary rule (Evidence)œvCongresses ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Beweisaufnahme ; Illegalität ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisaufnahme ; Illegalität ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This book is a comparative study of the exclusion of illegally gathered evidence in the criminal trial , which includes 15 country studies, a chapter on the European Court of Human Rights, and a comparative synthetic conclusion. No other book has undertaken such a broad comparative study of exclusionary rules, which have now become a world-wide phenomenon. The topic is one of the most controversial in criminal procedure law, because it reveals a constant tension between the criminal court’s duty to ascertain the truth, on the one hand, and its duty to uphold important constitutional rights on the other, most importantly, the privilege against self-incrimination and the right to privacy in one's home and one's private communications. The chapters were contributed by noted world experts on the subject for the XVIII Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law in Washington in July 2010.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 135
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762749
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 269 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Environmental, Agricultural and Food Ethics 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Farm economics ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Farm economics ; Social sciences
    Abstract: This edited volume presents ethical and economic analyses of agrifood competition. By systematically examining fairness and openness in agricultural markets, it seeks to answer the question of whether there is adequate competition in the agrifood industry and whether the system is fair to all participants. It outlines ethical and economic principles important for understanding agrifood competition, presents arguments for and against consolidation, globalization and the integration of agrifood industries, and looks at the implications of globalization on the nature of competition in specific agricultural contexts
    Abstract: This edited volume presents ethical and economic analyses of agrifood competition. By systematically examining fairness and openness in agricultural markets, it seeks to answer the question of whether there is adequate competition in the agrifood industry and whether the system is fair to all participants. It outlines ethical and economic principles important for understanding agrifood competition, presents arguments for and against consolidation, globalization and the integration of agrifood industries, and looks at the implications of globalization on the nature of competition in specific agricultural contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: The Ethics and Economics of Agrifood Competition; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Introduction to the Ethics and Economics of Agrifood Competition: Connotations, Complications and Commentary; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Meaning of Adequacy; 1.3 The Meaning of Fairness; 1.4 Analyses of Agrifood Competition; 1.5 The Lesson; References; Part I Conceptualizing Agrifood Competition; Chapter 2: Conceptualizing Fairness in the Context of Competition: Philosophical Sources; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fair Treatment and Fair Play; 2.3 Fairness and the Social Contract
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Fairness and Efficient Competition2.5 Fairness and Outcomes; 2.6 Fairness and Rules; 2.7 Assessing Fair Competition; 2.8 Fair Agrifood Competition; References; Chapter 3: Are Ethics and Efficiency Locked in Antithesis?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is Ethics?; 3.3 What Is Efficiency?; 3.4 The Relation Between Ethics and Efficiency; 3.4.1 Ethical Duties as a Constraint on Production; 3.4.2 Ethical Consumption and Ethical Production; 3.4.3 Institutionalizing Ethical Considerations in the Sector; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The Fallacy of "Competition" in Agriculture
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Introduction4.2 The True Central Question of Competition: What Is It?; 4.2.1 The Nature of Competition; 4.2.2 `Free and Fair' Competition; 4.2.2.1 Free Competition; 4.2.2.2 Fair Competition; 4.3 The Problem of Perfect Competition; 4.4 Competition in Agriculture; 4.4.1 The Demise of Competition in Agriculture?; 4.4.2 The Shortcoming of Government Intervention; 4.4.3 Competition in Agriculture Today; 4.4.4 So Whence Concerns About Competition in Agriculture Today?; 4.4.5 What Does This Tell Us About Competition in Agriculture?; 4.4.6 Ethics and the Fallacy of Competition; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Efficiency, Power and Freedom5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Overview; 5.3 Aggregate Economic Efficiency; 5.3.1 The Free Market; 5.4 Morals of Monopoly and Competition; 5.5 Antitrust and Competition Policy; 5.5.1 Collusion in Fixing the Rules of the Marketplace; 5.5.2 Knightian Welfare Economics; 5.5.3 Economic Freedom for Farmers and Ranchers; 5.5.4 Serfdom; 5.5.5 Economic Freedom for Consumers; 5.5.6 Innovation and Democracy; 5.6 Concluding Remarks: Back to the Agrifood System; References; Chapter 6: Networks, Power and Dependency in the Agrifood Industry; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Previous Research on Agrifood Industry Structure6.3 Networks, Dependency and Power; 6.4 Differential Dependencies in Stylized Agrifood Networks; 6.4.1 Broilers; 6.4.2 Beef; 6.4.3 Corn and Soybeans; 6.5 Ethics of Dependency; 6.6 Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Reaping and Sowing for a Sustainable Future: The Import of Roman Catholic Social Teaching for Agrifood Competition; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Roman Catholic Social Teaching; 7.3 Agrifood Competition in Roman Catholic Social Teaching; 7.3.1 Rerum Novarum (1891); 7.3.2 Quadragesimo Anno (1931); 7.3.3 Excursus: César Chávez
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3.4 Mater et Magistra (1961)
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 136
    ISBN: 9789400759770
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 290 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The work situation of the academic profession in Europe
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education, Higher ; College teachers ; Europe ; Europa ; Hochschullehrer ; Vergleichende Forschung ; Europa ; Hochschullehrer ; Vergleichende Forschung
    Abstract: This book presents the analysis of the representative survey about the academic profession in twelve European countries. Higher education in Europe has experienced a substantial change in recent years: Expansion progresses further, the expectation to deliver useful contributions of knowledge to the “knowledge society” is on the rise, and efforts to steer academic work through external forces and strong international management are more widespread than ever. Representative surveys of the academic profession in twelve European countries show how professors and junior staff at universities and other institutions of higher education view the role of higher education in society and their professional situation and how they actually shape their professional tasks. Academics differ across Europe substantially in their employment and working conditions, their views and their activities. Most of them favour the preservation of a close link between teaching and research and feel responsible for both theory and practice. Most consider efforts to enhance academic quality and social relevance as compatible. The overall satisfaction with their professional situation is rather high
    Description / Table of Contents: The Work Situation of the Academic Profession in Europe: Findings of a Survey in Twelve Countries; Contents; Biographies; Editors; Contributors; Chapter 1: The Academic Profession in 12 European Countries - The Approach of the Comparative Study; 1.1 The Concept and the Thematic Areas of the Study; 1.1.1 The Setting and the State of the Knowledge; 1.1.2 The Predecessor and Partner Surveys; 1.1.3 The European Study; 1.2 The Methods Employed; 1.2.1 Sampling Design and Number of Respondents; 1.2.2 Number of Respondents Envisaged; 1.2.3 Data Collection; 1.2.4 Data Checks, Coding and Merging
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3 Current VolumeReferences; Chapter 2: Academic Career Paths; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Qualifications; 2.2.1 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Qualifications; 2.2.2 Age at the Award of Doctoral and Postdoctoral Degrees; 2.2.3 Doctoral and Postdoctoral Awards Abroad; 2.2.4 Activities During the Course of Doctoral Training; 2.3 Past Career Steps and Experiences; 2.3.1 Time Span from Graduation to Full-Time Employment in Higher Education; 2.3.2 Past Part-Time Employment; 2.3.3 Age at the Beginning of Full-Time Employment; 2.3.4 Inter-institutional Mobility
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.5 Continuity and Change of Discipline12.4 Current Employment Conditions; 2.4.1 Share of Academics in Senior and Junior Positions; 2.4.2 Duration of Current Employment Contract; 2.4.3 Full-Time and Part-Time Employment; 2.5 Current Remuneration; 2.5.1 Salary; 2.5.2 Additional Employment and Remunerated Work; 2.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Academic Work, Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Assessment of Facilities and Resources; 3.3 Workload and Allocation of Work Time; 3.4 Job Satisfaction; 3.5 Links Between Income and Job Satisfaction; 3.6 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Gender Differences and Inequalities in Academia: Findings in Europe; 4.1 Introduction: The Place of Women in Academic Markets; 4.2 Gender Distribution; 4.2.1 Women in the Higher Education Systems; 4.2.2 A Question of Status: Academics in the University Sector; 4.2.3 Universities and Other Higher Education Institutions; 4.2.4 A Question of Discipline; 4.3 Contractual Employment Conditions: Full-Time Employment; 4.3.2 Weight of Gender for Full-Time Employment; 4.3.3 Dimensions Influencing Gender Differences; 4.3.4 Professional Characteristics
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Contractual Employment Conditions: Permanent Employment4.4.1 Fewer Women Permanently Employed; 4.4.2 Impact of Being a Woman; 4.4.3 Weight of Gender for Permanent Employment; 4.4.4 Individual Variables; 4.4.5 Professional Variables; 4.5 Gender in Teaching and Research; 4.5.1 Preference for Research and Teaching; 4.5.2 Distribution of Work Time; 4.6 Gender and Power; 4.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Weekly Work Hours; 5.3 Distribution of Time on Various Academic Functions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 Teaching Time When Classes Are in Session
    Description / Table of Contents: Editors’ and authors’ biographies -- 1. The Academic Profession in Twelve European Countries - The Approach of the Comparative Study; Ulrich Teichler and Ester Ava Höhle -- 2. Academic Career Paths; Gülay Ates and Angelika Brechelmacher -- 3. Academic Work, Working Conditions and Job Satisfaction; Marek Kwiek and Dominik Antonowicz -- 4. Gender in Academia between Differences and Inequalities: Findings in Europe; Gaële Goastellec and Nicolas Pekari -- 5. The Teaching Function of the Academic Profession; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- 6. The Research Function of the Academic Profession in Europe; Jonathan Drennan, Marie Clarke, Abbey Hyde and Yurgos Politis -- 7. The Academic Profession and the Role of the Service Function; Bojana Ćulum, Nena Rončević and Jasminka Ledić -- 8. Movers and Shakers: Academics as Stakeholders - Do They Control Their Own Work?; Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 9. From Academic Self Governance to Executive University Management - Institutional Governance in the View of Academics in Europe; Elke Park -- 10. New University Governance: How the Academic Profession Perceives the Evaluation of Research and Teaching; David Campbell -- 11. The Internationalisation of Academic Markets, Careers and Profession; Gaële Goastellec and Nicolas Pekari -- 12. The European Academic Profession or Academic Professions in Europe?; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- Appendix: Contextual information about the countries.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 137
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765214
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 302 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. History and theory of children's citizenship in contemporary societies
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Civil law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Civil law ; Kind ; Staatsangehörigkeitsrecht ; Menschenrecht ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This book examines the notion of children having full citizenship. It does so historically, through intellectual discourse, beliefs, and moral and ideological positions on children. It looks at the status and extent of knowledge of the position of children covering about 2500 years. The book takes European and other cultures, traditions and beliefs into consideration. It reflects on the topic from a variety of disciplines, including social sciences, theology and philosophy. The book places children’s citizenship in the centre of children’s rights discourse. Part of the work is a critical appraisal of ‘children’s participation’ because it diverts attention away from children as members of society toward being a separable group. The book moves on from child participation using a children’s rights based argument toward examination of the relationship of the child with the state, i.e. as potentially full member citizens
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: The Children's Citizenship Paradigm; What Is a Child?; Structure; Arguments and Ideas Supporting Examination of This Topic; Chapter 2: Methodology and Methods; Methodology; Methods; Analytic Induction; Morphology; Content Analysis; Chapter 3: Citizenship; Citizenship and Nationality; Citizenship and Children's Rights; Citizenship in History; Modern Principles and Theories of Citizenship; Social Organisation and Citizenship; Duties and Responsibilities; Terminology; Children's Participation and Citizenship
    Description / Table of Contents: Children's Citizenship and Political PowerExclusion from Citizenship and Suffrage; Democracy and Citizenship; Chapter 4: The Emergence of Childhood - From the Ancient World Until the Dawn of the Enlightenment; The Classical Period; Asian Philosophies and Beliefs; The Romans; The Early Middle Ages; The Middle Ages; The Mongol Empire; Urban Awareness; The Children's Crusades; Medieval Children; The Black Death; The Emergence of Mercantile Capitalism and the Reformation; The New World; The Changing World of Children
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: The Emergence of Childhood - From the Enlightenment to Modern World of ChildhoodEconomic Expansion; A Period of Unrest; The Period of Economic Hardship and Recovery; New Philosophies That Include Children; New Economic Thought; Children in Literature; Education; The Century of the Child; Child Protection; Children and Human Rights; Chapter 6: Intellectual Discourse, Beliefs, Moral and Ideological Positions on Children from Antiquity Until the Present - Children from Antiquity to the High Middle Ages; European Antiquity; Asian Philosophy; From Antiquity to Early Christianity
    Description / Table of Contents: AugustineThe Rise of Islam; The Influence of Ibrahimic Philosophy and Theology; Aquinas; Chapter 7: Intellectual Discourse, Beliefs, Moral and Ideological Positions on Children from Antiquity Until the Present - Children from the Middle Ages Through Early Modern to the Present; Machiavelli and Erasmus; Hobbes; Changing Philosophy; The Enlightenment; Rousseau; Kant; Spence; Hegel; Mill, Marx and Engels; The Philosophy of Education and Welfare as Social Control; Social Reform; Philanthropy; Literature and Children; The Emergence of Child Sciences; Sociology; Children's Rights Pioneers
    Description / Table of Contents: Modern PhilosophyChapter 8: The 'Child Sciences', Social Sciences and Childhood Studies; Paediatrics; Child Psychiatry; Developmental Psychology; Vygotsky; Piaget; Kohlberg; Sociological Research; Social and Cultural Anthropology; The New Sociology of Childhood; Bourdieu; Children's Agency; New Arguments; New Social Theory and the Resurgence of Older Ideas; Chapter 9: Children's Human Rights and the Contemporary Interest in Child Participation; The Emergence of Human Rights; The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child; Children's Participation and the CRC; Social Capital
    Description / Table of Contents: The History of Child Participation and Its Importance
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Dedication -- Acknowledgements -- Chapter One: Introduction: the Children’s Citizenship paradigm -- Chapter Two: Methodology and methods -- Chapter Three: Citizenship -- Chapter Four: The Emergence Of Childhood - from the ancient world until the dawn of the Enlightenment -- Chapter Five: The emergence of childhood -from the Enlightenment to Modern World Of Childhood -- Chapter Six: Intellectual discourse, beliefs, moral and Ideological Positions On Children from antiquity until the present - children from Antiquity to the high Middle Ages -- Chapter Seven: Intellectual discourse, beliefs, moral and Ideological Positions On Children From The High Middle Ages through early modern to the present -- Chapter Eight: The ‘Child Sciences’, social sciences and Childhood Studies -- Chapter Nine: Children’s Rights and the contemporary interest in Child Participation -- Chapter Ten: Issues concerning the legal status, welfare, policy making and Inclusion Of Children In Governance And Full Citizenship -- Chapter Eleven: Supplementary areas that contribute to notions of children’s citizenship -- Chapter Twelve: Conclusion -- Notes  -- Appendices -- Bibliography -- Index.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 138
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763470
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 170 p. 16 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Borneo ; Englisch
    Abstract: This detailed survey of Brunei English reflects the burgeoning academic interest in the many new varieties of English which are fast evolving around the world. Wholly up to date, the study is based on careful analysis of a substantial dataset that provides real-life examples of usage to illustrate the narrative throughout. As well as a thorough account of the pronunciation, grammar, vocabulary usage, and discourse patterns of Brunei English, the volume explores its historical and educational background and current developmental trends, providing an in-depth review of the patterns of English usage within this multilingual, oil-rich society on the north-western coast of Borneo. Written in a non-technical style throughout that will assist non-specialists wishing to grasp the fundamentals of this unique brand of the English language, the work is a worthy addition to Springer’s series on multilingual education that plugs a gap in the coverage of the numerous varieties of English being used across South East Asia. “The authors bring renewed and badly needed attention to the long-overlooked development of Brunei English. Their examination of the variety not only documents the features and functions of English within Brunei society, it also suggests the development of regional or global varieties of English that extend beyond Brunei, and even beyond South East Asia.” Andrew Moody, University of Macau
    Description / Table of Contents: Conventions in the Transcriptions; Abbreviations; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Brief History; 1.2 Population; 1.3 Languages; 1.4 Brunei English or English in Brunei?; 1.5 Variation in Brunei English; 1.6 Data; 1.7 Spoken Data; 1.8 Written Data; 1.9 Overview; Chapter 2: Education in Brunei; 2.1 Traditional Education in Brunei; 2.2 Post-war Education; 2.3 The Bilingual Education Policy; 2.4 Bilingualism at UBD; 2.5 SPN21; 2.6 The Role of CfBT; 2.7 The Educational Divide; 2.8 Conclusion; Chapter 3: Pronunciation; 3.1 TH; 3.2 Consonant Cluster Reduction; 3.3 Added [t]; 3.4 Glottal Stop
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Devoicing3.6 Vocalised L; 3.7 Deleted L; 3.8 Rhoticity; 3.9 Vowels; 3.10 Long and Short Vowels; 3.11 face and trap; 3.12 face and goat; 3.13 Absence of Reduced Vowels; 3.14 Spelling Pronunciation; 3.15 Idiosyncratic Pronunciations; 3.16 Word Stress; 3.17 Compound Stress; 3.18 Rhythm; 3.19 Sentence Stress; 3.20 De-accenting; 3.21 Rising Pitch; 3.22 Conclusion; Chapter 4: Morphology and Syntax; 4.1 Plural Suffixes; 4.2 Logically Countable Items; 4.3 one of; 4.4 brother-in-laws; 4.5 piece; 4.6 Subject-Verb Agreement; 4.7 there's; 4.8 -s After Modal Verbs; 4.9 Intervening Nouns; 4.10 Tenses
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.11 will4.12 would; 4.13 do; 4.14 ever and Perfective; 4.15 Null Subjects; 4.16 Subject-Auxiliary Inversion; 4.17 Determiners; 4.18 Names of Countries; 4.19 Affirmative Answers to Negative Questions; 4.20 Adj to V/Adj V-ing; 4.21 Prepositions; 4.22 Conclusion; Chapter 5: Discourse; 5.1 Discourse Particles; 5.2 yeah; 5.3 sort of/kind of; 5.4 tsk; 5.5 Topic Fronting; 5.6 -wise; 5.7 compared to; 5.8 Reduplication; 5.9 Repetition of Lexical Terms; 5.10 Lexical Doublets; 5.11 Tautology; 5.12 and so forth; 5.13 Overdoing Explicitness; 5.14 whereby; 5.15 Sentence Length; 5.16 Run-on Sentences
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.17 ConclusionChapter 6: Lexis; 6.1 Borrowings; 6.2 Religious Terms; 6.3 Royalty; 6.4 Food; 6.5 Clothing; 6.6 Other Cultural Items; 6.7 three or five; 6.8 Calques; 6.9 Acronyms; 6.10 Initialisms; 6.11 Clippings and Blends; 6.12 Shifts in Meaning; 6.13 Shifted Connotation; 6.14 Sports Personnel; 6.15 Other Lexical Items; 6.16 Conclusion; Chapter 7: Mixing; 7.1 BruDirect: Have Your Say (HYS); 7.2 Alternating Languages (AL); 7.3 Inability to Think of a Word; 7.4 Explaining Something; 7.5 Religious Terms; 7.6 Food; 7.7 Direct Quotations; 7.8 Stylistic Reasons; 7.9 Attitudes Towards Mixing
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.10 ConclusionChapter 8: Brunei English in the World; 8.1 The Status of Brunei English; 8.2 Global Englishes; 8.3 Intelligibility; 8.4 Pedagogical Implications; 8.5 Brunei English and the Future; Appendices; Appendix A: The Female UBDCSBE Speakers; Appendix B: The Male UBDCSBE Speakers; Appendix C: The Wolf Passage; The Boy Who Cried Wolf; Appendix D: Transcripts of the Interview with Umi; Umi-a; Umi-b; Umi-c; Appendix E: The BruDirect Data; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 139
    ISBN: 9789400763142
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 202 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 25
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Human law and computer law
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Humanities ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Humanities ; Datenverarbeitung ; Internet ; Recht ; Datenverarbeitung ; Internet ; Recht
    Abstract: The focus of this book is on the epistemological and hermeneutic implications of data science and artificial intelligence for democracy and the Rule of Law. How do the normative effects of automated decision systems or the interventions of robotic fellow ‘beings’ compare to the legal effect of written and unwritten law? To investigate these questions the book brings together two disciplinary perspectives rarely combined within the framework of one volume. One starts from the perspective of ‘code and law’ and the other develops from the domain of ‘law and literature’. Integrating original analyses of relevant novels or films, the authors discuss how computational technologies challenge traditional forms of legal thought and affect the regulation of human behavior. Thus, pertinent questions are raised about the theoretical assumptions underlying both scientific and legal practice.
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 0: Prefatory Remarks on Human Law and Computer Law; 0.1 Comparative Law; 0.2 Computer Law?; 0.3 Comparing Human Law and Computer Law; 0.4 Human Language and Computer Language: Law, Code and Literature; References; Part I: Law and Code; Chapter 1: Prefatory Remarks on Part I: Law and Code; 1.1 Law and Language; 1.2 Language and Computer Code; 1.3 Law as Code: Two Strands of Research; 1.3.1 Artificial Intelligence and Legal Subjectivity; 1.3.2 Legal and Technological Normativity; References; Chapter 2: From Galatea 2.2 to Watson - And Back?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction 12.1.1 Mythical Beginnings; 2.1.2 Beyond Snow's Two Cultures; 2.2 Eliza and the Turing Test: A Human Machine?; 2.3 IBM's Heros: Deep Blue and Watson; 2.3.1 Deep Blue; 2.3.2 Watson; 2.4 Searle's Chinese Room Argument: Syntax and Meaning; 2.5 Back to 'My Fair Lady'; 2.6 The Legal Status of Smart Contraptions: Tools, Rivals or Companions?; 2.6.1 Embodiment, Emotion and Cognition; 2.6.2 Legal Implications of Smart Agents; 2.6.2.1 Artificial Legal Subjects: The Agency of Corporations; 2.6.2.2 Artificial Legal Subjects: The Agency of Other 'Intelligent Machines'
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.7 Concluding RemarksReferences; Chapter 3: What Robots Want: Autonomous Machines, Codes and New Frontiers of Legal Responsibility; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The No New Responsibility Thesis; 3.3 The New Weak Responsibility Thesis; 3.3.1 New Crimes, New Punishments; 3.3.2 New Agents, New Contracts; 3.4 The New Strong Responsibility Thesis; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Abort, Retry, Fail: Scoping Techno-Regulation and Other Techno-Effects; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 What Is Techno-Regulation?; 4.3 The Limits of the Debate on Techno-Regulation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Beyond the Limits of Techno-Regulation, Part 1: Persuasion, Nudging and Affordances4.5 Beyond the Limits of Techno-Regulation, Part 2: Unintentional and Implicit Influences of Technology; 4.6 The Full Scope of Techno-Effects; 4.7 Abort, Retry, Fail. Or: Liberating the Boxed-in Concept of Techno-Regulation; References; Chapter 5: A Bump in the Road. Ruling Out Law from Technology; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Law Is Dead, Long Live Techno-Regulation?; 5.3 Incorporeal Rules or Brute Matter? Two Inescapable Truisms; 5.4 The Practice of Law and the Price of the Practice Turn; 5.5 The Medium of Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 Hart - The Concept of Law5.6.1 A Practice Theory of Rules; 5.6.2 Demarcating Law as a Practice: Law as a System of Rules; 5.7 Latour - The Passage of Law; 5.7.1 How to Study Law as a Practice? An Ethnography of the Council of State; 5.7.2 Demarcating Law as a Practice: Law as a Regime of Reattachment; 5.7.2.1 The Transfer of Value Objects; 5.7.2.2 Acts of Attachment; 5.7.2.3 Clef de Lecture; 5.8 Beyond Incorporeal Rules and Material Media?; 5.8.1 Institution - Regime of Enunciation; 5.8.2 The Legal Trajectory of Enunciation; 5.9 Law and Technology; 5.9.1 A Bump in the Road
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.9.2 Law as Tracing Through Reattachments
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 140
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400759282
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 216 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Children’s Well-Being: Indicators and Research 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Australia's children's courts today and tomorrow
    RVK:
    Keywords: Public law ; Criminology ; Social work ; Psychic research ; Law ; Law ; Public law ; Criminology ; Social work ; Psychic research ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Australien ; Kinderkriminalität ; Jugendgerichtsbarkeit ; Australien ; Kinderkriminalität ; Jugendgerichtsbarkeit
    Abstract: The Children’s Court is one of society’s most important social institutions. At the same time, it is steeped in controversy. This is in large measure due to the persistence and complexity of the problems with which it deals, namely, juvenile crime and child abuse and neglect.Despite the importance of the Children’s Court as a means of holding young people accountable for their anti-social behaviour and parents for the care of their children, it has not been the subject of close study. Certainly it has not been previously studied nationally. This edited collection, is based on the findings of study that spanned the six States and two Territories of Australia. The study sought to examine the current challenges faced by the Children’s Court and to identify desirable and feasible directions for reform in each State and Territory. A further unique feature of this study is that it canvassed the views of judges and magistrates who preside over this court
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction - Allan Borowski and Rosemary Sheehan -- Part One: the mandate of the Children’s Court -- 2 The Children’s Court in the Australian Capital Territory - Peter Camilleri and Morag McArthur,- 3 The Children’s Court in New South Wales - Elizabeth Fernandez, Jane Bolitho and Dr Patricia Hansen -- 4 Youth Justice, Child Protection and the Role of the Youth Courts in the Northern Territory - Debora West and David Heath -- 5 The Children’s Court in Queensland - Claire Tilbury and Paul Mazerolle -- 6 The Children’s Court in South Australia - Paul Delfabbro and Andrew Day -- 7 The Children’s Court in Tasmania - Rob White and Max Travers and Michael McKinnon -- 8 The Children’s Court in Victoria - Allan Borowski and Rosemary Sheehan -- 9 Cultural Slippage, Resource Divide, Aboriginal Children and Multisystemic Reform - Mike Clare, Joe Clare, Brenda Clare, Caroline Spiranovic --  Part two: Australia in the international context -- 10 A Portrait of Australis's Children's Courts - Allan Borowski -- 11. Care and protection: Australia and the international context - Marie Connolly -- 12 Juvenile Justice: Australian Court responses situated in the international context - Judy Cashmore -- About the authors -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 141
    ISBN: 9789400761070
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 382 p. 29 illus., 4 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: MARE Publication Series 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Fischerei ; Governance
    Abstract: Following in the footsteps of the book Fish for Life - Interactive Governance for Fisheries (Kooiman et al., 2005), and the interdisciplinary approach it presents, this volume illustrates the contribution of interactive governance theory to understanding core fisheries and aquaculture challenges. These challenges are invariably linked to broader concerns such as ecosystem health, social justice, sustainable livelihoods and food security. The central concept in this perspective is governability - the varied capacity to govern fisheries and aquaculture systems sustainably. Many of these systems are characterized by problems that are inherently 'wicked' and therefore difficult to address. The authors of this edited volume argue that responses to such problems must consider context; specifically the character of the fisheries and aquaculture systems themselves, their institutional conditions, and the internal and external interactions that affect them. Drawing on a diverse set of international experiences, the volume offers a new lens and systematic approach to analysing the nature of governance problems and opportunities in fisheries and aquaculture, exploring pressing challenges and identifying potential solutions. ”It now seems clear that the crisis in the world’s fisheries [is] a much larger and more complex problem than many had imagined. Yet, examining it through the lens of governability may offer the best hope for alleviating it--as well as alleviating similar crises in other social systems.” James R. McGoodwin (Professor Emeritus, University of Colorado)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 142
    ISBN: 9789400763623
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 252 p. 43 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Language and languages ; Fremdsprachenlernen ; Universalgrammatik
    Abstract: This book proposes that research into generative second language acquisition (GenSLA) can be applied to the language classroom. Assuming that Universal Grammar plays a role in second language development, it explores generalisations from GenSLA research. The book aims to build bridges between the fields of generative second language acquisition, applied linguistics, and language teaching; and it shows how GenSLA is poised to engage with researchers of second language learning outside the generative paradigm. Each chapter of Universal Grammar and the Second Language Classroom showcases ways in which GenSLA research can inform language pedagogy. Some chapters include classroom research that tests the effectiveness of teaching particular linguistic phenomena. Others review existing research findings, discussing how these findings are useful for language pedagogy. All chapters show how generative linguistics can enhance teachers’ expertise in language and second language development. “This groundbreaking volume ably takes on the gap that currently exists between generative linguistic theory in second language acquisition (GenSLA) and second language pedagogy, by gathering chapters from GenSLA researchers who are interested in the relevance and potential application of their research to second/foreign language teaching. It offers a welcome and thought-provoking contribution to any discussion of the relation between linguistic theory and practice. I recommend it not only for language teachers interested in deepening their understanding of the formal properties of the languages they teach, but also for linguists interested in following up on more practical consequences of the fruits of their theoretical and empirical research.” Donna Lardiere, Georgetown University, Washington DC, USA. NNMMIMH
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgement; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Generative Second Language Acquisition and Language Pedagogy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Conceptual Foundations; 1.2.1 Generative Linguistic Theory; 1.2.2 Generative Second Language Acquisition; 1.3 Overview of the Volume; 1.3.1 Part I: GenSLA Applied to the Classroom; 1.3.2 Part II: GenSLA and Classroom Research; 1.3.3 Part III: GenSLA, the Language Classroom and Beyond; References; Part I: GenSLA Applied to the Classroom; Chapter 2: What Research Can Tell Us About Teaching: The Case of Pronouns and Clitics; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Object Pronouns in Spanish2.3 Research on the Position of Clitics; 2.4 Application to Language Teaching; References; Chapter 3: L2 Acquisition of Null Subjects in Japanese: A New Generative Perspective and Its Pedagogical Implications; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Null Subjects in Generative Syntax; 3.2.1 Previous Literature; 3.2.2 Null Subjects in Japanese; 3.3 The L2 Data; 3.3.1 Research Questions; 3.3.2 Experiment; 3.3.3 Participants, Procedure, and Method of Analysis; 3.3.4 Results of the Experiment; 3.4 Discussion; 3.4.1 Why "Focus on Form"?; 3.4.2 Further Pedagogical Implications
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 SummaryReferences; Chapter 4: Verb Movement in Generative SLA and the Teaching of Word Order Patterns; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Linguistic and Theoretical Foundations; 4.2.1 The Linguistic Background; 4.2.2 Full Transfer/Full Access; 4.2.3 The Learning/Acquisition Distinction; 4.3 Input, Negative Evidence, and Grammar Restructuring; 4.3.1 Resetting the Verb-Movement Parameter; 4.3.2 Losing Verb Second; 4.3.3 The Difficulties of English Word Order; 4.4 Teaching English Word Order; 4.4.1 Grammaring Word Order; 4.4.1.1 Adverbs; 4.4.1.2 Verb Second; 4.5 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Modifying the Teaching of Modifiers: A Lesson from Universal Grammar5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Hierarchies of Modifiers: Beyond the Textbook; 5.3 L2 Acquisition of P-Modifier Order; 5.3.1 Experiment I: Aladdin Preference Task; 5.3.2 Experiment II: Aladdin Grammaticality Judgment Task; 5.4 L2 Acquisition of Adjective Order; 5.5 Conclusion; 5.6 Appendix I: The Aladdin Slides; References; Chapter 6: The Syntax-Discourse Interface and the Interface Between Generative Theory and Pedagogical Approaches to SLA; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Interface Properties
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Topic-Comment Structures in Spanish and English6.3.1 Learnability and Interface Properties; 6.4 Methodology; 6.4.1 Research Questions; 6.4.2 Participants; 6.4.3 Tasks; 6.4.3.1 Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.3.2 Sentence Completion Task; 6.4.4 Results; 6.4.4.1 Study 1, L2 Spanish: Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.4.2 Study 1, L2 Spanish: Sentence Completion Task; 6.4.4.3 Study 2, L2 English: Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.4.4 Study 2, L2 English: Sentence Completion Task; 6.5 Discussion and Implications for the L2 Classroom; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Part II: GenSLA and Classroom Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Alternations and Argument Structure in Second Language English: Knowledge of Two Types of Intransitive Verbs
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 143
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760912
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 389 p. 35 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Cellucci, Carlo, 1940 - Rethinking logic
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Computer science ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logik ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: This volume examines the limitations of mathematical logic and proposes a new approach to logic intended to overcome them. To this end, the book compares mathematical logic with earlier views of logic, both in the ancient and in the modern age, including those of Plato, Aristotle, Bacon, Descartes, Leibniz, and Kant. From the comparison it is apparent that a basic limitation of mathematical logic is that it narrows down the scope of logic confining it to the study of deduction, without providing tools for discovering anything new. As a result, mathematical logic has had little impact on scientific practice. Therefore, this volume proposes a view of logic according to which logic is intended, first of all, to provide rules of discovery, that is, non-deductive rules for finding hypotheses to solve problems. This is essential if logic is to play any relevant role in mathematics, science and even philosophy. To comply with this view of logic, this volume formulates several rules of discovery, such as induction, analogy, generalization, specialization, metaphor, metonymy, definition, and diagrams. A logic based on such rules is basically a logic of discovery, and involves a new view of the relation of logic to evolution, language, reason, method and knowledge, particularly mathematical knowledge. It also involves a new view of the relation of philosophy to knowledge. This book puts forward such new views, trying to open again many doors that the founding fathers of mathematical logic had closed historically
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceChapter 1. Introduction -- Part I. Ancient Perspectives -- Chapter 2. The Origin of Logic -- Chapter 3. Ancient Logic and Science -- Chapter 4. The Analytic Method -- Chapter 5. The Analytic-Synthetic Method -- Chapter 6. Aristotle's Logic: The Deductivist View -- Chapter 7. Aristotle's Logic: The Heuristic View -- Part II. Modern Perspectives -- Chapter 8. The Method of Modern Science -- Chapter 9. The Quest for a Logic of Discovery -- Chapter 10. Frege's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 11. Gentzen's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 12. The Limitations of Mathematical Logic -- Chapter 13. Logic, Method, and the Psychology of Discovery -- Part III: An Alternative Perspective -- Chapter 14. Reason and Knowledge -- Chapter 15. Reason, Knowledge and Emotion -- Chapter 16. Logic, Evolution, Language and Reason -- Chapter 17. Logic, Method and Knowledge -- Chapter 18. Classifying and Justifying Inference Rules -- Chapter 19. Philosophy and Knowledge -- Part IV: Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 20. Induction and Analogy -- Chapter 21. Other Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 22. Conclusion -- References -- Name Index -- Subject Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographies and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 144
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400741928
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 390 p. 131 illus, digital)
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Series Statement: Models and Modeling in Science Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    DDC: 570.71
    RVK:
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: This new publication in the Models and Modeling in Science Education series synthesizes a wealth of international research on using multiple representations in biology education and aims for a coherent framework in using them to improve higher-order learning. Addressing a major gap in the literature, the volume proposes a theoretical model for advancing biology educators' notions of how multiple external representations (MERs) such as analogies, metaphors and visualizations can best be harnessed for improving teaching and learning in biology at all pedagogical levels. The content tackles the c
    Description / Table of Contents: Multiple Representations in Biological Education; Foreword; Preface; References; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Role of Multiple Representations in Learning Biology; Chapter 1: Introduction to Multiple Representations: Their Importance in Biology and Biological Education; Seeking a Unifying Theoretical Framework for Learning with Multiple Representations; MERs and Their Pedagogical Functions; Learning with MERs; Functional Taxonomy of Multiple Representations; Costs of Learning with MERs; Dimensions of Multiple External Representations (MERs) for Biological Science; Modes of Representations
    Description / Table of Contents: Levels of RepresentationsDomain Knowledge of Biology; A Theoretical Model for Interpreting Learning with MERs in Biology; Examining and Interpreting the Chapters with the Cube Model; Learning Through Translations Across MERs; Limitations of the Cube Model; Mesocosmic Representations; Anthropocentric or Human-Centered Representations; Systems Representations; Learning New Biology with MERs in the Twenty-First Century; References; Chapter 2: Identifying and Developing Students´ Ability to Reason with Concepts and Representations in Biology; Introduction; Description of the CRM Model
    Description / Table of Contents: Using the CRM Model to Classify Expert Ways of ReasoningUsing the CRM Model to Guide the Assessment and Interpretation of ERs; Using the CRM Model to Analyze Student Difficulties for the Nature and Potential Source of Unsound Reasoning; Reasoning Difficulties with an ER of the Cardiac Cycle; Reasoning Difficulties with Symbolism in Molecular Biology; Reasoning Difficulties with an ER of the Structure of Immunoglobulin G (IgG); Reasoning Difficulties with Metabolic Pathways Occurring in Cells; Application of the CRM Model to the Design of Remediation Strategies; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Pictures in Biology EducationIntroduction; Pictures in the Continuum of Inscriptions; Pictures in Printed and Online Media; Analysis of Photographs in High School Textbooks; Pictures in Lectures; Social Origin of Picture Content; Scientists Learn to Read Photographic Images; Implications for Biology Curriculum; Appendix: Transcription Conventions; References; Chapter 4: Possible Constraints of Visualization in Biology: Challenges in Learning with Multiple Representations; Introduction; Need for Effective Visualizations in the Biology Domain; Decorations; Diet and Cholesterol
    Description / Table of Contents: Opening Page of Book ChaptersModels; A 3-D Model of Human Anatomy; A 3-D Model of Respiratory System Function; Self-Generated Model of Respiratory System Structure; A Live Ecosystem Model: The Aquarium; Scales; Size Scales; Temporal Scales; Temporal Changes in Structures; Superficial Interpretation of Familiar, Common Representations; Teachers´ Representations on the Classroom Board; Some Final Words; References; Chapter 5: Promoting the Collaborative Use of Cognitive and Metacognitive Skills Through Conceptual Representations in Hypermedia; Introduction; Theoretical Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: Hypermedia as Representational Tools
    Note: Description based upon print version of record , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 145
    ISBN: 9789400717879
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 399 p. 50 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Yearbook of Nanotechnology in Society 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Philosophy ; Neurosciences ; Neurology ; Neurobiology ; Engineering ; Science Philosophy ; Neurowissenschaften
    Abstract: I. Introduction and key resources -- 1. Nanotechnology, the brain, and the future: Anticipatory governance via end-to-end real-time technology assessment Jason Scott Robert, Ira Bennett, and Clark A. Miller -- 2. The complex cognitive systems manifesto Richard P. W. Loosemore -- 3. Analysis of bibliometric data for research at the intersection of nanotechnology and neuroscience Christina Nulle, Clark A. Miller, Harmeet Singh, and Alan Porter -- 4. Public attitudes toward nanotechnology-enabled human enhancement in the United States Sean Hays, Michael Cobb, and Clark A. Miller -- 5. U.S. news coverage of neuroscience nanotechnology: How U.S. newspapers have covered neuroscience nanotechnology during the last decade Doo-Hun Choi, Anthony Dudo, and Dietram Scheufele -- 6. Nanoethics and the brain Valerye Milleson -- 7. Nanotechnology and religion: A dialogue Tobie Milford -- II. Brain repair -- 8. The age of neuroelectronics Adam Keiper -- 9. Cochlear implants and Deaf culture Derrick Anderson -- 10. Healing the blind: Attitudes of blind people toward technologies to cure blindness Arielle Silverman -- 11. Ethical, legal and social aspects of brain-implants using nano-scale materials and techniques Francois Berger et al. -- 12. Nanotechnology, the brain, and personal identity Stephanie Naufel -- III. Brain enhancement -- 13. Narratives of intelligence: the sociotechnical context of cognitive enhancement Sean Hays -- 14. Towards responsible use of cognitive-enhancing drugs by the healthy Henry T. Greeley et al. -- 15. The opposite of human enhancement: Nanotechnology and the blind chicken debate Paul B. Thompson -- 16. Anticipatory governance of human enhancement: The National Citizens’ Technology Forum Patrick Hamlett, Michael Cobb, and David Guston a. Arizona site report b. California site report c. Colorado site reportd. Georgia site report e. New Hampshire site report f. Wisconsin site report -- IV. Brain damage -- 17. A review of nanoparticle functionality and toxicity on the central nervous system Yang et al. -- 18. Recommendations for a municipal health and safety policy for nanomaterials: A Report to the City of Cambridge City Manager Sam Lipson -- 19. Museum of Science Nanotechnology Forum lets participants be the judge Mark Griffin -- 20. Nanotechnology policy and citizen engagement in Cambridge, Massachusetts: Local reflexive governance Shannon Conley.-
    Abstract: Our brain is the source of everything that makes us human: language, creativity, rationality, emotion, communication, culture, politics. The neurosciences have given us, in recent decades, fundamental new insights into how the brain works and what that means for how we see ourselves as individuals and as communities. Now - with the help of new advances in nanotechnology - brain science proposes to go further: to study its molecular foundations, to repair brain functions, to create mind-machine interfaces, and to enhance human mental capacities in radical ways. This book explores the convergence of these two revolutionary scientific fields and the implications of this convergence for the future of human societies. In the process, the book offers a significant new approach to technology assessment, one which operates in real-time, alongside the innovation process, to inform the ways in which new fields of science and technology emerge in, get shaped by, and help shape human societies
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 146
    ISBN: 9789400744820 , 1283612305 , 9781283612302
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 272 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Pulcini, Elena, 1950 - 2021 Care of the world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Globalization ; Globalisierung ; Soziale Verantwortung ; Furcht ; Philosophie ; Globalisierung ; Soziale Verantwortung ; Furcht ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This book proposes a philosophy of care in a global age. It discusses the distinguishing and opposing pathologies produced by globalization: unlimited individualism or self-obsession, manifested as (Promethean) omnipotence and (narcissistic) indifference, and endogamous communitarianism or an us-obsession that results in conflict and violence. The polarization between a lack and an excess of pathos is reflected in the distorted forms taken on by fear. The book advocates a metamorphosis of fear, which may restore in the subject an awareness of vulnerability and become the precondition for moral action. Such awareness and the recognition of the condition of contamination caused by the others unavoidable presence teach us to fear for rather than be afraid of. Fear for the world means care of the world, and care, understood as concern and solicitude, is a new notion of responsibility, in which the stress is shifted to a relational subject capable of responding to and taking care of the other. From a global perspective, the proposed vision of care also compels us to explore a new paradigm of justice.
    Description / Table of Contents: Care of the World; Translator's Note; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: The Ambivalence of Globalization; 1.1 Global Unification and Local Fragmentation; 1.2 Self- and Us-Obsession; 1.3 Absence and Excess of Pathos; 1.4 For a Relational Subject; 1.4.1 Addition to the English Edition; Part I: Pathologies of the Global Age: Unlimited Individualism, EndogamousCommunitarianism; Chapter 2: Unlimited Individualism; 2.1 Prometheus and Narcissus; 2.2 Between Unlimitedness and Insecurity; 2.2.1 The Spectator Self; 2.2.2 The Consumer Self; 2.2.3 The Creator Self (homo creator)
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Endogamous Communitarianism3.1 The Need for Community in Modernity; 3.2 The Need for Community in the Global Age; 3.2.1 As the Response to Unlimited Individualism; 3.2.2 As the Response to Exclusion; 3.3 Struggles for Recognition: Identity and Difference; 3.4 Immunitarian Communities; 3.4.1 The Us-Them Contrast; 3.4.2 Communities without Solidarity; 3.4.3 The Split between Individualism and Communitarianism; Part II: Pathologies of Feeling: The Metamorphosis of Fear in the Global Age; Chapter 4: Modernity and Fear; 4.1 A Desirable Passion; 4.2 Reciprocal Fear; 4.3 Productive Fear
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Risk Society: From Fear to Anxiety?5.1 In the Face of Global Risks; 5.2 Fear of the Other; 5.3 Fear, Anxiety and Global Fear; Chapter 6: Spectators and Victims: Between Denial and Projection; 6.1 Global Risks and Absence of Fear; 6.2 Denial and Self-Deception; 6.3 Spectators and Victims; 6.4 Projection of Fear and the Scapegoat's Ineffectiveness; Part III: Responsibility and Care of the World; Chapter 7: Actors: Relearning to Fear; 7.1 Vulnerable Humanity; 7.2 A 'Loving Fear': 33 Fear and Imagination; 7.2.1 Reawakening Productive Fear; 7.2.2 Fear for the World
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3 From Fear of the Other to Contamination: Towards Solidaristic Recognition7.3.1 The Challenge of Difference; Chapter 8: From Fear to Care; 8.1 Responsibility For; 8.2 'Responsibility for' and the Vulnerable Subject; 8.3 Global Vulnerability; 8.4 Responsibility as Care; Chapter 9: A World in Common; 9.1 Creating a World; 9.2 Plural Worlds; Part IV: Care and Justice; Chapter 10: Care and Justice: The Perspective of the Passions; 10.1 Care Versus Justice?; 10.1.1 Care Ethics and the Critique of the Theory of Justice; 10.1.2 The Affective Dimension of Justice
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.1.3 Compassion as a Motivation for Justice10.2 The Passions of Justice; 10.2.1 The Experience of Injustice; 10.2.2 Envy or Indignation?; 10.3 Beyond Justice: Care and Love; Bibliography; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 147
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746084 , 1283633876 , 9781283633871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 348 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Hautfarbe ; Bleichen ; Ethnische Beziehungen ; Rassendiskriminierung
    Abstract: In the aftermath of the 60s "Black is Beautiful movement and publication of The Color Complex almost thirty years later the issue of skin color has mushroomed onto the world stage of social science. Such visibility has inspired publication of the Melanin Millennium for insuring that the discourse on skin color meet the highest standards of accuracy and objective investigation. This volume addresses the issue of skin color in a worldwide context. A virtual visit to countries that have witnessed a huge rise in the use of skin whitening products and facial feature surgeries aiming for a more Caucasian-like appearance will be taken into account. The book also addresses the question of whether using the laws has helped to redress injustices of skin color discrimination, or only further promoted recognition of its divisiveness among people of color and Whites. The Melanin Millennium has to do with now and the future. In the 20th century science including eugenics was given to and dominated by discussions of race category. Heretofore there remain social scientists and other relative to the issue of skin color loyal to race discourse. However in their interpretation and analysis of social phenomena the world has moved on. Thus while race dominated the 20th century the 21st century will emerge as a global community dominated by skin color and making it the melanin millennium.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Melanin Millennium; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Bleaching Syndrome: Western Civilization vis-à-vis Inferiorized People of Color; References; Chapter 2: The Historical and Cultural Influences of Skin Bleaching in Tanzania; Historical and Cultural Influences: Institutions That Placed Tanzanians in a Color-Conscious Society; Enslaved by the Arabs; Controlled by the British, Colonized by the Germans; The Cycle Continues: Postcolonization; Westernization and Neocolonialism
    Description / Table of Contents: How Color-Conscious Societies Fuel Potent Skin-Color Ideals That Result in Efforts to Assimilate into Dominant GroupsIntrapsychic Conflict and Motivation to Assimilate; The Psychological Consequences of Living in Color-Conscious Societies; Inferiority and Low Self-Esteem; Identity Development; Where to Go from Here; Research Implications; Policy and Practice Implications; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Pathophysiology and Psychopathology of Skin Bleaching and Implications of Skin Colour in Africa; Introduction; Skin Colour: Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Physiology
    Description / Table of Contents: Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD)What Are the Causes of Somatoform Disorders?; The Light Skin Fad; Pathophysiology of Skin Bleaching; Mechanisms of Skin Bleaching; Trigger Factors: Psychosocial Disturbances; Exposure to Bleaching Agents; Alteration of the Skin Biochemical and Anatomical Composition; In Contemporary Africa; References; Chapter 4: An Introduction to Japanese Society's Attitudes Toward Race and Skin Color; Introduction; Historical Japanese Treatments of Foreigners, Based Upon Skin Color; Roots of the Coloring of the World: Fukuzawa Yukichi's Theories of "Civilization"
    Description / Table of Contents: The Otaru Onsens Case and Japan's Judicial Valuation of Skin ColorContemporary Japanese Media Expressions of Valuation of Skin Color; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Mapping Color and Caste Discrimination in Indian Society; Foregrounding Racism in India; Revisiting the Mythical "Aryan Supremacy"; What Scriptures Say; Aryans, Varna, and Jāti; Revisiting the Aryan Supremacy; Questioning the Aryan Supremacy Myth: Non-Brahmanical Contestations; Notion of Beauty and Contemporary Forms of Preserving White Superiority; Notions of Femininity and Beauty in India; Whitening Cream Culture; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 6: Indigeneity on Guahan: Skin Color as a Measure of Decolonization; Introduction; Traditional Concepts of Skin Color; The Impact of Colonization and Western Values; Indigeneity and Decolonization; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: A Tale of Two Cultures; References; Chapter 8: Where Are You From?; Introduction: The "Where Are You From?" Question; How to Answer the "Where Are You From?" Question; The Founding Migration; The Founding Origin; Melanin: An Insuperable Sign of Otherness?; Promise and Delusion of a Project?; Assimilation and Integration
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethnic Statistics in France: Wishes and Fears
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 148
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400743182 , 1283633736 , 9781283633734
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 288 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Political science Philosophy ; History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Political science Philosophy ; History ; Han, Fei
    Abstract: Han Fei, who died in 233 BC, was one of the primary philosophers of Chinas classical era, a reputation still intact despite recent neglect. This edited volume on the thinker, his views on politics and philosophy, and the tensions of his relations with Confucianism (which he derided) is the first of its kind in English.Featuring contributions from specialists in various disciplines including religious studies and literature, this new addition to the Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy series includes the latest research. It breaks new ground with studies of Han Feis intellectual antecedents, and his relationship as a historical figure with Han Feizi, the text attributed to him, as well as surveying the full panoply of his thought. It also includes a chapter length survey of relevant scholarship, both in Chinese and Japanese.
    Description / Table of Contents: Dao Companion to the Philosophy of Han Fei; Editor's Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Introduction: Han Fei and the Han Feizi; Works Cited; Part I: Han Fei's Predecessors; From Historical Evolution to the End of History: Past, Present and Future from Shang Yang to the First Emperor; Change and Stability in Warring States Thought; The Book of Lord Shang; Past, Present and Future in Han Fei; Qin's "End of History" and Its Aftermath; Works Cited; Shen Dao's Theory of fa and His In fl uence on Han Fei; Introduction; The Main Idea of the Shenzi Fragments: fa 法
    Description / Table of Contents: The Source of Law in Shen Dao's TheoryShen Dao's In fl uence on Han Fei; Works Cited; Part II: The Philosophy of Han Fei; Submerged by Absolute Power: The Ruler's Predicament in the Han Feizi; Foundations of the Ruler's Authority; Safeguarding the Ruler's Power; The Invisible Ruler; Back to Ministerial Power?; Conclusion; Works Cited; Beyond the Rule of Rules: The Foundations of Sovereign Power in the Han Feizi; Legitimating a Repressive Order: The Quest for an Artificial Paradise; From the Spontaneous to the Automatic; A Paradise with No Aberrations? The Paradox of the Norm and the Exception
    Description / Table of Contents: Inborn Human Nature: Changeable vs. UnchangeableHuman Qualities: Same vs. Different; The Source of Han Fei's View That Human Beings Focus on Pursuing Their Own Profit; Conclusion; Works Cited; Part IV: Studies of Specific Chapters; The Difficulty with "The Dif fi culties of Persuasion" ("Shuinan" 說難); Shui 說 in the Han Feizi; The Contradictions of "The Difficulties of Persuasion"; Early Authors on the Morality of shui 說; "Solitary Frustration" and the Morality of "The Dif fi culties of Persuasion"; The Legacy of Han Fei; Works Cited
    Description / Table of Contents: Han Feizi and the Old Master: A Comparative Analysis and Translation of Han Feizi Chapter 20, "Jie Lao," and Chapter 21, "Yu Lao"Introduction; Exegetical Strategies: Philosophical Principles Versus Illustrative Anecdotes; Passages Cited; Citation Styles; Citation Content: The Whole vs. The Part?; The Han Feizi and the Wang Bi Laozi Texts; Markers of Date; Bang Versus Guo to Denote the Concept of the State; The Historical Anecdotes of "Yu Lao"; Viewpoint and Vocabulary; "Yu Lao"; "Jie Lao"; Harmonizing Inner Potency, Humaneness, Righteousness, and Ritual ( de 德, ren 仁, yi 義, li 禮)
    Description / Table of Contents: Cultivating the Compassion of the Mother
    Description / Table of Contents: Works CitedHan Fei on the Problem of Morality; What Is Order?; On Morality and Order; A Possible Role for Morality in Governance?; On the Notion of Desert; Works Cited; Part III: Han Fei and Confucianism; Han Fei and Confucianism: Toward a Synthesis; Works Cited; Did Xunzi's Theory of Human Nature Provide the Foundation for the Political Thought of Han Fei?; Introduction; Modern Scholars' Views of the Relationship Between Xunzi and Han Fei; The Concept of xing in the Xunzi and the Han Feizi; Minxing 民性; Tianxing 天性; Qingxing 情性; The Concept of ren 人 (Mankind) in the Xunzi and the Han Feizi
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 149
    ISBN: 9789400754287 , 1283634449 , 9781283634441
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 94 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Entscheidung ; Vernunft ; Neurowissenschaften
    Abstract: This book carries out an epistemological analysis of the decision, including a critical analysis through the continuous reference to an interdisciplinary approach including a synthesis of philosophical approaches, biology and neuroscience. Besides this it represents the analysis of causality here seen not from the formal point of view, but from the 'embodied' point of view. ?
    Abstract: This book carries out an epistemological analysis of the decision, including a critical analysis through the continuous reference to an interdisciplinary approach including a synthesis of philosophical approaches, biology and neuroscience. Besides this it represents the analysis of causality here seen not from the formal point of view, but from the "embodied" point of view
    Description / Table of Contents: Epistemology of Decision; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Introduction; Rationality and NeuroeconomicsPart I; 1 Rationality and Experimental Economics; 1.1 The Theory of Rational Choice; 1.2 Game Theory; 1.3 Teleology, Instrumentalism and Interpretivism; 1.4 Experimental Economics; 1.5 Criticism of Experimental Economics; References; 2 Neuroeconomics; 2.1 Neuroeconomics and Causality; 2.2 Game Theory and Neuroscience; 2.3 The Role of Social Cognition; 2.4 Empathy Basic and Empathy Re-Enactive; 2.5 Doubts, Feasibility and Future of Neuroeconomics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: The Biological ApproachesPart II3 Evolutionary Economics and Biological Complexity; 3.1 Biology and the Economy; 3.2 Economic Progress and Evolutionism; 3.3 The Computational Methods and the Engineering Approach; 3.4 Complexity; References;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 150
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752108
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 181 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; Religion (General) ; Humanities / Arts ; Religiöser Pluralismus ; Interreligiosität ; Soziale Bewegung ; Friedenskonsolidierung
    Abstract: This book documents the ultramodern rise of the multifaith movement, as mulitfaith initiatives have been increasingly deployed as cosmopolitan solutions to counter global risks such as terrorism and climate change at the turn of the 21st century. These projects aim to enhance common security, particularly in Western societies following the events of September 11, 2001 and the July 2005 London bombings, where multifaith engagement has been promoted as a strategy to counter violent extremism. The author draws on interviews with 56 leading figures in the field of multifaith relations, including Paul Knitter, Eboo Patel, Marcus Braybrooke, Katherine Marshall, John Voll and Krista Tippett.Identifying the principle aims of the multifaith movement, the analysis explores the benefits-and challenges-of multifaith engagement, as well as the effectiveness of multifaith initiatives in countering the process of radicalization. Building on notions of cosmopolitanism, the work proposes a new theoretical framework termed ‘Netpeace’, which recognizes the interconnectedness of global problems and their solutions. In doing so, it acknowledges the capacity of multi-actor peacebuilding networks, including religious and state actors, to address the pressing dilemmas of our times. The primary intention of the book is to assist in the formation of new models of activism and governance, founded on a ‘politics of understanding’ modeled by the multifaith movement.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 151
    ISBN: 9789400749511
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 259 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 32
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy
    Abstract: This book is a radical reappraisal of the importance of Aristotelianism in Britain. Using a full range of manuscripts as well as printed sources, it provides an entirely new interpretation of the impact of the early-modern Aristotelian tradition upon the rise of British Empiricism, and reexamines the fundamental shift from a humanist logic to epistemology and facultative logic. The task is to reconstruct the philosophical background and framework in which the thought of philosophers such Locke, Berkeley and Hume originated: some aspects of their empiricism can be explained only in reference to the academic Aristotelian tradition, even if these authors established themselves as anti-scholastic, anti-Aristotelian philosophers outside the official institutions.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction -- 2 Logic in the British Isles during the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries -- 3 Logic in the Universities of the British Isles -- 4 Zabarella’s Empiricism 5 Early Aristotelianism between Humanism and Ramism -- the British School 7 Continental Aristotelians in the British Isles -- 8 The Empiricism of the Seventeenth-Century Aristotelianism -- 9. The Reformers of Aristotelian Logic -- 10 Late Seventeenth-Century Aristotelianism -- 11 Conclusion -- Bibliography.-Index ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 152
    ISBN: 9789400751316
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 175 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 37
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Education Philosophy ; Industrial management ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Education Philosophy ; Industrial management ; Unternehmensethik ; Unternehmen ; Komplexes System ; Metareflexion
    Abstract: Corporations, and the environments in which they operate, are complex, with changing multiple dimensions, and an inherent capacity to evolve qualitatively. A central premise of this study is that a postmodern reading of ethics represents an expression of, and an engagement with, the ethical complexities that define the business landscape. In particular, the deconstructive philosophy of Jacques Derrida offers a non-trivial reading of a complex notion of ethics, and thereby helps us to develop the skills necessary to critique and intervene in our practices, and to develop robust strategies for living in the absence of prescriptive ethical frameworks. Although a central premise of this study is that substantive ethical claims can only be generated within a given context, the study nevertheless presents readers with a meta-position that illustrates the type of considerations that should inform ethical reflection from a complexity perspective. In order to illustrate the value that this meta-position holds for business ethics, these considerations are explored in terms of the implications that they hold for our understanding of corporate social responsibility, for the practice of responsible management and leadership practices, and for teaching business ethics.
    Description / Table of Contents: On the (Im) Possibility of Business Ethics; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Theoretical Foundation; Chapter 1: Towards a Postmodern Understanding of Business Ethics; Introduction; Characterising Postmodernism; Analytic Distinctions; (Anti)Ideological Distinctions; The Crisis of Representation; The Provisionality of Meaning; Reflexivity; The Decentring of the Subject; Assessing the Viability of a Postmodern Business Ethics; Walton´s Scepticism; Gustafson´s Defence of Postmodernism; Postmodern Insights: Redefining the Agenda for Business Ethics
    Description / Table of Contents: The Status of Contesting Knowledge ClaimsThe Ethical Task: Learning to Reflect on, and Engage with, Ethical Problems; Performative Reflexivity and Moral Judgement; The Ethical Task: Broadening Perspectives on Available Choices; The Contextually-Defined Nature of Ethical Practices; The Ethical Task: Nurturing a Critical Disposition; Critical Challenges: Problematising the Fact-Value Distinction; The Fields of Business Ethics; The Normative Field; The Descriptive Field; The Postmodern Challenge; Problematising Descriptive Ethics; Problematising Normative Ethics; Implications
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodern Ethics as an Ethics of PracticeReferences; Chapter 2: The Ethics of Complexity and the Complexity of Ethics; Introduction; Characterising Critical Complexity; Two Understandings of Complexity Theory; Restricted Complexity; General Complexity; Features of Complex Systems; Complex Systems Are Not Complicated Systems; Complex Systems Are Characterised by Richly Interconnected Components; The Component Parts of Complex Systems Have a Double-Identity; Upward and Downward Causation Give Rise to Complex Structures; Complex Systems Are Non-additive
    Description / Table of Contents: Complex Systems Exhibit Self-Organising and Emergent BehaviourComplex Systems Are Structured; Complex Systems Are Open and Bounded Systems; Ethical Implications; The Ethics of Complexity and the Limits of Knowledge; The Status of Our Models; Reductionism in the Social Sciences; Modelling and the Importance of a Double-Consciousness; The Embeddedness of Ethical Practices: Positioning the Moral Agent; Static Versus Fluid Conceptions of Identity; Moral Agency in a Complex World; The Complexity of Ethics and Responsible Action; Towards a Meta-Ethical Position; The Provisional Imperative
    Description / Table of Contents: Postmodernism, Complexity, and Theories of the OrganisationReferences; Chapter 3: Introducing a Deconstructive Ethics; Introduction; Derrida´s Central Concepts; Beyond Logocentricism; Hierarchy and Authority; (Con)text; The Example of Speech and Writing; On Deconstructing; The First and Second Movements of Deconstruction; Revisiting the Example of Speech and Writing; Beyond a Binary Logic; Supplementary Complications; Play, Différance, and the Trace; Deconstructing Plato´s Pharmacy; Deconstruction Is Hymeneal; Complexity, Deconstruction, and Ethics; The Ethics of Deconstruction
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethical Testimony
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 153
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400757752 , 1283909324 , 9781283909327
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 76 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Law 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Criminal Law ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Criminal Law ; Criminology ; Verhältnismäßigkeitsgrundsatz ; Rechtsphilosophie
    Abstract: The book applies the principle of proportionality to a number of conventional wisdoms in the social sciences, such as in dubio pro reo and the assumption that a crime is always a crime; that you must go to war if instructed to do so. Individuals and states are not obliged to come to the aid of stricken individuals and states. The book is organised in seven chapters, each dealing with a self-standing theme related to proportionality.
    Abstract: The book applies the principle of proportionality to a number of conventional wisdoms in the social sciences, such as in dubio pro reo and the assumption that a crime is always a crime; that you must go to war if instructed to do so. Individuals and states are not obliged to come to the aid of stricken individuals and states. The book is organised in seven chapters, each dealing with a self-standing theme related to proportionality
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Preface -- 2. Introduction -- 3. Book I, In Dubio Pro Reo -- 4. Book II, When a Crime is not a Crime -- 5. Book III, Love and Proportionality -- 6. Book IV, The End Justifying the Means -- 7. Book V, True Globalisation -- 8. Book VI, Large and Small Crimes -- 9. Book VII, A Farewell to Evolution. 〈br〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 154
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752139
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 496 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Contributions to Phenomenology 66
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Husserl's Ideen
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Phenomenology ; Husserl, Edmund, 1859-1938 ; Ideen ; Husserl, Edmund, 1859-1938 ; Influence ; Phenomenology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Husserl, Edmund 1859-1938 Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie ; Rezeption ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: This collection of more than two dozen essays by philosophy scholars of international repute traces the profound impact exerted by Husserl’s Meisterwerk, known in its shortened title as Ideen, whose first book was released in 1913. Published to coincide with the centenary of its original appearance, and fifty years after the second book went to print in 1952, the contributors offer a comprehensive array of perspectives on the ways in which Husserl’s concept of phenomenology influenced leading figures and movements of the last century, including, among others, Ortega y Gassett, Edith Stein, Martin Heidegger, Aron Gurwitsch, Ludwig Landgrebe, Dorion Cairns, Simone de Beauvoir, Jean-Paul Sartre, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Jacques Derrida and Giles Deleuze. In addition to its documentation and analysis of the historical reception of these works, this volume also illustrates the ongoing relevance of the Ideen, offering scholarly discussion of the issues raised by his ideas as well as by the figures who took part in critical phenomenological dialogue with them. Among the topics discussed are autism, empathy, the nature of the emotions, the method and practice of phenomenology, the foundations of ethics, naturalism, intentionality, and human rights, to name but a few. Taken together, these specially commissioned original essays offer an unrivaled overview of the reception of Husserl‘s Ideen, and the expanding phenomenological enterprise it initiated. They show that the critical discussion of issues by phenomenologists continues to be relevant for the 21st century.
    Description / Table of Contents: Husserl's Ideen; Preface; Contents; Introduction; The Project and First Effect of the Ideen; The Freiburg School and Beyond; The Organization of This Volume; Part I Initial and Continued Reception; Chapter 1: José Ortega y Gasset and Human Rights; The Influence of Husserl; A Non-idealistic Phenomenology; Introduction; Liberals and Communitarians with an Epilogue on Human Rights and Feminism; Reconstructing Plurality: The First Movement of Historical Reason; The Function of European Culture: The Second Movement of Historical Reason; Epilogue: Historical Reason and Full Human Rights for Women
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Reading and Rereading the Ideen in JapanA Century of Japanese Readings; Introduction; Translating Husserl; The Early Phenomenologists; Phenomenology in Postwar Japan; Responding to the Ideen Today; Chapter 3: Edith Stein and Autism; Influence on Stein; An Application to Understanding Autism; The Husserl/Stein Theory of Intersubjectivity Applied to ASDs; Conclusions; Chapter 4: Ludwig Ferdinand Clauss and Racialization; Clauss and Husserl's Ideen I; Phenomenology's Rejection of the Biologization of Race; The Question of Race in Clauss
    Description / Table of Contents: The Phenomenological Concept of Race After ClaussToward a Phenomenology of Racialization; Implications for the Fight Against Racism; Chapter 5: The Ideen and Neo-Kantianism; Introduction; Eidetics, Intuition, and Conceptual Knowledge; Difficulties with an Eidetic Science of Consciousness; Conclusion: Phenomenology's Foundational Claim; Chapter 6: The Distinctive Structure of the Emotions; Introduction; Emotions as Non-objectivating and Founded Acts; A Phenomemological Case of the Emotions: Trust; Critical Assessment; Concluding Remarks; Chapter 7: From the Natural Attitude to the Life-World
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: Husserl on the Human Sciences in Ideen IIIntroduction; Concluding Remarks; Part II: After World War I; Chapter 9: The Spanish-Speaking World and José Vasconcelos; Ideen I in Spain and Hispano-America; On José Vasconcelos's Inverted Epochē and the Limits of Language; Chapter 10: Ideen I in Italy and Enzo Paci and the Milan School; A Historical Introduction; Paci's Interpretation of the Epochē; Chapter 11: Martin Heidegger and Grounding of Ethics; The Impact of the " Ideen " on Heidegger; Husserl and Heidegger on the Ultimate Grounds for Action; The Fundamental Difference
    Description / Table of Contents: Heidegger on the Groundless GroundHusserl on the Ultimate Grounds of Ethics; The Question Itself: Grounding Ultimate Grounds?; Chapter 12: Aron Gurwitsch and the Transcendence of the Physical; The Impact of Ideen I; The Transcendence of Physical Things; Introduction; Husserl in the Ideen; Merleau-Ponty; Going Further; Chapter 13: Ludwig Landgrebe and the Significance of Marginal Consciousness; Landgrebe with Husserl; The Significance of Marginal Consciousness; The "Organization" of Marginal Contents; Self-Awareness as Marginal
    Description / Table of Contents: The Streaming Character of Consciousness Constituted in the Margins
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- INITIAL AND CONTINUED RECEPTION -- 1. José Ortega y Gasset and Human Rights, J.M. Díaz Álvarez -- Reading and Rereading Ideen in Japan, T. Tani.-  Edith Stein and Autism, K.M. Haney.-  Ludwig Ferdinand Clauss and Racialization, R. Bernasconi -- The Ideen and Neo-Kantianism, A. Staiti.-  The Distinctive Structure of the Emotions, A.J. Steinbock -- From Natural Attitude to Life-World, D. Moran -- Husserl on the Human Sciences in Ideen II, T.M. Seebohm -- AFTER WORLD WAR I -- The Spanish Speaking World and José Vasconcelos, A. Zirión -- The Ideen and Italy, R.Sacconghi -- Martin Heidegger and the Grounding of Action, T.J. Nenon -- Aron Gurwitsch and the Transcendence of the Physical, W. McKenna -- Ludwig Landgrebe and Marginal Consciousness, D. Marcelle -- Dorion Cairns, Empirical Types, and Field of Consciousness, L. Embree -- Ideen I and Eugen Fink, R. Bruzina -- Emmanuel Levinas and a Soliloquy of Light and Reason, N. de Warren -- Jan Patočka and Built Space, J. Dodd -- The Ideen in the Portuguese Speaking World, P.M.S. Alves -- Alfred Schutz and the Problem of Empathy, M. Barber -- Jean-Paul Sartre and Phenomenological Ontology, M. C. Eshleman -- Simone de Beauvoir and Life, U. Björk -- Merleau-Ponty and Lifeworldly Naturalism, T. Toadvine -- AFTER WORLD WAR II -- Paul Ricoeur and the Praxis of Phenomenology, N. Depraz -- Post-War German Reception of Ideen I and Reflection, S. Geniusas -- Ideen I Confronting its Critics, R.R.P. Lerner -- Jacques Derrida and the Future, V.W. Cisney -- Gilles Deleuze, and Hearing-Oneself-Speak, L. Lawlor -- Thoughts on the Translation of Husserl‘s Ideen, Erstes Buch, F. Kersten -- Notes on Contributors. ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 155
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746237
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 277 p. 51 illus., 10 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Understanding Population Trends and Processes 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Spatial microsimulation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Spatial analysis (Statistics) ; Space ; Computer simulation ; Statistical matching ; Demography ; Demographie ; Räumliche Statistik ; Mikrosimulation
    Abstract: This book is a practical guide on how to design, create and validate a spatial microsimulation model. These models are becoming more popular as academics and policy makers recognise the value of place in research and policy making. Recent spatial microsimulation models have been used to analyse health and social disadvantage for small areas; and to look at the effect of policy change for small areas. This provides a powerful analysis tool for researchers and policy makers. This book covers preparing the data for spatial microsimulation; a number of methods for both static and dynamic spatial microsimulation models; validation of the models to ensure the outputs are reasonable; and the future of spatial microsimulation. The book will be an essential handbook for any researcher or policy maker looking to design and create a spatial microsimulation model. This book will also be useful to those policy makers who are commissioning a spatial microsimulation model, or looking to commission work using a spatial microsimulation model, as it provides information on the different methods in a non-technical way.
    Description / Table of Contents: Spatial Microsimulation: A Reference Guide for Users; Foreword; Contents; Part I: Background; Chapter 1: Introduction to Spatial Microsimulation: History, Methods and Applications; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Spatial Microsimulation; 1.3 Applications of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.4 Validation of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.5 The Future; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Building a Static Spatial Microsimulation Model: Data Preparation; 2.1 Data Sources and Requirements; 2.2 Sample Scope; 2.3 Unit of Analysis; 2.3.1 Non-private Dwellings
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Non-classifiable Households2.4 Population Imputation; 2.4.1 Imputation of Child Records; 2.4.2 Imputation of a Non-private Dwelling Population; 2.5 Matching Variable Definitions in the Sample Survey and the Census; 2.6 Uprating and Deflating; 2.7 Balancing Data; 2.8 Conclusion; References; Part II: Static Spatial Microsimulation Models; Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata Simulation Methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation Methodologies
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1 Synthetic Reconstruction3.2.2 Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.3 Innovations in Synthetic Reconstruction; 3.3.1 Modified Monte Carlo Sampling; 3.3.2 Statistical Justification of Reconstruction Order; 3.3.3 Modelled 100% Counts of 10% Data; 3.3.4 Improved Data Linkage; 3.3.5 Data Reconciliation; 3.4 Innovations in Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.4.1 Validated Random Number Generation; 3.4.2 Sequential Table Fitting; 3.4.3 Stratified Household Selection; 3.4.4 RSSZ*: A New Selection Criterion; 3.4.5 Stopping Rules; 3.5 Understanding Between-Area Variation; 3.5.1 Spatial Concentration
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.2 Multicollinearity3.6 A Framework for Validating Small-Area Microdata; 3.6.1 Identification of Appropriate Measures of Fit; 3.6.2 Innovations in Types of Fit Measured; 3.7 The Impact on Combinatorial Optimisation of Selected Improvements; 3.7.1 Substitution of TAE with RSSZ *; 3.7.2 Stratified Household Selection; 3.8 Synthetic Reconstruction vs. Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.8.1 ED-Level Mean Fit; 3.8.2 ED-Level Fit of the Mean; 3.8.3 Ward-Level Fit; 3.8.4 Fit of Unconstrained Counts; 3.9 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Estimating Small-Area Income Deprivation : An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach4.1 Background; 4.2 Small-Area Income Estimation Methods; 4.3 The Iterative Proportion Fitting Approach; 4.3.1 Definition of Income; 4.3.2 Choice of Constraint Variables; 4.3.3 Small-Area IPF Algorithm Implementation; 4.4 Results; 4.5 Validation; 4.6 Conclusions and Future Directions; References; Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (Deterministic) Model; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Why Use Spatial Microsimulation Modelling to Model Disease Data?; 5.2.1 Why Use a Deterministic Model?
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 SimObesity Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: Part 1: Background: Chapter 1: Introduction to spatial microsimulation - History, Methods and Applications: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Chapter 2: Building a static spatial microsimulation model: data preparation: Rebecca Cassells, Riyana Miranti and Ann Harding -- Part 2: Static spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata simulation methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation methodologies: Paul Williamson -- Chapter 4: Estimating Small Area Income Deprivation: An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach: Ben Anderson -- Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (deterministic) model: Kimberley Edwards and Graham Clarke -- Chapter 6: Spatial Microsimulation using a generalised regression model: Robert Tanton, Ann Harding and Justine McNamara -- Chapter 7: Creating a Spatial Microsimulation model of the Irish Local Economy: Niall Farrell, Karyn Morrissey and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 8: Linking static spatial microsimulation modelling to meso-scale models: The Relationship between Access to GP services & Long Term Illness: Karyn Morrissey, Graham Clarke and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 9: Projections using a static Spatial Microsimulation model: Yogi Vidyattama and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 10: Limits of static Spatial Microsimulation models: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Part 3: Dynamic spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 11: Moses: A dynamic spatial microsimulation model for demographic planning: Belinda Wu and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 12: Design principles for micro models: Einar Holm and Kalle Mäkilä -- Chapter 13: SimEducation: a dynamic spatial microsimulation model for understanding educational inequalities: Dimitris Kavroudakis, Dimitris Ballas and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 14: Challenges for spatial dynamic microsimulation modelling: Mark Birkin -- Part 4: Validation of spatial microsimulation models and conclusion -- Chapter 15: Validation of spatial microsimulation models: Kimberley Edwards and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 16: Conclusions and the future of spatial microsimulation modelling: Graham Clarke and Ann Harding..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 156
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752795
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 197 p, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 53
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Douard, John Monstrous crimes and the failure of forensic psychiatry
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Consciousness ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Consciousness ; Law Psychological aspects ; Gerichtliche Psychiatrie ; Verbrechen ; Gewaltkriminalität ; Abnorme Persönlichkeit ; Gerichtliche Psychiatrie
    Abstract: The metaphor of the monster or predator-usually a sexual predator, drug dealer in areas frequented by children, or psychopathic murderer-is a powerful framing device in public discourse about how the criminal justice system should respond to serious violent crimes. The cultural history of the monster reveals significant features of the metaphor that raise questions about the extent to which justice can be achieved in both the punishment of what are regarded as "monstrous crimes" and the treatment of those who commit such crimes.This volume is the first to address the connections between the history of the monster metaphor, the 19th century idea of the criminal as monster, and the 20th century conception of the psychopath: the new monster. The book addresses, in particular, the ways in which the metaphor is used to scapegoat certain categories of crimes and criminals for anxieties about our own potential for deviant, and, indeed, dangerous interests. These interests have long been found to be associated with the fascination people have for monsters in most cultures, including the West.The book concludes with an analysis of the role of forensic psychiatrists and psychologists in representing criminal defendants as psychopaths, or persons with certain personality disorders. As psychiatry and psychology have transformed bad behavior into mad behavior, these institutions have taken on the legal role of helping to sort out the most dangerous among us for preventive "treatment" rather than carceral "punishment."
    Description / Table of Contents: Monstrous Crimes and the Failure of Forensic Psychiatry; Acknowledgments; John Douard; Pamela D. Schultz; Contents; Chapter 1: Monstrous Crimes, Framing, and the Preventive State: The Moral Failure of Forensic Psychiatry; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Frames, Metaphor, and Cognition; 1.3 Monsters and Monstrous Crimes; 1.4 Psychopathy: The Monstrous Brain; References; Chapter 2: Sexual Predator Laws: A Gothic Narrative; 2.1 Law, Morality, and Emotion in American Law; 2.2 The Monster Among Us: The Social Context of Revulsion; 2.3 Sexually Violent Predator Acts; 2.4 Megan's Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 Stories of Abjection: The "yuck" Factor2.5 Becoming a Public Problem; References; Chapter 3: Metaphor, Framing, and Reasoning; 3.1 Metaphor as Productive Cognitive Tool; 3.2 Metaphorical Images: Emblematic Compression; 3.3 Framing and Meaning; 3.4 Thinking with Metaphors: Pretend Play and the False Belief Task; 3.5 Dead Metaphors are Powerful Metaphors; References; Chapter 4: Monsters, Norms and Making Up People; 4.1 Monster as Physical Abnormality; 4.2 Monster as Social Symbol; 4.3 "Making Up People" - The Monster Within; 4.4 Scapegoats and the Social Utility of Outsiders
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 The Monster as Sexual DeviantReferences; Chapter 5: The Sex Offender: A New Folk Devil; 5.1 Moral Panic; 5.2 Witchcraft and "Satanic Panic"; 5.3 The Child Sexual Murderer; References; Chapter 6: The Child Sex Abuser; 6.1 Child Abuse as a Public Problem; 6.2 The Sex Offender Kind; 6.3 The Ambiguity of "Normal"; References; Chapter 7: The Mask of Objectivity: Digital Imaging and Psychopathy; 7.1 The Moral Monster Within; 7.2 DSM-IV-TR: A Floating Taxonomy; 7.2.1 SVPA Psychiatric Reports: The Forensic Context of the DSM-IV-TR; 7.3 Psychopathy: The Mask of Sanity
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.4 fMRI: Localizing the Monster7.5 The Monstrous Crime and the Monstrous Brain; 7.5.1 Maps, Atlases, and Distinguishing the Normal from the Abnormal; 7.6 Abnormal Brains; 7.6.1 Expert Testimony: The Mask of Objectivity; 7.6.2 Sex Offenders as Psychopaths; References; Chapter 8: Forensic Psychiatric Testimony: Ethical Issues; 8.1 A Prima Facie Moral Dilemma; 8.2 Ethics Subverted: The Shifting Terrain of Forensic Psychiatry; 8.3 Do Forensic Psychiatrists Possess a Body of Well-Grounded Knowledge?; 8.4 Are Forensic Psychiatrists Biased?
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.5 Why Even the Best Forensic Psychiatrists Are at Moral Risk8.6 The Basis for Moral Evaluation: Principles, Narratives, Social Context; 8.7 Stories and Narratives; 8.8 Monsters, Strangers, and Social Order: Forensic Psychiatrists as Moral Police; 8.9 The Monstrous Brain: Science or Science Fiction?; 8.10 What Is to Be Done?; 8.11 Moral Conversation: An Exercise in "Hot-Tubbing"; References; Chapter 9: Public Health Approach to Sexual Abuse; 9.1 Public Health and Sexual Violence Prevention; 9.2 Public Health Law: Brief Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.3 Biological and Personal Narratives: The Individual Level
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 157
    ISBN: 9789400749146
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 516 p. 185 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Methodology
    Abstract: This book provides a thorough summary of the means currently available to the investigators of Artificial Intelligence for making criminal behavior (both individual and collective) foreseeable, and for assisting their investigative capacities. The volume provides chapters on the introduction of artificial intelligence and machine learning suitable for an upper level undergraduate with exposure to mathematics and some programming skill or a graduate course. It also brings the latest research in Artificial Intelligence to life with its chapters on fascinating applications in the area of law enforcement, though much is also being accomplished in the fields of medicine and bioengineering. Individuals with a background in Artificial Intelligence will find the opening chapters to be an excellent refresher but the greatest excitement will likely be the law enforcement examples, for little has been done in that area. The editors have chosen to shine a bright light on law enforcement analytics utilizing artificial neural network technology to encourage other researchers to become involved in this very important and timely field of study.
    Description / Table of Contents: Dedication -- Preface.- Chapter 1. Introduction to Artificial Networks and Law Enforcement Analytics; William J. Tastle -- Chapter 2. Law Enforcement and Artificial Intelligence; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 3. The General Philosophy of Artificial Adaptive Systems; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 4. A Brief Introduction to Evolutionary Algorithms and the Genetic Doping Algorithm; M. Buscema, M. Capriotti -- Chapter 5. Artificial Adaptive Systems in Data Visualization: Pro-Active data; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 6. The Metropolitan Police Service Central Drug Trafficking Database: Evidence of Need; Geoffrey Monaghan and Stefano Terzi -- Chapter 7. Supervised Artificial neural Networks: Back Propagation Neural Networks; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 8. Pre-Processing Tools for Non-Linear Data Sets; Massimo Buscema, Alessandra Mancini and Marco Breda -- Chapter 9. Metaclassifiers; Massimo Buscema, Stefano Terzi -- Chapter 10. Auto Identification of a Drug Seller Utilizing a Specialized Supervised Neural Network; Massimo Buscema and Marco Intraligi -- Chapter 11. Visualization and Clustering of Self-Organizing Maps; Giulia Massini -- Chapter 12. Self-Organizing Maps: Identifying Non-Linear Relationships in Massive Drug Enforcement Databases; Guila Massini -- Chapter 13. Theory of Constraint Satisfaction Neural Networks; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 14. Application of the Constraint Satisfaction Network; Marco Intraligi and Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 15. Auto-Contractive Maps, h Function and the Maximally regular Graph: A new methodology for data mining; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 16. Analysis of a Complex Dataset Using the Combined MST and Auto Contractive Map; Giovanni Pieri -- Chapter 17. Auto Contractive Mapsand Minimal Spanning tree: Organization of Complex datasets on criminal behavior to aid in the deduction of network connectivity; Giula Massini and Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 18. Data Mining Using Non-linear Auto Associative Artificial Neural Networks: The Arrestee Dataset; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 19. Artificial Adaptive System for Parallel Querying of Multiple Databases; Massimo Buscema.-.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 158
    ISBN: 9789400754584
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 257 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Linguistics Philosophy ; Sign language ; Developmental psychology ; Law ; Law ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Sign language ; Developmental psychology
    Abstract: This book present a structure for understanding and exploring the semiotic character of law and law systems. Cultivating a deep understanding for the ways in which lawyers make meaning-the way in which they help make the world and are made, in turn by the world they create -can provide a basis for consciously engaging in the work of the law and in the production of meaning. The book first introduces the reader to the idea of semiotics in general and legal semiotics in particular, as well as to the major actors and shapers of the field, and to the heart of the matter: signs. The second part studies the development of the strains of thinking that together now define semiotics, with attention being paid to the pragmatics, psychology and language of legal semiotics. A third part examines the link between legal theory and semiotics, the practice of law, the critical legal studies movement in the USA, the semiotics of politics and structuralism. The last part of the book ties the different strands of legal semiotics together, and closely looks at semiotics in the lawyer’s toolkit-such as: text, name and meaning. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Part I Face-to-Face with Legal Semiotics; Chapter 1 Semiotics: A Fresh Start for Law; Semiotics; Legal Semiotics; Semiotics and Communication; Roberta Kevelson; Jourdain's Bewilderment; Study Semiotics and Law; Chapter 2 Signs, and Signs in Law; What is a Sign?; Communication; Culture, Law and Medicine; Signs, Symptoms, Names; Signs Merge Law and Semiotics; Community; The Cf. Citation as a Sign; General Considerations; Part II Godfathers of Semiotics; Chapter 3 Peirce and Legal Semiotics; Peirce Elucidates Legal Language; Peirce's Philosophical Texts
    Description / Table of Contents: From Philosophy to Semiotics to LawReading Peirce; Why Lawyers Read Peirce; Peirce Foundational for Law; The General and the Particular; Chapter 4 Greimas, Law, Discourse and Interpretative Squares: The Precursor De Saussure; The Precursor: De Saussure; The Language Circuit in Operation; The Arbitrary Character of a Sign; Differences and Other Relations; Chapter 5 Greimas, Law, Discourse and InterpretativeSquares: An Author, his Squares and LegalDiscourse Analysis; Squares and Discourse Analysis; Law and Greimas Squares; Semiotic Constraints; The Structure of Semiotic Systems
    Description / Table of Contents: Series of SquaresA Legal Discourse Semiotically Analyzed; Law as a Text; Greimas and Peirce; Chapter 6 Lacan: The Semiotics of Law's Voices; The `délire à deux': a Challenge to Lawyers; An Appeal to Language; Narcissus' Ego and Me; Das Ich muß entwickelt werden; The Ethics of Signifying; Language - Identity - Reference; Master Signifiers, Master Discourses; Chapter 7 Those Three Godfathers, After All; Godfathers and the Law; Law's Order, Semiotic Path; Meaning Making; Part III Jurisprudence and Legal Semiotics; Chapter 8 Legal Theory and Semiotics: On The Origins of Legal Semiotics
    Description / Table of Contents: Semiotics and SignificsJacob Israel de Haan; Legal Significs; Language; Discourse Levels; Significs and Jurisprudence; Chapter 9 Legal Theory and Semiotics: Semiotics, Theory and Practice of Law; Semiotics and Legal Theory; Semiotics and Legal Interpretation; Two Legal Semiotic Traditions; Semiotics and Legal Practices; Faces in Legal Relations; Names; Faces Function Linguistically; Faces of Justice; Application, Analysis/Assemblage, Engineering; The Critical Approach; The CLS themes; Chapter 10 Legal Theory and Semiotics: The Legal Semiotics Critical Approach
    Description / Table of Contents: The Critical Approach and Semiotic PerspectivesPolitics and the Semiotic Approach; A Lawyer's Words and their Meaning; Chapter 11 Politics, Semiotics and Law: Self and State; Self and State, State and Self; Self and Harmony; Kant and the Semiotics of the Self; The Semiotics of the Magnus Homo I: Figures, Images; The Semiotics of the Magnus Homo II: Legal Language; The Semiotics of the State; Individual, State, and the Semiotics of Anarchy; Individual, State, and Personhood; Chapter 12 Politics, Semiotics and Law: Person and Thing; Persons and Things; Citizens United Unveiled
    Description / Table of Contents: Facts in/of Citizens United
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents -- Preface -- Part I Face-To-Face With Legal Semiotics -- 1.Semiotics: A Fresh  Start For Law -- 2.Signs, and Signs in Law -- Part II Godfathers of Semiotics -- 3. Peirce and Legal Semiotics -- 4. Greimas, Law, Discourse and Interpretative Squares -- 5.Lacan: The Semiotics of Law's Voices. - 6.Those Three Godfathers, After All -- Part III   Jurisprudence and Legal Semiotics -- 7. Legal Theory And Semiotics -- 8.  Politics, Semiotics and Law -- 9. Structuralism and Legal Semiotics -- Part IV   Doing and Saying Legal Semiotics -- 10. The Legal Semiotic Modus Operandi -- 11. Artificiality and Naturalness: The Tyche Deity -- 12. A Vocabulary -- 13.  A Bibliography -- 14. Name Index -- 15. Subject Index.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 159
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747890
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 328 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies Series 118
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Autonomy and the self
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of mind ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of mind ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Autonomie ; Selbst ; Willensfreiheit ; Selbstständigkeit ; Person
    Abstract: This volume addresses the complex interplay between the conditions of an agent's personal autonomy and the constitution of her self in light of two influential background assumptions: a libertarian thesis according to which it is essential for personal autonomy to be able to choose freely how one's self is shaped, on the one hand, and a line of thought following especially the seminal work of Harry Frankfurt according to which personal autonomy necessarily rests on an already sufficiently shaped self, on the other hand. Given this conceptual framework, a number of influential aspects within current debate can be addressed in a new and illuminating light: accordingly, the volume's contributions range from 1) discussing fundamental conceptual interconnections between personal autonomy and freedom of the will, 2) addressing the exact role and understanding of different personal traits, e.g. Frankfurt's notion of volitional necessities, commitments to norms and ideals, emotions, the phenomenon of weakness of will, and psychocorporeal aspects, 3) and finally taking into account social influences, which are discussed in terms of their ability to buttress, to weaken, or even to serve as necessary preconditions of personal autonomy and the forming of one's self. The volume thus provides readers with an extensive and most up-to-date discussion of various influential strands of current philosophical debate on the topic. It is of equal interest to all those already engaged in the debate as well as to readers trying to get an up-to-date overview or looking for a textbook to use in courses
    Abstract: This volume addresses the complex interplay between the conditions of an agent’s personal autonomy and the constitution of her self in light of two influential background assumptions: a libertarian thesis according to which it is essential for personal autonomy to be able to choose freely how one’s self is shaped, on the one hand, and a line of thought following especially the seminal work of Harry Frankfurt according to which personal autonomy necessarily rests on an already sufficiently shaped self, on the other hand. Given this conceptual framework, a number of influential aspects within current debate can be addressed in a new and illuminating light: accordingly, the volume’s contributions range from 1) discussing fundamental conceptual interconnections between personal autonomy and freedom of the will, 2) addressing the exact role and understanding of different personal traits, e.g. Frankfurt’s notion of volitional necessities, commitments to norms and ideals, emotions, the phenomenon of weakness of will, and psychocorporeal aspects, 3) and finally taking into account social influences, which are discussed in terms of their ability to buttress, to weaken, or even to serve as necessary preconditions of personal autonomy and the forming of one’s self. The volume thus provides readers with an extensive and most up-to-date discussion of various influential strands of current philosophical debate on the topic. It is of equal interest to all those already engaged in the debate as well as to readers trying to get an up-to-date overview or looking for a textbook to use in courses.
    Description / Table of Contents: Autonomy and the Self; Foreword; Contents; Introduction; The Self; Subjectivist Accounts of the Self; Existential Account; Essential Nature Account; Social-Relational Accounts of the Self; Narrative Accounts of the Self; Autonomy and the Self; Existential cum Libertarian Thesis; Authenticity via Essential Nature Thesis; Internal vs. External Aspects of Autonomy and the Self; Autonomy, the Self, and Limited Freedom; Overview of Contributions; Part I: Autonomy and Free Will; Part II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal T raits; Part III: Autonomy and the Self Within Society's Grip
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart I: Autonomy and Free Will; Freedom Without Choice?; 1 Introducing the Problem; 2 The Concept of Freedom; 3 Cutting the Possibilities Criterion; 4 Advancing the Criterion of "Naturalness"; 5 Freedom Dependent on Actual Choice; 6 Freedom Dependent on Possible Choice; 7 Possible Forms of Freedom Without Choice; 8 Conclusion; References; Freedom and Normativity - Varieties of Free Will; 1 Terminological and Substantial Disputes About Free Will; 2 The Evaluative Approach; 3 Varieties of Free Will; 3.1 Reflexivity or Capacity for Self- Consciousness
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 The Internal Structure of Free Will3.2.1 The Will I Experience as My Own; 3.2.2 The Will I Experience Wholeheartedly as My Own; 3.2.3 The Will I Try to Make My Own; 3.2.4 Will with the (Positive or Indifferent) Experience of Having Alternative Possibilities (Willkürfreiheit); 3.2.5 The Will I Experience (Positively) as Being Without Alternatives (Necessary Will); 3.2.6 Diachronic and Dynamic Will; 3.2.7 Strong or Rational Will; 3.3 The Context of Embedded Will; 3.3.1 The Will Which Is My Own (Authentic Will); 3.3.2 The Will I Make My Own (Autonomous Will)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.3 Will with and Without Alternative Possibilities of Willing3.3.4 Will with Good Options; 3.3.5 Realizable Will; 3.3.6 Recognized Will; 3.3.7 Accountable and Responsible Will; 3.4 The Content of Free Will; 3.4.1 The Will Which Wills Free Will; 3.4.2 Prudent, Moral, and Legal Will; 3.4.3 Collective or Shared Will; 3.4.4 Transgressing Borders: Extended Will; 3.4.5 Ethical (Sittlicher) Will; References; Part II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal Traits; Norm-Guided Formation of Cares Without Volitional Necessity - A Response to Frankfurt
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction : Identification, Leeway, and Existential Autonomy2 Preliminaries: Rationalist Constitutivism and Arguments Against Leeway-Liberty; 3 From Caring to Volitional Necessities: Frankfurt's VN-Arguments; 3.1 Identification, Caring, and Love; 3.2 Frankfurt's Kantian Analogy; 3.3 Frankfurt's Integrity Argument; 3.4 The Emptiness of Total Liberty; 4 An Existentialist Response to Frankfurt: Projective Motivation and Norms; 4.1 Frankfurt's False Dichotomy and Internalism; 4.2 Normative Authority Without Prior Motives; 4.3 Existential Autonomy with Leeway-Liberty to the Core
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 The Dilution of Options by Too Many Alternatives?
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword -- Introduction; Michael Kühler, Nadja Jelinek -- Section I: Autonomy and Free Will -- 1. Freedom Without Choice?; Gottfried Seebaß -- 2. Freedom and Normativity - Varieties of Free Will; Barbara Merker -- Section II: Autonomy, the Self, and the Role of Personal Traits -- 3. Norm-Guided Formation of Cares without Volitional Necessity - A Response to Frankfurt; John Davenport -- 4. Dynamics in Autonomy; Nadja Jelinek -- 5. The Normative Significance of Personal Projects; Monika Betzler -- 6. Normative Self-Constitution and Individual Autonomy; John Christman -- 7. Psychocorporeal Selfhood, Practical Intelligence, and Adaptive Autonomy; Diana Tietjens Meyers -- 8. Emotion, Autonomy, and Weakness of Will; Sabine Döring -- 9. Who Am I to Uphold Unrealizable Normative Claims?; Michael Kühler -- Section III: Autonomy and the Self Within Society's Grip -- 10. Paternalistic Love and Reasons for Caring; Bennett W. Helm -- 11. Self-Identity and Moral Agency; Marina Oshana -- 12. Being Identical by Being (Treated as) Responsible; Michael Quante -- 13. Integrity Endangered by Hypocrisy; Nora Hangel -- 14. Who Can I Blame?; Kasper Lippert-Rasmussen -- About the Authors -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 160
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752436
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 241 p. 13 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Norms in technology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Technik ; Philosophie ; Erkenntnistheorie ; Technik ; Philosophie ; Erkenntnistheorie
    Abstract: This book offers a fusion of philosophy and technology, delineating the normative landscape that informs today s technologies and tomorrow s inventions. It examines what is deemed to be the internal norms that govern the ever-expanding technical universe
    Abstract: This book is a distinctive fusion of philosophy and technology, delineating the normative landscape that informs today’s technologies and tomorrow’s inventions. The authors examine what we deem to be the internal norms that govern our ever-expanding technical universe. Recognizing that developments in technology and engineering literally create our human future, transforming existing knowledge into tomorrow’s tools and infrastructure, they chart the normative criteria we use to evaluate novel technological artifacts: how, for example, do we judge a ‘good’ from a ‘bad’ expert system or nuclear power plant? As well as these ‘functional’ norms, and the norms that guide technological knowledge and reasoning, the book examines commonly agreed benchmarks in safety and risk reduction, which play a pivotal role in engineering practice.Informed by the core insight that, in technology and engineering, factual knowledge relating, for example, to the properties of materials or the load-bearing characteristics of differing construction designs is not enough, this analysis follows the often unseen foundations upon which technologies rest-the norms that guide the creative forces shaping the technical landscape to come. The book, a comprehensive survey of these emerging topics in the philosophy of technology, clarifies the role these norms (epistemological, functional, and risk-assessing) play in technological innovation, and the consequences they have for our understanding of technological knowledge.
    Description / Table of Contents: Norms in Technology; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 The Many Relations Between Norms and Technology; 2 Two Types of Instrumental Norms; 3 Norms, Risk and Safety; 3.1 The Illusion of Nonnormative Risk Assessment; 3.2 The Undesirability of Risks; 3.3 Prioritization Among Incomparable Risks; 3.4 Probability Weighing; 3.5 Safety Norms in Engineering Practice; 4 The Structure of the Book; Part I: Normativity in Technological Knowledge and Action; Chapter 2: Extending the Scope of the Theory of Knowledge; 1 Introduction; 2 Science and Engineering Knowledge; 3 Engineering Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Exploring Types of Engineering Knowledge5 Will the Justified True Belief Account Work?; 6 Bearers of Knowledge: Beliefs, Actions and Other Categories; 7 Conclusion; Appendix : Edison's Patent; References; Chapter 3: Rules, Plans and the Normativity of Technological Knowledge; 1 Introduction; 2 Technological Rules and Norms; 3 Plans and Agents; 4 Normativity in Technological Knowledge; 5 Towards an Epistemology of Routines; 6 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Beliefs, Acceptances and Technological Knowledge; 1 Introduction: Can Technological Knowledge Be a Matter of Beliefs Only?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Types of Acceptances3 Types of Technological Knowledge; 4 Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Policy Objectives and the Functions of Transport Systems; 1 Introduction; 2 Background and Observations; 2.1 Swedish Transport Policy Objectives; 2.2 Conceptions of Objectives and Rationality; 3 Normative Implications and Lessons Learned; 3.1 Goals Are Subject to Evaluation and Updating; 3.2 There Is a Trade-Off Between Precision and Flexibility; 3.3 Different Kinds of Goals Require Different Approaches; 4 Philosophical Relevance; 4.1 Future Generations
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Standard of Measurement (Axiological Commensurability)4.3 Fairness; 5 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 6: Rational Goals in Engineering Design: The Venice Dams; 1 Introduction; 2 The Function of Engineering Goals; 3 Designing the MOSE System; 4 Precision; 5 Evaluability; 6 Approachability; 7 Consistency; 8 Concluding Remarks; References; Part II: Normativity and Artefact Norms; Chapter 7: Valuation of Artefacts and the Normativity of Technology; 1 Introduction; 2 Classifying Value Statements; 2.1 Quantitative Classification; 2.2 Classification in Terms of Value Standards
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Categories of Technological Objects4 Functional Value Statements in Technology; 4.1 Function and Value: A First Approximation; 4.2 Four Types of Categories; 4.3 Asymmetries in the Use of Value Terms; 5 Norms; 6 Conclusion; Appendix: The Logic of Category-Specified Value; Categories and Their Elements; Subcategories; Value Predicates; Some Valid Inference Principles; References; Chapter 8: Artefactual Norms; 1 Introduction; 2 What's in a Norm?; 3 Artefact Use and Norms; 3.1 Compatibility; 3.2 Interference; 3.3 Quality; 4 Artefact Design and Norms; 4.1 Marketability; 4.2 Manufacturability
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Transportability, Installability
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I. Normativity in Technological Knowledge and Action.-Chapter 1.  Extending the scope of technological knowledge: Anthonie W.M. Meijers and Peter Kroes -- Chapter 2. Rules, plans and the normativity of technological knowledge: Wybo Houkes -- Chapter 3. Beliefs, acceptances and technological knowledge: Marc J. de Vries and Anthonie W.M. Meijers -- Chapter 4. Policy objectives and the functions of transport systems: Holger Rosencrantz -- Chapter 5. Rational Goals in Engineering Design: The Venice Dams Case: Karin Edvardsson Björnberg -- Part 2. Normativity and Artefact Norms -- Chapter 6. Valuation of Artefacts and the Normativity of Technology: Sven Ove Hansson -- Chapter 7. Artifactual norms: Krist Vaesen -- Chapter 8. Instrumental Artifact Functions and Normativity: Jesse Hughes -- Chapter 9. The goodness and kindness of artefacts: Maarten Franssen -- Part 3. Normativity and Technological Risks -- Chapter 10. The Non-Reductivity of Normativity in Risks: Niklas Möller -- Chapter 11. Risk and Degrees of Rightness: Martin Peterson and Nicolas Espinoza -- Chapter 12. Naturalness, Artifacts, and Value: Per Sandin -- Chapter 13. Trust in Technological Systems: Philip J. Nickel -- Index.     ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 161
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754409
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 693 p. 4 illus., 1 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buch-Ausgabe Climate change and the law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Renewable energy sources ; Climatic changes ; Economics ; Law ; Law ; Renewable energy sources ; Climatic changes ; Economics ; Climatic changes ; Law and legislation ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Klimaänderung ; Internationales Umweltrecht
    Abstract: Climate Change and the Law is the first scholarly effort to systematically address doctrinal issues related to climate law as an emergent legal discipline. It assembles some of the most recognized experts in the field to identify relevant trends and common themes from a variety of geographic and professional perspectives.In a remarkably short time span, climate change has become deeply embedded in important areas of the law. As a global challenge calling for collective action, climate change has elicited substantial rulemaking at the international plane, percolating through the broader legal system to the regional, national and local levels. More than other areas of law, the normative and practical framework dedicated to climate change has embraced new instruments and softened traditional boundaries between formal and informal, public and private, substantive and procedural; so ubiquitous is the reach of relevant rules nowadays that scholars routinely devote attention to the intersection of climate change and more established fields of legal study, such as international trade law.Climate Change and the Law explores the rich diversity of international, regional, national, sub-national and transnational legal responses to climate change. Is climate law emerging as a new legal discipline? If so, what shared objectives and concepts define it? How does climate law relate to other areas of law? Such questions lie at the heart of this new book, whose thirty chapters cover doctrinal questions as well as a range of thematic and regional case studies. As Christiana Figueres, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), states in her preface, these chapters collectively provide a “review of the emergence of a new discipline, its core principles and legal techniques, and its relationship and potential interaction with other disciplines.”
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate Change and the Law; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Abbreviations; Chapter 1: Introduction: Climate Change and the Law; 1.1 Exploring the Relationship Between Climate Change and the Law; 1.2 Structure and Organization; Part I: Climate Law as an Emerging Discipline; Chapter 2: Implementing Climate Governance: Instrument Choice and Interaction; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Exploring the Boundaries of Domestic Climate Law; 2.2.1 Instrument Choice at the Domestic Level; 2.2.2 Instrument Interactions at the Domestic Level
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.2.1 Internal and External Conflicts - An Analytical Framework2.2.3 Coherence by Design: Envisioning a Domestic Climate Management Regime; 2.2.3.1 The Legal Context - Identifying a Mandate; 2.2.3.2 Integrated Greenhouse Gas Management - Clinching the Objective; 2.3 Instrument Choice at the International Level; Chapter 3: Exploring the Landscape of Climate Law and Scholarship: Two Emerging Trends; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Mapping the Landscape of Climate Change Law; 3.2.1 Role of the UNFCCC; 3.2.2 Regulation of the CDM: Multiple Layers, Diverse Actors and Deformalization
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Climate Law: Interactions Between Sources of Legal Authority3.3.1 Background: Globalization and Law; 3.3.2 Climate Law and Interaction Between Different Sources of Legal Authority; 3.3.2.1 Vertical Interaction: International and National Law; 3.3.2.2 Vertical Interaction: Sub-national Initiatives; 3.3.2.3 Interaction Between National Jurisdictions; 3.4 Climate Law: Non-state Actors and Deformalization; 3.4.1 Public-Private Partnerships and Other Hybrid Initiatives; 3.4.2 Private Sector Engagement and Voluntary Regulatory Initiatives; 3.4.3 Non-state Actors and Climate Law Research
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 ConclusionsChapter 4: Climate Change and Justice: Perspectives of Legal Theory; 4.1 Theoretical Background: Ethical and Legal Considerations; 4.2 Human Rights: Only Subordinate and Vague "Duties of Protection" with Regard to Sustainability? The Traditional Legal Point of View in Europe and Germany; 4.3 Intergenerational and Global Scope of Human Rights, Protecting the Conditions of Freedom, and Multipolarity of Freedom; 4.4 The Case of Climate Change; 4.5 The Problem of Historical Emissions; 4.6 On the Path to a Justice-Based Framework for Global Climate Governance
    Description / Table of Contents: Part II: International Climate Law - Architecture and InstitutionsChapter 5: Foundations of International Climate Law: Objectives, Principles and Methods; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Objective of the Climate Change Regime; 5.2.1 Mitigation Objectives; 5.2.2 Adaptation Objectives; 5.3 Principles of the Climate Change Regime; 5.3.1 State Sovereignty and Responsibility; 5.3.2 Principle of Preventative Action; 5.3.3 Principle of Cooperation; 5.3.4 The Concept of Sustainable Development; 5.3.5 The Precautionary Principle; 5.3.6 The Polluter Pays Principle
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.7 The Principle of Common But Differentiated Responsibility
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents -- Contributors -- Abbreviations -- 1. Introduction: Climate Change and the Law; Erkki J. Hollo, Kati Kulovesi and Michael Mehling -- Part I: Climate Law as an Emerging Discipline -- 2. Implementing Climate Law: Instrument Choice and Interaction; Michael Mehling -- 3. Exploring the Landscape of Climate Law and Scholarship: Two Emerging Trends; Kati Kulovesi -- 4. Climate Change and Justice: Perspectives of Legal Theory; Felix Ekardt -- Part II: International Climate Law -- Section I: Architecture and Institutions -- 5. Foundations of International Climate Law: Objectives, Principles and Methods; Rowena Maguire -- 6. Alternative Venues of Climate Cooperation: An Institutional Perspective; Camilla Bausch and Michael Mehling -- 7. Analyzing Soft Law and Hard Law in Climate Change; Antto Vihma -- 8. Compliance and Enforcement in the Climate Change Regime; Meinhard Doelle -- Section II: Cross-Cutting Issues -- 9. The New Framework for Climate Finance under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change: A Breakthrough or an Empty Promise?; Yulia Yamineva and Kati Kulovesi -- 10. Climate Justice: The Clean Development Mechanism as a Case Study; Tomilola Eni-ibukun -- 11. Legal Aspects of Climate Change Adaptation; Jonathan Verschuuren -- 12. Climate Change and Human Rights; Timo Koivurova, Sébastien Duyck and Leena Heinämäki -- Section III: Sectoral Issues -- 13.  Managing the Fragmentation of International Climate Law; Harro van Asselt -- 14. No Need to Reinvent the Wheel for a Human Rights-Based Approach to Tackling Climate Change: The Contribution of International Biodiversity Law; Elisa Morgera -- 15. The Role of REDD in the Harmonization of Overlapping International Obligations; Annalisa Savaresi -- 16. Climate Change and Trade: At the Intersection of Two International Legal Regimes; Kati Kulovesi -- 17. Climate Law and Geoengineering; Ralph Bodle -- Part III: Comparative Climate Law -- 18. Climate Law in the United States: Facing Structural and Procedural Barriers; Michael Mehling and David Frenkil -- 19. Canada and the Kyoto Protocol: An Aesop Fable; Jane Matthews Glenn and Jose Otero -- 20. Climate Law in the European Union: Accidental Success or Deliberate Leadership?; Michael Mehling and Kati Kulovesi -- 21. Climate Law in Germany; Felix Ekardt -- 22. Climate Law in the United Kingdom; Colin T. Reid -- 23. Climate Law and Policy in Russia: A Peasant Needs Thunder to Cross Himself and Wonder; Yulia Yamineva -- 24. Australia: From ‘No Regrets’ to A Clean Energy Future?; Sharon Mascher and David Hodgkinson -- 25. Climate Law and Policy in Japan; Hitomi Kimura -- 26. Sustainable Development and Climate Policy and Law in China; Christopher Tung -- 27. India’s Evolving Climate Change Strategy; Namrata Patodia Rastogi -- 28. Climate Change Responses in South Africa; Ed Couzens and Michael Kidd -- 29. Climate Change Policy and Legislation in Brazil; Haroldo Machado Filho -- 30. Climate Law in Latin American Countries; Soledad Aguilar and Eugenia Recio..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 162
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753860
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 194 p. 22 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englischunterricht ; ECTS ; Englisch ; Europa ; Fremdsprachenunterricht ; Bologna-Prozess ; ECTS
    Abstract: Spanning the divide between the theory and praxis of competency-based teaching in tertiary language education, this volume contains invaluable practical guidance for the post-secondary sector on how to approach, teach, and assess competencies in Bologna-adapted systems of study. It presents the latest results of prominent European research projects, programs of pedagogical innovation, and thematically linked academic networks. Responding to a profound need for a volume addressing the practical aspects of the newly designed language degrees now being rolled out across Europe, this essential contribution pools the insights of a prestigious set of scholars, practitioners, and policy makers from diverse parts of Europe and the US. It will inform crucial decisions about instituting and evaluating competencies in a new generation of language studies programmes."This volume offers a diversity of perspectives with contributions from both European and North American experts. Although the primary focus of the volume is on Europe, with an explicit goal of bridging the gap between the theory and practice of competency-based teaching in the context of the creation of the European Higher education Area (EHEA) and the implementation of the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), its implications for language education clearly transcend geographic boundaries. The concept of competencies is closely linked to a learner-centered, meaning-based model of learning in which learner autonomy plays a central role and which emphasizes lifelong learning. In bringing together current research perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic, the volume successfully underscores the shared challenges of transforming language education in a globalized, postmodern world." Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Director of the Center for Language Study, Yale College, USA
    Abstract: Spanning the divide between the theory and praxis of competency-based teaching in tertiary language education, this volume contains invaluable practical guidance for the post-secondary sector on how to approach, teach, and assess competencies in Bologna-adapted systems of study. It presents the latest results of prominent European research projects, programs of pedagogical innovation, and thematically linked academic networks.Responding to a profound need for a volume addressing the practical aspects of the newly designed language degrees now being rolled out across Europe, this essential contribution pools the insights of a prestigious set of scholars, practitioners, and policy makers from diverse parts of Europe and the US. It will inform crucial decisions about instituting and evaluating competencies in a new generation of language studies programmes."This volume offers a diversity of perspectives with contributions from both European and North American experts. Although the primary focus of the volume is on Europe, with an explicit goal of bridging the gap between the theory and practice of competency-based teaching in the context of the creation of the European Higher education Area (EHEA) and the implementation of the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), its implications for language education clearly transcend geographic boundaries. The concept of competencies is closely linked to a learner-centered, meaning-based model of learning in which learner autonomy plays a central role and which emphasizes lifelong learning. In bringing together current research perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic, the volume successfully underscores the shared challenges of transforming language education in a globalized, postmodern world." Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Director of the Center for Language Study , Yale College, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: Competency-based LanguageTeaching in Higher Education; Preface: Languages in the European Higher Education Area; Introduction; Multilingualism in Europe; The Issue About "Global English"; English as a Key to Progress in the European Higher Education Area; Conclusion; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction and Overview; 1.1 Language Teaching in Higher Education; 1.2 Competency-Based Language Teaching in Higher Education; 1.3 Definition and Characterization of the Notion of "Competency"; 1.4 Competency-Based Language Teaching in Higher Education: Where Do We Stand?
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5 Overview of the Volume1.5.1 Part I: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Necessary Changes in Language Teaching; 1.5.2 Part II: Teaching Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; 1.5.3 Part III: Evaluating Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Necessary Changes in Language Teaching; Chapter 2: From Content to Competency: Challenges Facing Higher Education Language Teaching in Europe; 2.1 A Changing Linguistic Landscape
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 The Language Challenge Facing Higher Education in Europe2.3 Towards a Competency-Based Approach to HE Language Teaching and Learning; 2.4 The CEFR and the Bologna Process; 2.5 The CEFR and the Development of Pragmatic Competencies; 2.6 The CEFR and Life-Long Language Learning; 2.7 The CEFR - Opportunity and Challenge; 2.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Lessons Learned from the European Project ADELEEES; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Research Design; 3.2.1 Objectives; 3.2.2 Procedure and Instruments
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2.1 Questionnaire Design and Validation3.2.2.2 Administration of the Questionnaires; 3.2.3 Participants; 3.2.3.1 Global Figures; 3.2.3.2 Students; 3.2.3.3 Teachers; 3.2.4 Statistical Methodology; 3.3 Results and Discussion; 3.3.1 Students: Global Results; 3.3.1.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.1.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.1.3 Methodology; 3.3.1.4 Materials and Resources; 3.3.1.5 Evaluation; 3.3.2 Teachers: Global Results; 3.3.2.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.2.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.2.3 Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2.4 Materials and Resources3.3.2.5 Evaluation; 3.3.3 Comparison of Student and Teacher Outcomes; 3.3.3.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.3.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.3.3 Methodology; 3.3.3.4 Materials and Resources; 3.3.3.5 Evaluation; 3.4 Conclusions; 3.5 Implications of the Study: Suggestions for Improvement; 3.6 Lines for Future Research; References; Part II: Teaching Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; Chapter 4: Competences and Foreign Language Teacher Education in Spain; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Competence and Teacher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 Competences and Competencies
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 163
    ISBN: 9789400723214 , 1283944987 , 9781283944984
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 250 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Mathematics Education in the Digital Era 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Martinovic, Dragana Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning
    RVK:
    Keywords: Visualization ; Computer software ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Visualization ; Computer software ; Mathematics ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: The first volume in this new Springer series explores innovative ways of learning and doing mathematics to make it more appealing to the Net Generation. This generation consists of visual learners who thrive when surrounded with new technologies and whose diverse needs can be met by a variety of cyber tools. In their search for novel ways of studying, such as collaboration with peers and multitasking by using multimedia, the Internet, and other Information and Communication Technologies, they learn mathematics by playing games online, watching and sharing presentations on YouTube, exploring and creating Java applets of mathematics simulations and exchanging thoughts over the instant chat tools. This volume presents mathematics teaching and learning in a way that resonates with these new learners: as a contemporary subject that is engaging, exciting and enlightening. It offers educators insight into how they can make meaningful use of the dynamic, interactive, collaborative, and visual nature of new learning environments while having a deeper understanding of their potential advantages and limitations. This volume:- Bridges the gap between Net Generation learners and mathematics education- Presents conceptual frameworks for research in this area- Explores research data that shed a light on innovative theories and practices in the field of visual mathematics and cyberlearning.
    Description / Table of Contents: Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning; Introduction; Mathematics Education in the Digital Era (MEDEra) Series; Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning - The First Book in the MEDEra Series; Contents; Patterns of Collaboration: Towards Learning Mathematics in the Era of the Semantic Web; Introduction; Cyberlearning: From Web 1.0 to Web 2.0; Patterns of Collaboration: The Case of the MiGen and Metafora Projects; Collaboration in Exploratory Learning Environments; The MiGen System and the Metafora Platform; Collaboration Within the MiGen System and the Metafora Platform
    Description / Table of Contents: Student Collaboration and the TeacherCyberlearning: From Web 2.0 to Web 3.0; The Likely Impact of Web 3.0 on Systems Such as MiGen and Metafora; Conclusion; References; Collaborative Mathematics Learning in Online Environments; Introduction; Collaborative Online Learning of Research-Level Mathematics; Why Talk About the Research Level?; Overview of Online Collaboration at the Research Level; The Polymath Projects; The MathOverflow Website; Collaborative Online Learning: Undergraduate and School-Age Mathematics; Mathematics - Stack Exchange
    Description / Table of Contents: An Excerpt of an Exchange on Mathematics - Stack ExchangeA Global Learning Project; Virtual Math Teams; Analysis and Contextualization; Computer Supported Collaborative Learning; The Computer Moderated Communication Model; Networked Learning, and Collaboration Versus Cooperation; Self-Regulated Learning; Discussion; References; The Integration of Mathematics Discourse, Graphical Reasoning and Symbolic Expression by a Virtual Math Team; Mathematical Practices; Data Collection and Methodology; Setting Up the Mathematical Analysis; Excerpt 1: Constitution of a New Math Task
    Description / Table of Contents: Excerpt 2: Co-construction of a Method for Counting SticksExcerpt 3: Collective Noticing of a Pattern of Growth; Excerpt 4: Resolution of Referential Ambiguity via Visual Proof; Concluding the Mathematical Analysis; Excerpt 5: Re-initiating the Discussion of the Algebraic Formula; Excerpt 6: Co-reflection on What the Team has Achieved So Far; Excerpt 7: Overcoming the Problem of Overlapping Sticks; Excerpt 8: Derivation of the Formula for the Number of Sticks; Discussion; Visibility of the Production Process; Persistent Presence of Contributions
    Description / Table of Contents: Methods for Referencing Relevant Artifacts in the Shared Visual FieldCoordination of Whiteboard Visualizations and Chat Narratives; Past and Future Relevancies Implied by Shared Mathematical Artifacts; Conclusion; References; Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies; Background and Rationale; Dynamic Geometry; Haptic Technology; Merging Fields; Theoretical Perspectives; Multi-modal Environment Design; Technical Specifications; Design of Mathematical Activities; Classification of Solids
    Description / Table of Contents: Planar Intersections
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Keith Jones, Eirini Geraniou, & Thanassis Tiropanis: Patterns of collaboration: Towards learning mathematics in the era of the semantic web -- 2. Gorjan Alagic & Mara Alagic: Collaborative mathematics learning in online environments -- 3. Murat Perit Cakir & Gerry Stahl: The integration of mathematics discourse, Graphical reasoning and symbolic expression by a Virtual Math Team -- 4. Beste Güçler, Stephen Hegedus, Ryan Robidoux, & Nicholas Jackiw: Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies -- 5. Dragan Trninic & Dor Abrahamson: Embodied interaction as designed mediations of conceptual performance -- 6. Luis Radford: Sensuous Cognition -- 7. George Gadanidis & Immaculate Namukasa: New media and online mathematics learning for teachers -- 8. Ann LeSage: Web-based video clips: A supplemental resource for supporting pre-service elementary mathematics teachers -- 9. Dragana Martinovic, Viktor Freiman, & Zekeriya Karadag: Visual mathematics and cyberlearning in view of Affordance and Activity Theories. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 164
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754768 , 1283910845 , 9781283910842
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 249 p. 13 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: GeoJournal Library 106
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Human Geography
    Abstract: There is consensus in literature that urban areas have become increasingly vulnerable to the outcomes of economic restructuring under the neoliberal political economic ideology. The increased frequency and widening diversity of problems offer evidence that the socio-economic and spatial policies, planning and practices introduced under the neoliberal agenda can no longer be sustained. As this shortfall was becoming more evident among urban policymakers, planners, and researchers in different parts of the world, a group of discontent researchers began searching for new approaches to addressing the increasing vulnerabilities of urban systems in the wake of growing socio-economic and ecological problems. This book is the joint effort of those who have long felt that contemporary planning systems and policies are inadequate in preparing cities for the future in an increasingly neoliberalising world. It argues that resilience thinking can form the basis of an alternative approach to planning. Drawing upon case studies from five cities in Europe, namely Lisbon, Porto, Istanbul, Stockholm, and Rotterdam, the book makes an exploration of the resilience perspective, raising a number of theoretical debates, and suggesting a new methodological approach based on empirical evidence. This book provides insights for intellectuals exploring alternative perspectives and principles of a new planning approach
    Abstract: There is consensus in literature that urban areas have become increasingly vulnerable to the outcomes of economic restructuring under the neoliberal political economic ideology. The increased frequency and widening diversity of problems offer evidence that the socio-economic and spatial policies, planning and practices introduced under the neoliberal agenda can no longer be sustained. As this shortfall was becoming more evident among urban policymakers, planners, and researchers in different parts of the world, a group of discontent researchers began searching for new approaches to addressing the increasing vulnerabilities of urban systems in the wake of growing socio-economic and ecological problems. This book is the joint effort of those who have long felt that contemporary planning systems and policies are inadequate in preparing cities for the future in an increasingly neoliberalising world. It argues that “resilience thinking” can form the basis of an alternative approach to planning. Drawing upon case studies from five cities in Europe, namely Lisbon, Porto, Istanbul, Stockholm, and Rotterdam, the book makes an exploration of the resilience perspective, raising a number of theoretical debates, and suggesting a new methodological approach based on empirical evidence. This book provides insights for intellectuals exploring alternative perspectives and principles of a new planning approach.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction: Resilience Thinking in Urban Planning: Ayda Eraydin and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Chapter 2: “Resilience Thinking” for Planning: Ayda Eraydin -- Chapter 3: Conceptual Overview of Resilience: History and Context: Tuna Taşan-Kok, Dominic Stead and Peiwen Lu -- Chapter 4: Urban Resilience and Spatial Dynamics: Sara Santos Cruz,  João Pedro Costa, Silvia Ávila de Sousa and Paulo Pinho -- Chaper 5: Analysing the Socio-spatial Vulnerability to Drivers of Globalisation in Lisbon, Oporto, Istanbul, Stockholm and Rotterdam: Tuna Taşan-Kok and Dominic Stead -- Chapter 6: Systems, Cultures, Styles: Spatial Planning in Portugal, Turkey, Sweden and the Netherlands: Sofia Morgado and Luís Dias -- Chapter 7: Managing Urban Change in Five European Urban Agglomerations: Key Policy Documents and Institutional Frameworks: Peter Schmitt -- Chapter 8: Evaluating Resilience in Planning: Paulo Pinho, Vítor Oliveira and Ana Martins -- Chapter 9: Assessing Urban Resilience in the Metropolitan Area of Lisbon: the Case of Alcântara: Luís Dias, Sofia Morgado and João Pedro Costa -- Chapter 10: Evaluating Urban Policies from a Resilient Perspective: The Case of Oporto: Vítor Oliveira, Ana Martins and Sara Santos Cruz -- Chapter 11: The Evaluation of Different Processes of Spatial Development from a Resilience Perspective in Istanbul: Ayda Eraydin, Ali Türel and Deniz Altay Kaya -- Chapter 12: Urban Resilience and Polycentricity - the Case of the Stockholm Urban Agglomeration: Peter Schmitt, Lisbeth Greve Harbo, Asli Tepecik Diş and Anu Henriksson -- Chapter 13: Urban Resilience, Climate Change and Land-Use Planning in Rotterdam: Dominic  Stead and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Chapter 14: The Evaluation of Findings and Future of Resilience Thinking in Planning: Ayda Eraydin and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Index..
    Note: Includes index , Introduction: Resilience Thinking in Urban Planning , "Resilience Thinking" for Planning , Conceptual Overview of Resilience: History and Context , Urban Resilience and Spatial Dynamics , Analysing the Socio-Spatial Vulnerability to Drivers of Globalisation in Lisbon, Oporto, Istanbul, Stockholm and Rotterdam , Systems, Cultures and Styles: Spatial Planning in Portugal, Turkey, Sweden and the Netherlands , Managing Urban Change in Five European Urban Agglomerations: Key Policy Documents and Institutional Frameworks , Evaluating Resilience in Planning , Assessing Urban Resilience in the Metropolitan Area of Lisbon: The Case of Alcântara , Evaluating Urban Policies from a Resilience Perspective: The Case of Oporto , The Evaluation of Different Processes of Spatial Development from a Resilience Perspective in Istanbul , Urban Resilience and Polycentricity: The Case of the Stockholm Urban Agglomeration , Urban Resilience, Climate Change and Land-Use Planning in Rotterdam , The Evaluation of Findings and Future of Resilience Thinking in Planning
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 165
    ISBN: 9789400760134
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 151 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Theory and Decision Library A:, Rational Choice in Practical Philosophy and Philosophy of Science 45
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer simulation ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer simulation ; Consciousness
    Abstract: As is well known, cognition is not only a self-organising process. It is also a co-operative and coupled process. If we consider the external environment as a complex, multiple and stratified Source which interacts with the nervous system, we can easily realise that the cognitive activities devoted to the "intelligent" search for the depth information living in the Source, may determine the very change of the complexity conditions according to which the Source progressively expresses its "wild" action. In this sense, simulation models are not neutral or purely speculative: the true cognition actually appears to be necessarily connected with successful forms of reading, those forms, in particular, that permit a specific coherent unfolding of the deep information content of the Source. Therefore, the simulation models, if valid, materialise as "creative" channels, i.e., as autonomous functional systems, as the very roots of a new possible development of the entire system represented by mind and its Reality
    Abstract: As is well known, cognition is not only a self-organising process. It is also a co-operative and coupled process. If we consider the external environment as a complex, multiple and stratified Source which interacts with the nervous system, we can easily realise that the cognitive activities devoted to the "intelligent" search for the depth information living in the Source, may determine the very change of the complexity conditions according to which the Source progressively expresses its "wild" action. In this sense, simulation models are not neutral or purely speculative: the true cognition actually appears to be necessarily connected with successful forms of reading, those forms, in particular, that permit a specific coherent unfolding of the deep information content of the Source. Therefore, the simulation models, if valid, materialise as "creative" channels, i.e., as autonomous functional systems, as the very roots of a new possible development of the entire system represented by mind and its Reality
    Description / Table of Contents: Epistemic Complexity and Knowledge Construction; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Complexity, Self-Organization and Natural Evolution; 1.1 Entropy and the "Intermediate State"; 1.2 Algorithmic Complexity and Self-Referentiality; 1.3 Cellular Automata and Self-Organization; Notes; Chapter 2: Embodiment Processes and Biological Computing; 2.1 The Game of Life and the Alternative Splicing; 2.2 The Interface Between Ruler and Coder; 2.3 The Recipe at Work: The Role of the Simulation Tools at the Evolutionary Level; 2.4 Reflexive Domains vs. Self-Organizing Domains; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Randomness, Semantic Information and Limitation Procedures3.1 Logic and Probability: The Role of Constituents; 3.2 Semantic Information and Algorithmic Complexity; 3.3 Surface Information vs. Depth Information: The Biological Computer; 3.4 Non-standard Models and Limitation Procedures; Notes; Chapter 4: Natural Language and Boolean Semantics: the Genesis of the Cognitive Code; 4.1 Intensional Language and Natural Logic; 4.2 Logic and Ontology; 4.3 Meaning as Use and the Unfolding of Cognitive Activity; Notes; Chapter 5: Morphogenesis and the Emergence of Meaning
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Eigenforms, Categorial Intuitions and Rational Perception5.2 Meaning Clarification and the "Thinking I"; 5.3 Knowledge and Reality: The Role of Conceptual Constructions; Notes; Bibliography; Name Index; Subject Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 166
    ISBN: 9789400761100
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 270 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 107
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Coherence: insights from philosophy, jurisprudence and artificial intelligence
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Genetic epistemology ; Computers Law and legislation ; Law ; Law ; Genetic epistemology ; Computers Law and legislation ; Law ; Philosophy ; Sense of coherence ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kohärenz ; Rechtsphilosophie
    Abstract: This book is a thorough treatise concerned with coherence and its significance in legal reasoning. The individual chapters present the topic from the general philosophical perspective, the perspective of legal-theory as well as the viewpoint of cognitive sciences and the research on artificial intelligence and law. As it has turned out the interchange of knowledge among these disciplines is very fruitful for each of them, providing mutual inspiration and increasing understanding of a given topic. This book is a unique resource for anyone interested in the concept of coherence and the role it plays in reasoning. As this book captures important contemporary issues concerning the ongoing discussion on coherence and law, those interested in legal reasoning should find it particularly helpful. By presenting such a broad scope of views and methods on approaching the issue of coherence we hope to promote the general interest in the topic as well as the academic research that centers around coherence and law.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- About the Authors -- Table of Contents -- Three Kinds of Coherentism; Jaap Hage -- Coherence and Reliability in Judicial Reasoning; Stefan Schubert and Erik J. Olsson -- Coherence and Probability: A Probabilistic Account of Coherence; William Roche -- Coherence: An Outline in Six Metaphors and Four Rules; Juan Manuel Peréz Bermejo -- Legal Interpretation and Coherence; Bartosz Brożek -- Normative Inconsistency and Logical Theories. A First Critique of Defeasibilism; Giovanni Battista Ratti -- The Third Theory of Legal Objectivity; Aldo Schiavello -- Pattern Languages & Institutional Facts.Functions and Coherences in the Law; Kenneth Ehrenberg -- Consistency and Coherence in the “Hypertext” of Law. A Textological Approach; Wojciech Cyrul -- Case Classification, Similarities, Spaces of Reasons, and Coherences; Marcello Guarini -- Coherence as Constraint Satisfaction: Judicial Reasoning Support Mechanism; Jaromír Šavelka -- Limits of Constraint Satisfaction Theory of Coherence as a Theory of (Legal) Reasoning; Michał Araszkiewicz -- Ten Theses on Coherence in Law; Amalia Amaya.  Introduction -- About the Authors -- Table of Contents -- Three Kinds of Coherentism; Jaap Hage -- Coherence and Reliability in Judicial Reasoning; Stefan Schubert and Erik J. Olsson -- Coherence and Probability: A Probabilistic Account of Coherence; William Roche -- Coherence: An Outline in Six Metaphors and Four Rules; Juan Manuel Peréz Bermejo -- Legal Interpretation and Coherence; Bartosz Brożek -- Normative Inconsistency and Logical Theories. A First Critique of Defeasibilism; Giovanni Battista Ratti -- The Third Theory of Legal Objectivity; Aldo Schiavello -- Pattern Languages & Institutional Facts.Functions and Coherences in the Law; Kenneth Ehrenberg -- Consistency and Coherence in the “Hypertext” of Law. A Textological Approach; Wojciech Cyrul -- Case Classification, Similarities, Spaces of Reasons, and Coherences; Marcello Guarini -- Coherence as Constraint Satisfaction: Judicial Reasoning Support Mechanism; Jaromír Šavelka -- Limits of Constraint Satisfaction Theory of Coherence as a Theory of (Legal) Reasoning; Michał Araszkiewicz -- Ten Theses on Coherence in Law; Amalia Amaya.  .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 167
    ISBN: 9789400762473
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 221 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Research 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Educational research: the importance and effects of institutional spaces
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Pädagogik ; Forschung
    Abstract: This collection of fresh analyses aims to map the links between educational theory and research, and the geographical and physical spaces in which teaching is practiced and discussed. The authors combine historical and philosophical perspectives in examining the differing institutional loci of education research, and also assess the potential and the limitations of each. The contributors trace the effects of ‘space’ on educational practice in the classroom, in the broader institutions, and in the academic discipline of education-doing so for a range of international contexts. The chapters address various topics relating to the physical and geographical environment. How, for example, does geographical space shape researchers’ mental frameworks? How did the learning environments in which young children are taught today evolve? To what extent did parochialism shape America’s higher education system? How can our understanding of classroom practice be enhanced by concepts of space? The book acknowledges that texts themselves, as well as the research ‘arena’, are ‘spaces’ too, and notes the fascinating debate on the concept of space in the field of mathematics education. Indeed, as more and more students move online, the book analyses the rising importance of virtual spaces such as Web 2.0, which have major educational implications for researchers and students joining the innovative ‘virtual’ universities of the future.This publication, as well as the ones that are mentioned in the preliminary pages of this work, were realized by the Research Community (FWO Vlaanderen / Research Foundation Flanders, Belgium) Philosophy and History of the Discipline of Education: Faces and Spaces of Educational Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Earlier Volumes in this Series; Contents; Chapter 1: Exploring a Multitude of Spaces in Education and Educational Research; Notes; References; Chapter 2: American Democracy and Harold D. Lasswell: Institutional Spaces of 'Failure' and 'Success', Present and Past; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Institutional Failure; 2.3 Introducing Lasswell; 2.4 Democratic Character; 2.5 Innovation; 2.6 Assessment; 2.7 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 3: The Power of the Parochial in Shaping the American System of Higher Education; 3.1 Rapid Expansion and Dispersion of US Colleges in the Nineteenth Century
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Sources of Strength in a Humble Collection of Colleges3.3 Building New Capacity and Complexity into the System; 3.3.1 State Universities; 3.3.2 Land-Grant Colleges; 3.3.3 Normal Schools; 3.4 The System's Strengths in 1880; 3.4.1 Capacity in Place; 3.4.2 A Hardy Band of Survivors; 3.4.3 Consumer Sensitivity; 3.4.4 Adaptable Enterprises; 3.4.5 A Populist Role; 3.4.6 A Practical Role; 3.5 The Pieces Come Together with the Emergence of the Research University; 3.5.1 A Research Role; 3.5.2 Merging the Populist, the Practical, and the Elite in the American System; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Crossing the Atlantic to Gain Knowledge in the Field of Psycho-Pedagogy: The 1922 Mission of Ovide Decroly and R...4.1 Aspects of 'Macro'-space: Crossing the Atlantic to Gain Knowledge in the Field of Psycho-Pedagogy; 4.2 Aspects of 'Micro'-space: Travel Notes as the Basis for Writing Biographies About Educational Researchers; References; Archives; Literature; Chapter 5: The Emergence of Institutional Educational Spaces for Young Children: In Pursuit of More Controllability of Education and Developmentas Part of the Long-Term Growthof Educational Space in History; 5.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 Educational Space, Educational Ambitions and Education and Childhood in History5.3 Supervision, Controllability and the Optimal Development of the Young; 5.4 The Development of New Educational Spaces for the Education of Young Children; 5.4.1 A Shift in Educational Theories; 5.4.2 Shift in Educational Policy; 5.4.3 Shift in Educational Practices in a New Institutional Space for Young Children; 5.5 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 6: A Different Training, a Different Practice: Infant Care in Belgium in the Interwar Years in the City and in the Countryside
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.1 Introduction: The Development of Infant Care as an Educational Space6.2 The Training of Nurses as an Institutional Space of Educational Research; 6.3 Nursing as a Vocation: The Social Nurse Offering Social Education in the Countryside; 6.4 Nursing as a Profession: The Visiting Nurse Offering Medical Care in the City; 6.5 Conclusion: A Different Training, a Different Practice; Notes; References; Chapter 7: Disability, Rehabilitation and the Great War: Making Space for Silence in the History of Education; 7.1 Spaces, Silence and Educational Research
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 Retracing Silence in the History of Rehabilitation, 1914-1918
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Exploring a multitude of spaces in education and educational research -- 2. American democracy and Harold D. Lasswell: Institutional spaces of ‘failure’ and ‘success’, present and past -- 3. The power of the parochial in shaping the American system of Higher Education -- 4. Crossing the Atlantic to gain knowledge in the field of psycho-pedagogy: The 1922 mission of Ovide Decroly and Raymond Buyse to the USA and the travel diary of the latter -- 5. The emergence of institutional educational spaces for young children: In pursuit of more controllability of education and development as part of the long-term growth of educational space in history -- 6. A different training, a different practice. Infant care in Belgium in the interwar years in the city and in the countryside -- 7. Disability, rehabilitation & the Great War: Making space for silence in the History of Education -- 8. Interpretation: The space of text -- 9. Exploring educational research as a multi-layered discursive space -- 10. The spaces of mathematics: Dynamic encounters between local and universal -- 11. The classroom space: A problem or a mystery?- 12. Spaces and places in the virtual university -- 13. Material contexts and creation of meaning in virtual places: Web 2.0 as a space of educational research. 14. From entrepreneurialism to innovation: Research, critique, and the Innovation Union -- 15. About the Authors -- Index. ​.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 168
    ISBN: 9789400762268
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 228 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 19
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Moos, Lejf Transnational influences on values and practices in Nordic educational leadership
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: This book explores to what extent transnational influences change national/local values and practices in the Nordic educational systems. It provides country cases and thematic chapters that give nuanced insights into the influence of transnational agencies on national governance and discourses. It describes how national discourses and regulation influences school leadership values, culture and practice, in competition with traditional values. The transnational and global discourse on educational leadership is mostly formed according to Anglo-American thinking and tradition. Pivotal foundations of this discourse are strong hierarchical societies/class societies with liberal democracies, and clearly streamed education systems. The Nordic discourse, however, builds on a more equal society and flat hierarchies with participatory democracy, and on comprehensive schooling with strong local community roots. Leadership thinking and practices are formed by the culture and context they are part of: they are primarily shaped by the national/local values, traditions and practices, and only partially shaped by politics, discourses and literature. Due to the fact that a great deal of the literature that is being used in the Nordic contexts is of Anglo-American origin and many of the research projects have Anglo-American foundations, it is difficult to distinguish the sources for leadership thinking and practice. This book distinguishes the Nordic from the Anglo-American thinking and presents important findings and arguments for leadership practitioners inside as well as outside the Nordic countries.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Transnational Influences on Values and Practices in Nordic Educational Leadership; Foreword; John MacBeath: Questions of Culture and Context; Peter Mortimore: Nordic Leadership: Something Worth Keeping; References; Jim Spillane: School Leadership Research Context and the Context of School Leadership; Philip A. Woods: Nordic Culture as a Resource for Adaptive Response; References; Acknowledgements; Content; Contributors; Chapter 1: Prelude : Tuning the Instrument; 1.1 New Discourses Meet Established Structures and Social Capital; 1.2 Global Influences; 1.3 Supra- and Transnational Agencies
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4 Different Societies, Diverse Discourses and Practices1.4.1 Social Differences; 1.4.2 Educational Legacy; 1.5 The Network and the Book; References; Part I: Country Cases; Chapter 2: Denmark: New Links Between Education and Economics; 2.1 Contemporary Governance and Leadership; 2.1.1 From Welfare States to Competitive States; 2.1.2 Changes of Educational Aims; 2.2 Differences Within the Educational System; 2.3 Dominant Discourses, Politics and Practice; 2.3.1 Social Contracts at Multiple Levels; 2.3.2 An Example of a Self-Government Contract; 2.3.3 Influence from a Leadership Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Facts and FiguresReferences; Chapter 3: Educational Leadership in Finland or Building a Nation with Bildung; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Administration and Leadership of Schools and Education; 3.2.1 A Three-Level Model of School Administration; 3.2.2 Building the Nation with Bildung : Grand Duchy of Finland (1809-1917); 3.2.3 The Independent Nation-State (1917-1945); 3.2.4 The Social Democratic Welfare State (1945-1990); 3.2.5 An Analytical Model for Educational Leadership Policy Changes; 3.3 The Social-Liberal Market State (1990-2008); 3.3.1 Implications for Leadership; 3.4 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Transnational Influence and Educational Policy in Iceland; 4.1 Context; 4.2 Issues: Basic Schools; 4.2.1 Accountability: Tests; 4.2.2 Accountability: Evaluation; 4.3 Open Access and School Choice; 4.4 Inclusion: Students with Special Needs; 4.4.1 Inclusion: Immigrant Students; 4.4.2 Consolidation and the Size of Schools; 4.5 Role of Basic School Headmasters: Prospective Changes; 4.6 Concluding Remarks; 4.7 Facts and Figures; References; Chapter 5: Norway: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; 5.1 The History of the Norwegian Education System
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1.1 A Short Description of the Education System Today5.1.2 Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; 5.2 The Framing of School Leadership; 5.3 The Use of Evaluation and Performance Data as Improvement Strategy; 5.3.1 Aligning Input Governing to Output Measures?; 5.4 Future Trends; Appendix; References; Chapter 6: Sweden: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Implementation Strategies; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Municipalities and Independent Schools; 6.2.1 The Municipalities; 6.2.2 The Independent Schools; 6.3 How the State Steers Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 Cross-Pressures and Challenges for Educational Leadership
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- Forewords by John MacBeath, Peter Mortimore, Jim Spillane and Philip Woods -- 1. Prelude - Tuning the Instrument; Lejf Moos -- Part 1. Country Cases. 2. Denmark: New Links between Education and Economics; Lejf Moos, Klaus Kasper Kofod, Katrin Hjort & Peter Henrik Raae -- 3. Educational Leadership in Finland - or Building a Nation with Bildung; Michael Uljens and Cilla Nyman -- 4. Transnational Influence and Educational Policy in Iceland; Börkur Hansen -- 5. Norway: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; Jorunn Møller and Guri Skedsmo -- 6. Sweden: Centralization and Decentralization as Implementation Strategies; Mikael Holmgren, Olof Johansson & Elisabet Nihlfors -- Part 2. Thematic Chapters -- 7. Independent Schools in Different Nordic Contexts - Implications for School Leadership?; Pia Skott and Klaus Kasper Kofod -- 8. Leadership for Democracy; Lejf Moos, Börkur Hansen, Göran Bjørk & Olof Johansson -- 9. The Professionalization of Nordic School Leadership; Michael Uljens, Jorunn Møller, Helene Ärlestig & Lars Frode Frederiksen -- 10. Successful Nordic School Leadership; Lejf Moos, Olof Johansson & Guri Skedsmo -- 11. Local Decisions under Central Watch - A New Nordic Quality Assurance System; Olof Johansson, Elisabet Nihlfors,  Mikael Holmgren, Lejf Moos, Guri Skedsmo, Jan Merok Paulsen & Mika Risku -- 12. The Nordic Superintendents´ Leadership Roles: Cross National Comparison; Elisabet Nihlfors, Olof Johansson, Lejf Moos, Jan Merok Paulsen & Mika Risku -- 13. Postlude - Wrap up of the Argument; Lejf Moos -- Author Biographies.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 169
    ISBN: 9789400724457
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 377 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Vitalism and the scientific image in Post-Enlightenment life science, 1800-2010
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Biological models ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Biological models ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Vitalismus ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Geschichte 1800-2010
    Abstract: Vitalism is understood as impacting the history of the life sciences, medicine and philosophy, representing an epistemological challenge to the dominance of mechanism over the last 200 years, and partly revived with organicism in early theoretical biology. The contributions in this volume portray the history of vitalism from the end of the Enlightenment to the modern day, suggesting some reassessment of what it means both historically and conceptually. As such it includes a wide range of material, employing both historical and philosophical methodologies, and it is divided fairly evenly between 19th and 20th century historical treatments and more contemporary analysis. This volume presents a significant contribution to the current literature in the history and philosophy of science and the history of medicine
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Chapter 1: V italism and the Scientific Image: An Introduction; 1 Vitalism: Origin, History, and Transformation; 2 Final Thoughts; References; Part I: Revisiting Vitalist Themes in Nineteenth-Century Science; Chapter 2: Jean-Baptiste Lamarck and the Place of Irritability in the History of Life and Death; 1 The History of Life and Death; 2 A "Flood of Light": The Notion of Intussusception in Lamarck's Account of Organic Change; 3 Irritability in Lamarck's Theory of the Animal Being; 4 The Interplay of Life and Nature in Lamarck's Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Irritability and Evolution in Lamarck's System of NatureReferences; Chapter 3: Rethinking Organic Vitality in Germany at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century; 1 Introduction; 2 Vital Principles and a Science of Life; 3 Investigating the Material Conditions of Organic Vitality; 4 New Conceptions of Organic Vitality; References; Chapter 4: The "Novel of Medicine"; 1 The Physiological Obsession; 2 The Life of the Social Body; 3 The Body of Thought; 4 The Style of Physiology; 5 Romances of Physiology; References; Chapter 5: Life and the Mind in Nineteenth-Century Britain; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Phrenology: George Combe Versus William Hamilton3 Reflex Action: Marshall Hall Versus the World; 4 Cerebral Reflex Function: Thomas Laycock Versus "Vindex"; 5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Twentieth-Century Debates on Vitalism in Science and Philosophy; Chapter 6: Vitalism Versus Emergent Materialism; 1 Introduction; 2 Amnesia Versus Evolution; 3 Emergentism Cures Vitalism; 4 Hans Driesch's Vitalism; 5 Teleology and Mechanism; 6 How Does Entelechy Work?; 7 Some Responses to Driesch's Vitalism; 8 The Emergentists; 9 J. Arthur Thomson on the Autonomy of Biology
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Arthur Lovejoy on the Disunity of Science11 Jennings on Downward Causation; 12 Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Life as an Emergent Phenomenon: From an Alternative to Vitalism to an Alternative to Reductionism; 1 Introduction; 2 Life as an Emergent Phenomenon: A Nineteenth-Century Legacy; 3 Emergence as an Alternative to Vitalism and Mechanism; 4 Scientific Setbacks to Emergence; 5 Philosophical Setbacks to Emergence; 6 The Special Sciences and the Criticism of Logical Empiricism Regarding the Rescue of "Emergence"
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Unexpected Support from the Physical Sciences: Complex-Systems Studies and Artificial Life8 The Re-emergence of Emergence in the Life Sciences; 9 Emergence, Life and the Origin of Life; 10 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Wilhelm Reich: Vitalism and Its Discontents; 1 Reich and the History of Vitalism; 2 Orgone Energy: A "Vital Force"?; 3 Reich, Revolution and Politics; 4 Reich, the Counter-Culture and the Popular Consciousness; 5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 9: Vitalism and Teleology in Kurt Goldstein's Organismic Approach; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Goldstein's Organicism at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 170
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745636
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 379 p. 46 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Science education for diversity
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Religion and education ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Religion and education ; Pädagogische Soziologie
    Abstract: Reflecting the very latest theory on diversity issues in science education, including new dialogic approaches, this volume explores the subject from a range of perspectives and draws on studies from around the world. The work discusses fundamental topics such as how we conceptualize diversity as well as examining the ways in which heterogeneous cultural constructs influence the teaching and learning of science in a range of contexts. Including numerous strategies ready for adoption by interested teachers, the book addresses the varied cultural factors that influence engagement with science education. It seeks answers to the question of why increasing numbers of students fail to connect with science education in schools and looks at the more subtle impact that students’ individually constructed identities have on the teaching and learning of science. Recognizing the diversity of its audience, the book covers differing levels and science subjects, and examines material from a range of viewpoints that include pedagogy, curricula, teacher education, learning, gender, religion, and ICT, as well as those of in-service and trainee teachers at all levels
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Why Science Education for Diversity?; Introduction; What Do We Mean by Diversity?; Social and Historical Context; Cultural Diversity and Science Education; Sociocultural and Dialogic Perspectives; Tensions and Dilemmas; Argument and Structure of This Book; References; Part I: Science Education Reform for Diversity; Dialogic Science Education for Diversity; Introduction: The Science Education for Diversity Project; What Is Science?; Monologic, Dialogic and Diversity; How Do We Conceptualise Diversity?; Developing a Framework for Science Education for Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: How Do We Make Science Education More Relevant?Will Inquiry-Based Science Education (IBSE) Help?; Explicitly Dialogic Pedagogy; Connecting to Real Science; Mastery Learning Combined with Dialogic Science Pedagogy; Teaching the Nature of Science; Teaching Thinking in Science and Through Science; The Role of ICT; The Need for Guided Collaborative Critical Reflection on Action; Summary and Conclusion; References; Expanding Notions of Scientific Literacy: A Reconceptualization of Aims of Science Education in the Knowledge Society
    Description / Table of Contents: The "Two Cultures" and the Need for a Broader Notion of Scientific LiteracyScientific Literacy Reconceptualized; Science Engagement Curriculum Policy Images; Science and the Public: An Online Graduate Program; The Inconvenient Truth: A Documentary on Global Warming; Oceanside Community Science Project (Roth and Lee 2004; Roth and Calabrese 2004); Conclusions; References; Activity, Subjectification, and Personality: Science Education from a Diversity-of-Life Perspective; Cultural-Historical Activity Theory; Activity and Actions; Subjectification; Personality; On the Way to Become a Doctor
    Description / Table of Contents: Early Activities and RelationsHigh School Science; Science Internship; College Science; Resident Care Assistant; Coda; References; Reflexivity and Diversity in Science Education Research in Europe: Towards Cultural Perspectives; Introduction; Cultural Studies and Issues of Diversity in Science Education; The State of the Art of Cultural Studies of Science Education in Europe; Reflexivity: Theoretical Barriers and Horizons; Towards Cultural Studies as a Unifying Research Paradigm; References; Part II: From Learning to Pedagogy; Science Education for Diversity and Informal Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: Importance of Informal Environments for Learning ScienceKey Features of Science Learning in Informal Environments; Activation of Prior Knowledge; Acknowledging and Valuing Multiple Perspectives; Sociocultural Frameworks for Informal Science Learning; Sociocultural Approach with Individual Science Learning Goals: Social Constructivism; Sociocultural Approach with Community Learning Goals: Collective Praxis; The Practice of Informal Science Education for Diversity; Examples of the Impact of Exhibit Design on Collaborative Talk; Involving Diverse Groups in Development of Programs and Exhibits
    Description / Table of Contents: Step 1
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Why science education for diversity? Nasser Mansour and Rupert Wegerif -- Part 1. Science education reform for diversity -- Chapter 1: Dialogic Science Education for Diversity, Rupert Wegerif, Keith Postlethwaite, Nigel Skinner, Nasser Mansour, Alun Morgan, Lindsay Hetherington -- Chapter2: Expanding Notions of Scientific Literacy: A Re-conceptualization of Aims of Science Education in the Knowledge Society, Xiufeng Liu -- Chapter3: Activity, Subjectification, and Personality: Science Education from a Diversity-of-Life Perspective, Wolff-Michael Roth, University of Victoria -- Chapter 4: Reflexivity and diversity in research on science education: A European account, Michiel van Eijck -- Part 2, from learning to pedagogy -- Chapter 5: Science education for diversity and informal learning, Loran E. Parker and Gerald H. Krockover -- Chapter 6: Diverse, disengaged and reactive: A teacher’s adaptation of ethical dilemma story pedagogy as a strategy to re-engage learners in education for sustainability,  Elisabeth Taylor, Peter Charles Taylor and MeiLing Chow -- Chapter 7: Tracing science in the early childhood classroom: the historicity of multi-resourced discourse practices in multilingual interaction, Charles Max, Gudrun Ziegler and Martin Kracheel -- Chapter 8: Conceptual frameworks, metaphysical commitments and worldviews: the challenge of reflecting the relationships between science and religion in science education, Keith S. Taber -- Chapter 9: Science Curriculum Reform on “Scientific Literacy for All” across National Contexts: Case Studies of Curricula from England and Hong Kong, Sibel Erduran and Siu Ling Wong -- Part 3 science teacher Education and diversity -- Chapter 10: Science teachers' cultural beliefs and diversities: A sociocultural perspective to science education, Nasser Mansour -- Chapter 11: Envisioning Science Teacher Preparation for Diversity in 21st Century Classrooms: Some Tensions, Norm Thomson, Deborah J. Tippins -- Chapter12: Expanded agency in multilingual science teacher training classrooms, Silvia Lizette Ramos De Robles & Mariona Espinet -- Part 4  Cultural issues in science Education -- Chapter 13: Re-conceptualizing a lifelong science education system that supports diversity: The role of free-choice learning, Lynn D. Dierking -- Chapter 14: Ignoring half the Sky: A feminist critique of science education’s knowledge society, Kathryn Scantlebury, Anita Hussénius, Kristina Andersson and Annica Gullberg -- Chapter 15: Religion in Science Education, Michael J. Reiss -- Chapter 16: Students’ perceptions of apparent contradictions between science and religion: Creation is only the beginning, Berry Billingsley -- Chapter 17: Gender and science in the Arab states: Current status and future prospects, Saouma BouJaoude & Ghada Gholam.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 171
    ISBN: 9789400763500
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 290 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Ingenieurstudium ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: Hoping to help transform engineering into a more socially just field of practice, this book offers various perspectives and strategies while highlighting key concepts and themes that help readers understand the complex relationship between engineering education and social justice. This volume tackles topics and scopes ranging from the role of Buddhism in socially just engineering to the blinding effects of ideologies in engineering to case studies on the implications of engineered systems for social justice. This book aims to serve as a framework for interventions or strategies to make social justice more visible in engineering education and enhance scholarship in the emerging field of Engineering and Social Justice (ESJ). This creates a ‘toolbox’ for engineering educators and students to make social justice a central theme in engineering education
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Part I: Introduction to Engineering Education and Engineering for Social Justice (ESJ); Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Who Is This Book For?; 1.2 Motivations for Putting This Book Together; 1.3 Historic Convergence of Circumstances; 1.3.1 Calls for Change; 1.3.2 An (In)Visible History; 1.4 Defining Social Justice; 1.5 How This Book Approaches ESJ: Autobiographical, Historical, Philosophical, Pedagogical, Practical and Beyond; References; Part II: Where Have We Been? Where Can We Go?; Chapter 2: Engineering, Social Justice, and Peace: Strategies for Educational and Professional Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction2.2 Background: A Short History of ESJP; 2.3 Methods and Scope; 2.4 Educational Reform Strategies; 2.4.1 Pedagogical Initiatives; 2.4.1.1 Liberal-Education Courses; 2.4.1.2 Technical Course Modules; 2.4.1.3 Critical Learning Thresholds; 2.4.1.4 Experiential Learning; 2.4.1.5 Liberative Pedagogies; 2.4.2 Curricular Initiatives; 2.4.2.1 Structuring General Education Content; 2.4.2.2 Social and Technical Integration in Engineering Design; 2.4.3 Institutional Initiatives; 2.5 Professional Reform Strategies; 2.5.1 Networking; 2.5.2 Re-conceptualizing "Engineering"; 2.6 Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 3: Power. Systems. Engineering. Traveling Lines of Resistance in Academic Institutions; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Thermo as Usual; 3.2.1 Thermo and Gnosticism: A Tale of Two Esoteric Subjects; 3.2.2 Learning to Stay and Fight: Lessons from Social Justice; 3.3 Transformative Processes; 3.3.1 First Attempts; 3.3.2 Teaching About Power; 3.3.3 Epistemology: Teaching Material and Its Critique; 3.3.4 Book Project; 3.4 Institutional Obstacles; 3.4.1 Obstacles; 3.4.2 Students and Faculty; 3.5 How I Got Away with It (So Far); 3.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part III: Conceptual Contributions to ESJChapter 4: The (Mis)Framing of Social Justice: Why Ideologies of Depoliticization and Meritocracy Hinder Engineers' Ability to Think About Social Injustices; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Cultural Ideologies in Engineering; 4.3 Depoliticization of Engineering; 4.4 The Ideology of Meritocracy; 4.5 Misframing Social Justice Issues; 4.5.1 Non-dominant and Dominant Groups Adopt These Ideologies; 4.6 The Insufficiency of One Lecture or One Essay: The Task of Reframing; 4.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: What Can Buddhism Offer to a Socially Just Engineering Education?5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Practice of the Six Virtues of the Bodhisattva Path; 5.2.1 Generosity; 5.2.2 Ethics; 5.2.3 Patience; 5.2.4 Perseverance; 5.2.5 Mindfulness; 5.2.6 Wisdom; 5.3 The Practice of the Six Virtues and Leadership Theory; 5.4 Three-Level Model of Leadership Based on Buddhism 12; 5.4.1 First Level: Actions to Benefit Oneself; 5.4.2 Second Level: Actions to Benefit Others; 5.4.3 Third Level: Interrelated Benefits; 5.5 Implementing the Framework in a Pre-college Engineering Case Scenario
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.1 Description of the Scenario
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 172
    ISBN: 9789400766778
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 223 p. 105 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Methodos Series, Methodological Prospects in the Social Sciences 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.: Methods for Multilevel Analysis and Visualisation of Geographical Networks
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Computer vision ; Cartography ; Social sciences Methodology ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Anthropogeografie ; Daten ; Netzwerk
    Abstract: This leading-edge study focuses on the latest techniques in analysing and representing the complex, multi-layered data now available to geographers studying urban zones and their populations. The volume tracks the successful results of the SPANGEO Project, which was set up in 2005 to standardize, and share, the syncretic, multinational mapping techniques already developed by geographers and computer scientists. SPANGEO sought new and responsive ways of visualising urban geographical and social data that reflected the fine-grained detail of the inputs. It allowed for visual representation of the large and complex networks and flows which are such an integral feature of the dynamism of urban geography. SPANGEO developed through the ‘visual analytics loop’ in which geographers collaborated with computer scientists by feeding data into the design of visualisations that in turn spawned the urge to incorporate more varied data into the visualisation. This volume covers all the relevant aspects, from conceptual principles to the tools of network analysis and the actual results flowing from their deployment. Detailed case studies set out in this volume include spatial multi-level analyses of flows in airports and sea ports, as well as the fascinating scientific networks in European cities. The volume shows how the primary concern of geography-the interaction of society with physical space-has been revivified by the complexities of new cartographical and statistical methodologies, which allow for highly detailed mapping and far more powerful computer analysis of spatial relationships
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 173
    ISBN: 9789400751927
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 226 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 105
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Leibniz: logico-philosophical puzzles in the law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy of law ; Quelle ; Kommentar ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 Specimen certitudinis seu demonstrationum in iure exhibitum in doctrina conditionum ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Logik ; Rechtsfall
    Abstract: This volume presents two Leibnizian writings, the Specimen of Philosophical Questions Collected from the Law and the Dissertation on Perplexing Cases. These works, originally published in 1664 and 1666, constitute, respectively, Leibniz’s thesis for the title of Master of Philosophy and his doctoral dissertation in law. Besides providing evidence of the earliest development of Leibniz’s thought and amazing anticipations of his mature views, they present a genuine intellectual interest, for the freshness and originality of Leibniz’s reflections on a striking variety of logico-philosophical puzzles drawn from the law. The Specimen addresses puzzling issues resulting from apparent conflicts between law and philosophy (the latter broadly understood as comprising also mathematics, as well as empirical sciences). The Dissertation addresses cases whose solution is puzzling because of the convoluted logical form of legal dispositions and contractual clauses, or because of conflicting priorities between concurring parties. In each case, Leibniz dissects the problems with the greatest ingenuity, disentangling their different aspects, and proposing solutions always reasonable and sometimes surprising. And he does not refrain from peppering his intellectual acrobatics with some humorous comments. bbbbbb
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 174
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762503
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 296 p. 58 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Yearbook of corpus linguistics and pragmatics ... 1
    Series Statement: Yearbook of corpus linguistics and pragmatics ...
    RVK:
    Keywords: Information systems ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Information systems ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Applied linguistics ; Information systems ; Language and languages ; Linguistics ; Korpus ; Pragmatik
    Abstract: The Yearbook of Corpus Linguistics and Pragmatics 2013 discusses current methodological debates on the synergy of Corpus Linguistics and Pragmatics research. The volume presents insightful Pragmatic analyses of corpora in new technological domains and devotes some chapters to the pragmatic description of spoken corpora from various theoretical traditions. The Yearbook of Corpus Linguistics and Pragmatics series will give readers insight into how Pragmatics can be used to explain real corpus data, and, in addition, how corpora can explain Pragmatic intuitions, and from there, develop and refine theory. Corpus Linguistics can offer a meticulous methodology based on mathematics and statistics, while Pragmatics is characterized by its efforts to interpret intended meaning in real language. This yearbook offers a platform to scholars who combine both research methodologies to present rigorous and interdisciplinary findings about language in real use
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; New Domains and Methodologies in Corpus Linguistics and Pragmatics Research, an Introduction; References; Part I: Current Theoretical Issues in Pragmatics and Corpus Linguistics Research; Advancing the Research Agenda of Interlanguage Pragmatics: The Role of Learner Corpora; 1 Pragmatics in Second Language Acquisition Research: A Critical Assessment; 1.1 Interlanguage Pragmatics and Its Scope of Inquiry; 1.2 Modeling L2 Pragmatic Knowledge; 2 Going Beyond Speech Acts: The Role of Learner Corpora; 3 Case Studies; 3.1 Data and Methodology; 3.2 Emphatic Do; 3.3 Demonstrative Clefts
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 ConclusionReferences; Corpus Linguistics and Conversation Analysis at the Interface: Theoretical Perspectives, Practical Outcomes; 1 Introduction; 2 Corpus Linguistics: Epistemology and Ontology; 3 Conversation Analysis: Epistemology and Ontology; 4 A CLCA Methodology; 5 Discussion; 6 Conclusion; References; Small Corpora and Pragmatics; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Small Corpora in Corpus Linguistics; 2 The Use of Small Corpora in Pragmatic Research: A Selective Review; 3 A Case Study: 'We' in Small Corpora; 3.1 Frequency; 3.2 Family Discourse: Inclusive and Exclusive WE
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Workplace Discourse: The Indexical Ground of WE4 Summary and Conclusions; References; Part II: New Domains for Corpus Linguistics and Pragmatics; Multiword Structures in Different Materials, and with Different Goals and Methodologies; 1 Introduction; 2 Forerunners: Concordances, Collocational Frames and Collocation; 3 Three Methods Exploring MWSs in SLA; 3.1 The Phraseological Method; 3.2 The Lexical Bundle Method; 3.3 The Comprehensive Method; 4 Comparison Between the Phraseological, Lexical Bundles and Comprehensive Methods: Time-Economy and Quality; 4.1 Time-Economy and Quality
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Qualitative Aspects: The Phraseological Method4.3 Qualitative Aspects: The Lexical Bundle Method; 4.4 Qualitative Aspects: The Comprehensive Method; 4.5 Main Points of Comparison Between the Three Methods; 5 An Empirical Study: Two Methods Illustrated on the Basis of the Same Material; 5.1 Material; 5.2 Task; 5.3 The Comprehensive Method: Categories and Inclusion; 5.4 The Lexical Bundle Method: Length of Bundles; 6 Comparison of a Selection of Results from the Empirical Study; 6.1 Numbers of MWS and LB Types in the Four Sub-corpora; 6.2 The Most Frequent MWSs and LBs
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Types Captured by Both Methods6.4 Patterns Captured by One Method Only; 7 Conclusions; Appendices; Appendix A. Lexical Bundles - English; Appendix B. MWS - English; Appendix C. NSs and NNSs: Alphabetical Lists of Bundles; Example: A- Headed Bundles in the English Material; NS: Alphabetical List of A- Headed Bundles; NNS: Alphabetical List of A- Headed Bundles; Appendix D. Lexical Bundles - Spanish; Appendix E. MWSs - Spanish; References; Discourse Functions of Recurrent Multi-word Sequences in Online and Spoken Intercultural Communication; 1 Introduction; 2 What Are Multi-word Sequences?
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Multi-word Sequences and Functional Language Use
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 175
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400744295 , 1283532646 , 9781283532648
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 266 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transactional perspectives on occupation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Occupational Therapy ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Occupational Therapy ; Transactional Analysis ; Occupational Therapy methods ; Occupations ; Philosophy ; Beschäftigungstherapie
    Abstract: An occupation is, most simply put, any activity we participate in that engages (occupies) our attention, interests, and/or expectations, at any point throughout the life course. This book offers an emerging and innovative perspective on occupation, based in the work of American philosopher John Dewey and other pragmatists, that challenges accepted ideas. Each chapter presents a lively and multifaceted dialogue on transactional perspectives on occupation. Scholars from Europe, North America, and Australasia have written a diverse set of arguments and case studies about occupation, covering theoretical, methodological and applied issues relevant to the topic. In addition, contributors make connections with significant authors from various disciplines that make clearer the roles of occupation and occupational science across many cultures and contexts. The transactional perspectives articulated in this book both implicitly and explicitly suggest that occupations are forms of activity that create and re-create a multitude of our relationships with the world. Often taken for granted by some academic disciplines, occupation is a core element of human life. This book is a provocative and critical analysis of the focal concept for occupational therapy and science.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transactional Perspectives on Occupation; Contents; Chapter 1: Transactional Perspectives on Occupation: An Introduction and Rationale; 1.1 Introduction and Invitation; 1.2 Development of Transactional Perspectives on Occupation; 1.3 A Pluralistic Approach; 1.4 Structure and Content of the Book; 1.5 Our Hopes; References; Part I: Theoretical Extensions; Chapter 2: Dewey's Concepts of Embodiment, Growth, and Occupation: Extended Bases for a Transactional Perspective; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Embodiment; 2.2.1 Live Creatures; 2.2.2 Embodying the Social; 2.3 Growth; 2.4 Occupation
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 Dewey on Occupation2.4.2 Occupation, Embodiment, and Growth; 2.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Being Occupied in the Everyday; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Habitual; 3.3 The Relational; 3.3.1 Continuity of Time: Past-Present-Future; 3.3.2 Continuity of Relating: Being-with-Others; 3.4 The Precarious; 3.5 Occupational Practice as Listening; 3.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Resituating the Meaning of Occupation: A Transactional Perspective; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Meaning Explored; 4.2.1 Social Science Perspectives on Meaning; 4.2.2 Occupational Perspectives on Meaning
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.3 Philosophical Perspectives on Meaning: Heidegger and Dewey4.3 Perspectives on Meaning Uncovered by Research; 4.4 Implications for Occupational Therapy and Science; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Conceptual Insights for Expanding Thinking Regarding the Situated Nature of Occupation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Governmentality Studies: Shaping Occupational Possibilities; 5.2.1 Discourses; 5.2.2 Differential Shaping of Occupational Possibilities; 5.3 Bourdieu's Theory of Practice: Voicing the Unspoken; 5.3.1 Makane: A Case in Point; 5.4 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Exploring the Transactional Quality of Everyday Occupations Through Narrative-in-Action: Meaning-Making Among Women Living with Chronic Conditions6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Everyday Occupations as Transactions Within Local Cultures; 6.3 "Narrative-in-Action": Meaning Making Endeavors; 6.4 Everyday Transactions, Meaning Making in Everyday Occupations; 6.5 Everyday Transactions in Local Cultures; 6.6 Everyday Occupational Transactions Enacted and Embedded in Local Culture; References; Part II: Case Studies; Chapter 7: Navigating Cultural Spaces: A Transactional Perspective on Immigration
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1 Introduction7.2 Current Perspectives on Immigration and Settlement; 7.3 A Transactional Perspective on Immigration and Settlement; 7.3.1 Navigating Cultural Spaces: A Case Study; 7.4 Implications for Science and Society; 7.4.1 Occupational Science Research; 7.4.2 Societal Practice; 7.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: The Situated Nature of Disability; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Conceptualizing Disability: An Overview of Recent Controversies; 8.2.1 The International Classi fi cation of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF)
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.3 Research Projects: Support for the Transactional Perspective on Disability
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 176
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400749917
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 116 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Law
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Human physiology ; Philosophy of law ; Developmental psychology ; Law ; Law ; Human physiology ; Philosophy of law ; Developmental psychology
    Abstract: "This book is an introductory systematic framework in the complex and interdisciplinary sex/gender debate, focusing on philosophy of law. The volume analyses the different theories that have dealt with the gender category, highlighting the conceptual premises and the arguments of the most influential theories in the debate, which have had repercussions on the field of the ethical and juridical debate (with reference to intersexuality, transsexualism, transgender, homosexuality). The aim is to offer a sort of conceptual orientation in the complexity of the debate, in an effort to identify the various aspects and development processes of the theories, so as to highlight the conceptual elements of the theorisations to grasp the problem areas within them. It is therefore an overall synthetic and also explicative analysis, but not only explicative: the aim is to outline the arguments supporting the different theories and the counter-arguments too, for the purpose of proposing categories to weigh up the elements and to take one's own critical stance, with a methodological style that is neither descriptive nor prescriptive, but critical"--Publisher's website
    Abstract: This book is an introductory systematic framework in the complex and interdisciplinary sex/gender debate, focusing on philosophy of law.The volume analyses the different theories that have dealt with the gender category, highlighting the conceptual premises and the arguments of the most influential theories in the debate, which have had repercussions on the field of the ethical and juridical debate (with reference to intersexuality, transsexualism, transgender, homosexuality). The aim is to offer a sort of conceptual orientation in the complexity of the debate, in an effort to identify the var
    Description / Table of Contents: Gender in Philosophyand Law; Introduction; Contents; 1 From 'Sex' to 'Gender': Origins and Paths of Theorisation; Abstract; 1.1…Paths of Psychosexology and Psychoanalysis; 1.1.1 Money: The Plasticity of Gender; 1.1.2 Stoller: Core Gender Identity; 1.1.3 Freud's Contribution to the Theory of Gender Identity; 1.2…Sociological Paths; 1.2.1 Doing Gender; 1.2.2 Gender as a Social Construction; 1.2.3 Gender as a Cultural Construction; 1.3…Philosophical Paths of Feminism; 1.3.1 From Equality/Difference to the Question of Sex/Gender; 1.3.2 Women are Like Men: Oppression as a Matter of Gender
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 From the Conference of Cairo and Beijing3.1.2 The Yogyakarta Principles; 3.1.3 Other Documents; 3.2…Lines of European Regulations; 3.2.1 Provisions; 3.2.2 Sentences and Documents; 3.3…A Look at European Legislations; 4 Identity and Equality in Sexual Difference; Abstract; 4.1…Male or Female: The Reasons for Sexual Binarism; 4.1.1 A Person is Born Male or Female: The Non-malleability of Gender; 4.1.2 Sexual Identity as Constitutive of the Self; 4.1.3 The Sexes are Two: Neither Many Nor One Nor None; 4.1.4 One Becomes a Woman or Man, if She/He Already is
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.5 The Variability of the Gender Identity4.1.6 Transsexualism as the Search for Sex/Gender Harmony; 4.1.7 The Intersex Condition and Transgender as a Problem; 4.2…The Dialectic of the Sexes: The Reasons for Complementarity; 4.2.1 Sexual Difference in the Relationship; 4.2.2 Heterosexuality as Straight Orientation: The Generation; 4.2.3 The 'Rainbow Family' as a Problem; 4.3…Gender Between Equality and Non Discrimination; 4.3.1 The Ambiguities of Equality: Treating Equals Equally and the Unequal Unequally; 4.3.2 Women and Men: Equal and Different Before the Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.3 The LGBTI Claims: Equality as Equivalence4.3.4 The Claim of the Aggravating Circumstance for Offences of Homophobia and Transphobia as a Problem; 4.3.5 The Law Cannot and Must Not be Indifferent; Glossary; Selected Bibliography on 'Sex/gender' Debate;
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.3 Rethinking: the Second Sex Questions Nature and Culture1.3.4 The Sexual Revolution: Women Beyond Their Biological Destiny; 1.3.5 Lesbian Separatism; 2 From Gender to Queer; Abstract; 2.1…Gender Between Modern and Postmodern; 2.1.1 A Paradigm Shift in Gender; 2.1.2 The Multiplication of Differences: Intersections of Gender; 2.1.3 Un-Doing Gender: The Queer Category; 2.2…Post-gender and Post-queer; 2.2.1 J. Butler: Undoing Gender; 2.2.2 T. De Lauretis: Sui Generis; 2.2.3 D. Haraway: Cyborgs; 3 Gender: From Theory to Law; Abstract; 3.1…Lines of International Declarations and Provisions
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 177
    ISBN: 9789400746299 , 1283935899 , 9781283935890
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 160 p. 21 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The role of international large-scale assessments: perspectives from technology, economy, and educational research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Economic policy ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Economic policy ; Konferenzschrift ; Schulleistungsmessung ; Schulleistungsmessung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This volume offers contributions by thought leaders from a variety of disciplines and different perspectives, which are brought together in a final chapter. The contributions give insight in the role of large-scale international assessments as change agents. As national leaders recognize the growing importance of human capital and how it is distributed, policymakers, economists and decision makers in education have become increasingly interested in results from comparative international surveys. These assessments offer important information on the development of cognitive skills and the consequences of differences in the distribution of these skills. Researchers use the data to assess the role of human capital in predicting outcomes and to identify factors that may contribute to the development of more human capital. An invaluable resource for researchers in international comparative education, policy studies, economics, civics education, educational technology, and policy makers.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Table of Contents; Contributors; Chapter-1; On the Growing Importance of International Large-Scale Assessments; Large-Scale Assessments of Student Populations; Large-Scale Assessments of Adults; The Expanded Range of Large-Scale Assessments; Evidence-Based Policy Information; Perspectives on International Large-Scale Assessments; References; Chapter-2; International Large-Scale Assessments as Change Agents; Transparency as a Change Agent: A Think Model; The Policy Impact of PISA; Transmission; Conclusion; References; Chapter-3
    Description / Table of Contents: Technologies in Large-Scale Assessments: New Directions, Challenges, and OpportunitiesIntroduction; The Role of Technology in Assessment; Universal Design of Assessment; The Role of Technology in National Large-Scale Assessments; Israel; Instruction, Learning and Assessment via Computers; United States of America; The National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP); US State Assessments; Recent Developments in the United States; US Department of Education (DOE); The Role of Technology in International Large-Scale Assessments (ILSAs)
    Description / Table of Contents: Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)Program for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC); The International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA); International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS)-2013; Conclusion; Appendix; Advantages; Technological challenges; Significant methodological challenges include; References; The Role of International Assessments of Cognitive Skills in the Analysis of Growth and Development; Chapter-4; Introduction; International Testing; The Explosion of Studies
    Description / Table of Contents: Studies of the Determinants of AchievementThe Studies of Outcomes; Some Things to Be Addressed; Some Measurement Issues; Understanding Individual Economic Outcomes; Issues of Causation; Conclusions; References; The Utility and Need for Incorporating Noncognitive Skills Into Large-Scale Educational Assessments; Chapter-5; Introduction; The Test Score Image and Reality; Multiple Sources of Support for Noncognitive Measures; Employer Needs; Cognitive or Noncognitive Effects; Schools and Noncognitive Outcomes; Schooling and Labor Market Effects; Noncognitive Variables; The Five-Factor Model
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary and Implications for Educational AssessmentsNext Steps; References; The Contributions of International Large-Scale Studies in Civic Education and Engagement; Chapter-6; History of ILSAs and of IEA in Relation to Civic Education; International Studies in Civic Education and Engagement; Why and How the Civic Domain Is Important to ILSAs; IEA's Role in Civic Education; Studies of Civic Education as Opportunities to Study Multiple Aspects of Student Outcomes; Cognitive Diagnostic Models of Conceptual Knowledge and Skills; Examining Countries' Positions on Multiple Dimensions of Attitudes
    Description / Table of Contents: Person-Centered Approaches to Understanding Patterns of Civic Attitudes
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 178
    ISBN: 9789400740846 , 1282056964 , 9781282056961
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 269 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Child Maltreatment, Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. C. Henry Kempe
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Pediatrics ; Quality of Life ; Social work ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Pediatrics ; Quality of Life ; Social work ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bibliografie ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kempe, Charles Henry 1922-1984 ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kempe, Charles Henry 1922-1984
    Abstract: The book series, 'Child Maltreatment: Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy.' will consist of a state of the art handbook (to be revised every five years) and two to three volumes per year. The first volume in this series is a legacy to C. Henry Kempe. This is a timely publication because 2012 marks 50 years after the appearance of the foundational article by C. Henry Kempe and his colleagues, 'The Battered-Child Syndrome.' This volume capitalizes on this 50 year anniversary to stand back and assess the field from the perspective that Dr. Kempes early contributions and ideas are still being played out in practice and policy today. The volume will be released at the next ISPCAN meeting, also in 2012.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 179
    ISBN: 9789400744387
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 375 p. 31 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 26
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tanaka, Kōji, 1965 - Paraconsistency
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Computer science ; Artificial intelligence ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Computer science ; Artificial intelligence ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Parakonsistente Logik
    Abstract: A logic is called 'paraconsistent' if it rejects the rule called 'ex contradictione quodlibet', according to which any conclusion follows from inconsistent premises. While logicians have proposed many technically developed paraconsistent logical systems and contemporary philosophers like Graham Priest have advanced the view that some contradictions can be true, and advocated a paraconsistent logic to deal with them, until recent times these systems have been little understood by philosophers. This book presents a comprehensive overview on paraconsistent logical systems to change this situation. The book includes almost every major author currently working in the field. The papers are on the cutting edge of the literature some of which discuss current debates and others present important new ideas. The editors have avoided papers about technical details of paraconsistent logic, but instead concentrated upon works that discuss more "big picture" ideas. Different treatments of paradoxes takes centre stage in many of the papers, but also there are several papers on how to interpret paraconistent logic and some on how it can be applied to philosophy of mathematics, the philosophy of language, and metaphysics
    Abstract: A logic is called 'paraconsistent' if it rejects the rule called 'ex contradictione quodlibet', according to which any conclusion follows from inconsistent premises. While logicians have proposed many technically developed paraconsistent logical systems and contemporary philosophers like Graham Priest have advanced the view that some contradictions can be true, and advocated a paraconsistent logic to deal with them, until recent times these systems have been little understood by philosophers. This book presents a comprehensive overview on paraconsistent logical systems to change this situation. The book includes almost every major author currently working in the field. The papers are on the cutting edge of the literature some of which discuss current debates and others present important new ideas. The editors have avoided papers about technical details of paraconsistent logic, but instead concentrated upon works that discuss more 'big picture' ideas. Different treatments of paradoxes takes centre stage in many of the papers, but also there are several papers on how to interpret paraconistent logic and some on how it can be applied to philosophy of mathematics, the philosophy of language, and metaphysics.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Part 2. Applications ; An Approach to Human-Level Commonsense Reasoning , Paraconsistency: Introduction , Distribution in the Logic of Meaning Containment and in Quantum Mechanics , Wittgenstein on Incompleteness Makes Paraconsistent Sense , Pluralism and "Bad" Mathematical Theories: Challenging our Prejudices , Arithmetic Starred , Notes on Inconsistent Set Theory , Sorting out the Sorites , Are the Sorites and Liar Paradox of a Kind? , Vague Inclosures , Part 1. Logic ; Making Sense of Paraconsistent Logic: The Nature of Logic, Classical Logic and Paraconsistent Logic , On Discourses Addressed by Infidel Logicians , Information, Negation, and Paraconsistency , Noisy vs. Merely Equivocal Logics , Assertion, Denial and Non-classical Theories , New Arguments for Adaptive Logics as Unifying Frame for the Defeasible Handling of Inconsistency , Consequence as Preservation: Some Refinements , On Modal Logics Defining Jaśkowski's D2-Consequence , FDE: A Logic of Clutters , A Paraconsistent and Substructural Conditional Logic
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 180
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400749818
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 89 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Transgenic organisms ; Life sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Transgenic organisms ; Life sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Transhumanismus ; Gesellschaft
    Abstract: This book provides an introductory overview to the social debate over enhancement technologies with an overview of the transhumanists' call to bypass human nature and conservationists' argument in defense of it. The author present this controversy as it unfolds in the contest between transhumanists proponents and conservationists, who push back with an argument to conserve human nature and to ban enhancement technologies. This book provides an overview of the key contested points and present the debate in an orderly, constructive fashion. Readers are informed about the discussion over humanism, the tension between science and religion, and the interpretation of socio-technological revolutions; and are invited to make up their own mind about one of the most challenging topics concerning the social and ethical implications of technological advancements
    Abstract: This book provides an introductory overview to the social debate over enhancement technologies with an overview of the transhumanists' call to bypass human nature and conservationists' argument in defense of it. The author present this controversy as it unfolds in the contest between transhumanists proponents and conservationists, who push back with an argument to conserve human nature and to ban enhancement technologies. This book provides an overview of the key contested points and present the debate in an orderly, constructive fashion. Readers are informed about the discussion over humanism, the tension between science and religion, and the interpretation of socio-technological revolutions; and are invited to make up their own mind about one of the most challenging topics concerning the social and ethical implications of technological advancements.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transhumanism and Society; Preface; Contents; 1 Introduction to the Transhumanity Debate; Presenting the Transhumanity Debate; Transtechnologies and Society; Discourse of Concern and Discourse of Hope; Transhumanity and Modernity; Suspect Modernity; Modernity in the Balance; The ''New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment''; On Capitalism; Conclusion; 2 Transcend or Transgress?; Transcendence: Cosmic, Personal and Civitas; Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendence; Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Compromise between Versions; Transgression
    Description / Table of Contents: Critique of Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendenceCritique of Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Critique of Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Transcendence nor Transgression?; 3 Transformation of Body and Mind; Sec1; Radical Transformation; Mind over Body; Of Substrates and Cyborgs; Religious Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Soulsoul; Secular Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Self; Moderate Transformation; Moderate Transformation as Value Gained; Moderate Transformation as Value Lost; Defending Posthuman Dignity; Taboo or Tolerance; 4 Rhetoric of Risk; Sec1
    Description / Table of Contents: The Social Construction of RiskRisk and Social Movements; Risk NarrativesRisk Narrative; ''End Times'' Narrative; Market Exploitation Narrative; New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment Narrative; Risk CampaignsRisk Campaign; Trust; Oversight Based on the Precautionary Principle; Oversight Based on the Proactionary Principle; Assignment of Liability; Contested Objects; GNR Terrorism; Genetically Modified Food; Neuropharmaceuticals; Protecting the ''Risk Object Portfolio''; Conclusion; 5 Inevitability; ; Rhetoric of Inevitability; Transhumanity and Fatalismfatalism; Strong Claims of Inevitability
    Description / Table of Contents: EvolutionEvolutionHomo Cyberneticus; Technological Momentum; Conservationist Critique of Strong Claims; Religious Conservationist Counterargument; Secular Conservationist Counterargument; Moderate Claim: Social Conditions are Ripe; Relinquishment; 6 Closure; No Easy Resolution; Balancing Act with Inevitability Claims; Scenarios; About the Author; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 181
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747104
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 287 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Dialogues on human rights and legal pluralism
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Menschenrecht ; Rechtssystem ; Pluralismus ; Internationales Recht
    Abstract: Human rights have transformed the way in which we conceive the place of the individual within the community and in relation to the state in a vast array of disciplines, including law, philosophy, politics, sociology, geography. The published output on human rights over the last five decades has been enormous, but has remained tightly bound to a notion of human rights as dialectically linking the individual and the state. Because of human rights dogged focus on the state and its actions, they have very seldom attracted the attention of legal pluralists. Indeed, some may have viewed the two as simply incompatible or relating to wholly distinct phenomena. This collection of essays is the first to bring together authors with established track records in the fields of legal pluralism and human rights, to explore the ways in which these concepts can be mutually reinforcing, delegitimizing, or competing. The essays reveal that there is no facile conclusion to reach but that the question opens avenues which are likely to be mined for years to come by those interested in how human rights can affect the behaviour of individuals and institutions.
    Description / Table of Contents: Dialogues on Human Rights and Legal Pluralism; Acknowledgments; About the Contributors; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Human Rights Through Legal Pluralism; 1.1 Universality and Plurality: Foundational Claims; 1.2 Human Rights Values and Multiple Legal Orders: Connections and Contradictions; 1.3 Communities, Human Rights and Local Practices; 1.4 Conclusion; Part I: Universality and Plurality: Foundational Claims; Chapter 2: Pluralistic Human Rights? Universal Human Wrongs?; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Three (Un)Certain Critiques of Universal Human Rights
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.1 Instrumental and Symbolic Effects of Legal Regulation2.2.2 Critical Legal Pluralism; 2.2.3 Human Rights Critique in the Lens of Critical Legal Pluralism; 2.3 Legal Pluralism Theory and Universal Human Rights; 2.3.1 Conceptual Issues: Universal Human Rights and Western Neo-colonialism; 2.3.2 Methodological Issues: Universal Human Rights as Individualistic Negative Rights; 2.3.3 Operational Issues - Universal Human Rights and the Cultural Defence; 2.4 Conclusion; Chapter 3: E Pluribus Unum - Bhinneka Tunggal Ika? Universal Human Rights and the Fragmentation of International Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Introduction3.2 The Contested and Fractured Emergence of Human Rights; 3.2.1 The Universal Declaration of Human Rights; 3.2.2 Europe: A Binding and Continental Treaty; 3.2.3 The Americas: Universal and Particular 49; 3.2.4 Africa: "Assimilating Without Being Assimilated" 67; 3.3 Fragmentation and International Human Rights Law; 3.3.1 Proliferation of Institutions; 3.3.2 Regionalisation of Human Rights; 3.3.3 Human Rights as Self-Contained Regimes; 3.3.4 Hierarchies of Norms; 3.4 A Fragmented But Universal Human Rights Regime?; 3.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: International Human Rights and Global Legal Pluralism: A Research Agenda4.1 International Human Rights as Legal Pluralism; 4.1.1 The Foundations of International Human Rights' Pluralism; 4.1.1.1 International Human Rights, Value Pluralism and Normative Diversity; 4.1.1.2 International Human Rights and Its Embededness in Public International Law; 4.1.1.3 International Human Rights and Colonialism's Legacy; 4.1.2 Manifestations of Legal Pluralism; 4.1.2.1 International Human Rights and Regionalization; 4.1.2.2 International Human Rights and the Margin of Appreciation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.2.3 International Human Rights and Personal and Functional Diversi fi cation4.2 International Human Rights Through Legal Pluralism; 4.2.1 International Human Rights and New Actors; 4.2.1.1 Sub-state, Decentralized Entities; 4.2.1.2 "Intermediary Bodies", Private Actors and Social Movements; 4.2.1.3 The Private Sphere and Individuals; 4.2.2 New Modes of Norm-Production: Beyond "Bindingness"; 4.2.2.1 "Codes of Conduct"; 4.2.2.2 Professional Ethics; 4.2.2.3 Alternative Dispute Settlement, Mediation, Traditional Justice; 4.2.2.4 Resistance; 4.3 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Part II: Human Rights Values and Multiple Legal Orders: Connections and Contradictions
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (p. 269-274) and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 182
    ISBN: 9789400742734
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 342 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Schooling for Sustainable Development 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sustainable development ; Education ; Education ; Sustainable development ; Erziehung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Education for sustainable development (ESD) presents an intriguing challenge in developed countries. The very notion of sustainable development may appear to be at cross-purposes with the social and political aims of large industrial economies. Yet, arguably, the residents of wealthy countries may be most in need of new ways of thinking and behaving on an increasingly more fragile and crowded planet. This book presents a collection of essays that capture the depth and diversity of education for sustainable development (ESD) work in formal education in Canada and the United States. Many of the authors are pioneers in the field of ESD, not only in their own countries but internationally. In this book, they share their expertise, lessons learned, and insights into the ongoing success of their work. The essays reflect leading edge practice, innovation, and depth of experience and provide clear models and strategies for expanding the application and influence of ESD in wealthy countries. The ESD programs described in the book are relevant and culturally appropriate for the specific locally contexts in which they are found but also in the larger context of ESD writ large as a planetary endeavour.
    Description / Table of Contents: Schooling for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States; Series Editors' Introduction; Acknowledgements; Contents; Biographies of Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I: Schooling for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States-An Overview; Chapter 1: Education for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States; Formal Education in the New Millennium; Purpose and Structure of This Book; Schooling and Sustainable Development; Schooling; Sustainable Development; What Is ESD?; United Nations Decade of ESD; Four Thrusts of ESD
    Description / Table of Contents: Improving Access and Retention in Quality Basic EducationReorienting Existing Educational Programs to Address Sustainability; Increasing Public Understanding and Awareness of Sustainability; Providing Training to All Sectors of the Workforce; Four Thrusts and Formal/Non-Formal Education; ESD and Student Engagement; Purpose of Education; Chapters and Interrelationships Between Chapters; The Author's Voice; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 2: Education for Sustainable Development in Formal Education in Canada; The Canadian Context; Responsibility for Education; Regional Differences
    Description / Table of Contents: Elementary and Secondary EducationLocal Governance; Contemporary Challenges; ESD in Canada: A Historical Perspective; Early Challenges in Implementing Agenda 21 in Canada; Box 2.1 Reflections on the Beginnings of ESD; ESD and Formal Education Before the UNDESD; ESD and Formal Education After the Beginning of the UNDESD; Canadian Commission for UNESCO; Ministries of Education; Revisiting the Scope and Mandate of ESD; Higher Education; K-12 Changes in ESD; Measuring Educational Success and Striving for Equity; An Uncertain Future; Courage to Question; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Education for Sustainability in the K-12 Educational System of the United StatesIntroduction; The Changing System; The National Policy Landscape; The State Policy Landscape; The Role of Nongovernmental Organizations; Changing Practices; Curriculum; Pedagogy; School-Level Projects; Challenges and Questions for the Future; References; Part II: Teacher Education; Chapter 4: Teacher Education and ESD in the United States: The Vision, Challenges, and Implementation; The Context of Teacher Education in the United States; Teacher Education and Public School Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: Impacts of the Economic RecessionChallenge or Opportunity?; Reorienting Teacher Education to Address Sustainable Development; Focus on Improving Outcomes for All Students; Embed ESD in the Process of Learning to Be a Teacher; Use Existing Structures and Processes; Certificate Programs; Sustainability Concentration; State Endorsement and Certification Requirements; Certification; Specialty Area Endorsement; Accreditation of TEIs; Provide Professional Development for Faculty and Administrators; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Preservice Teaching and Pedagogies of Transformation
    Description / Table of Contents: An Apprenticeship of Observation
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 183
    ISBN: 9789400744646
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 156 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Frápolli, María José, 1960 - The nature of truth
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Semantics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Pragmatism ; Semantics ; Truth ; Wahrheit ; Wahrheit
    Abstract: The book offers a characterization of the meaning and role of the notion of truth in natural languages and an explanation of why, in spite of the big amount of proposals about truth, this task has proved to be resistant to the different analyses. The general thesis of the book is that defining truth is perfectly possible and that the average educated philosopher of language has the tools to do it. The book offers an updated treatment of the meaning of truth ascriptions from taking into account the latest views in philosophy of language and linguistics.
    Abstract: The wealth of proposals about truth and its meaning in natural languages everywhere should open it to analysis and definition, but this book makes the startlingly rare assertion that we can define truth using the latest methods in linguistics and philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: The Nature of Truth; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Some Preliminary Issues; 1.1 The General Purpose; 1.2 Some Features of the Proposal; 1.3 Required Philosophical Assumptions; 1.4 The Content of a Theory of Truth; 1.5 The Pragmatist Ingredient; 1.6 The Structure of the Book; Chapter 2: Syntax: Playing with Building Blocks; 2.1 Does Syntax Matter?; 2.2 The Truth Predicate; 2.3 The Truth Operator; 2.4 Truth and Identity; 2.5 Adverbs, Adjectives and Nouns; Chapter 3: The Meaning and Content of Truth Ascriptions; 3.1 The Distinction; 3.2 Kinds of Proforms; 3.3 Truth-Ascriptions
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 A Classification of Truth-Ascriptions3.5 Special Semantic Tasks; Chapter 4: What Do We Do with Truth Ascriptions?; 4.1 Pragmatics and Semantics; 4.2 Assertions; 4.3 Expressivism; 4.4 Particular Pragmatic Functions; Chapter 5: The Liar Paradox (And Other Logico-Semantic Issues); 5.1 Is There a Liar Paradox?; 5.2 Truth Bearers; 5.3 Logical Form; 5.4 The Paradox; Chapter 6: What Do You Mean by "Redundancy"?; 6.1 R amsey's View; 6.2 Redundancy, of What?; 6.3 Syntactic Redundancy; 6.4 Semantic Redundancy; 6.5 Pragmatic Redundancy; Chapter 7: Obvious Answers for Ready-Made Objections
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1 Standard Objections7.2 The Epistemic Objections; 7.2.1 Definitions vs. Criteria; 7.2.2 The Causal Effect of Truth; 7.3 The Logical Objection; 7.4 The Semantic Objection; 7.5 Mathematical Truth and Other Metaphors; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 184
    ISBN: 9789400747463
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 631 p. 73 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 27
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy
    Abstract: This book reconstructs key aspects of the early career of Descartes from 1618 to 1633; that is, up through the point of his composing his first system of natural philosophy, Le Monde, in 1629-33. It focuses upon the overlapping and intertwined development of Descartes’ projects in physico-mathematics, analytical mathematics, universal method, and, finally, systematic corpuscular-mechanical natural philosophy. The concern is not simply with the conceptual and technical aspects of these projects; but, with Descartes’ agendas within them and his construction and presentation of his intellectual identity in relation to them. Descartes’ technical projects, agendas and senses of identity shifted over time, entangled and displayed great successes and deep failures, as he morphed from a mathematically competent, Jesuit trained graduate in neo-Scholastic Aristotelianism to aspiring prophet of a systematised corpuscular-mechanism, passing through stages of being a committed physico-mathematicus, advocate of a putative ‘universal mathematics’, and projector of a grand methodological dream. In all three dimensions-projects, agendas and identity concerns-the young Descartes struggled and contended, with himself and with real or virtual peers and competitors, hence the title ‘Descartes-Agonistes’. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Descartes-Agonistes; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Problems of Descartes and the Scientific Revolution; 1.1 Prologue: The 'Young' and the 'Mature' Descartes, Natural Philosopher; 1.2 Descartes and the Historians of Science; 1.3 Key Pitfalls (and Opportunities) Facing Descartes' Biographers (Even Authors of Quite Truncated Biographies); 1.3.1 The Problem of Method and Its Texts: Regulae and Discours; 1.3.2 The Problem of Descartes the Natural Philosopher, and of Natural Philosophy as a Wide and Dynamic Field of Discourse and Contention
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.3 Scientific Biography and the Historiography of Science1.4 Overview of the Argument; References; Works of Descartes and Their Abbreviations; Other; Chapter 2: Conceptual and Historiographical Foundations-Natural Philosophy, Mixed Mathematics, Physico-mathematics, Method; 2.1 Jesuit neo-Scholasticism for the noblesse de robe; 2.2 In Search of Proper Categories and Angle of Attack; 2.3 Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy, Part 1-Natural Philosophizing as Culture and Process; 2.4 Some Heuristic Help: Modeling Modern Sciences as Unique, Agonal Traditions in Process
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy, Part 2: The Dynamics and Rules of Contestation of Natural Philosophizing2.5.1 Articulation on Subordinate Disciplines: Grammar and Specific Utterance; 2.5.2 Find or Steal Discoveries, Novelties or Facts, Including Experimental Ones; 2.5.3 Bend or Brake Aristotle's Rules About Mathematics and Natural Philosophy: The Gambit of 'Physico-Mathematics'; 2.5.4 "Hot Spots" of Articulation Contest: Additional Causes and Effects of Heightened Turbulence in the Field of Natural Philosophizing
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5.5 Modeling System Construction and Contestation - The 'Core', 'Vertical' and 'Horizontal' Dimensions of a Natural Philosophical System2.5.6 The Mechanics of Responding to 'Outside' Challenges and Opportunities; 2.6 The Special Status of the Problem of Method; 2.7 Phases and Stages in the 'Scientific Revolution' Seen as an Unfolding Process in the Field of Natural Philosophizing, with Its Attendant Articulations to Other Domains; 2.8 Looking Forward-What Kind of Natural Philosopher/Physico-Mathematician Was René Descartes?; References; Works of Descartes and Their Abbreviations; Other
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: 'Recalled to Study'-Descartes, Physico-Mathematicus3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Beeckman: Mentor and Colleague in Physico-Mathematics and Natural Philosophy; 3.2.1 Corpuscular-Mechanical Natural Philosophy and the Values of the Practical Arts; 3.2.2 Beeckman's Causal Register, Principles of Mechanics and Version of Physico-Mathematics; 3.3 Exemplary Physico-Mathematics: The Hydrostatics Manuscript of 1619; 3.3.1 Stevin, Archimedes and the Hydrostatic Paradox; 3.3.2 The Hydrostatics Manuscript [1] The Micro-Corpuscular Reduction; 3.3.3 The Hydrostatics Manuscript [2] The Force of Motion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 What's the Agenda: Descartes' Radical Form of Physico-Mathematics
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Problems of Descartes and the Scientific Revolution -- Conceptual and Historiographical Foundations.-  Recalled to Study: Descartes Physico-Mathematicus  Descartes Opticien: The Optical Triumph of the 1620s -- nalytical Mathematics, Universal Mathematics and Method: Descartes’ Identity and Agenda Entering the 1620s.- Method and the Problem of the Historical Descartes.-  Universal Mathematics Interruptus: The Program of the later Regulae and its Collapse 1626-28 -- Reinventing the Agenda and Identity: Descartes, Physico-mathematical Philosopher of Nature 1629-33.-  Reading Le Monde as Pedagogy and Fable -- Waterworld: Descartes’ Vortical Celestial Mechanics and Cosmological Optics in Le Monde. - Le Monde as a System of Natural Philosophy -- Cosmography, Realist Copernicanism and Systematising Strategy in the Principia Philosophiae -- Conclusion: The Young and the Mature Descartes Agonistes -- Appendix 1 Descartes, Mydorge and Beeckman: The Evolution of Cartesian Lens Theory 1627-1637.-  Appendix 2 Decoding Descartes’ Vortex Celestial Mechanics in the Text of Le Monde.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 185
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400756724 , 1283908972 , 9781283908979
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 85 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Fröding, Barbro Virtue ethics and human enhancement
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: This book shows how pressing issues in bioethics - e.g. the ownership of biological material and human cognitive enhancement - successfully can be discussed with in a virtue ethics framework. This is not intended as a complete or exegetic account of virtue ethics. Rather, the aim here is to discuss how some key ideas in Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics, when interpreted pragmatically, can be a productive way to approach some hot issues in bioethics. In spite of being a very promising theoretical perspective virtue ethics has so far been underdeveloped both in bioethics and neuroethics and most discussions have been conducted in consequentialist and/or deontological terms
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION -- CHAPTER 1; THE PROBLEM -- CHAPTER 2; THE GOOD LIFE -- CHAPTER 3; THE BIOLOGICAL OBSTACLES -- CHAPTER 4; ARISTOTLE’S VIRTUES AND HOW TO ACQUIRE THEM -- CHAPTER 5; EXAMPLES OF USEFUL CAPACITIES -- CHAPTER 6; CRITIQUE OF VIRTUE ETHICS -- CHAPTER 7; THREE ENHANCEMENT METHODS -- CHAPTER 8 ; CONCLUSION.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 186
    ISBN: 9789400751736 , 1283935961 , 9781283935968
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 182 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Brain and Mind 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Irvine, Elizabeth Consciousness as a scientific concept
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Psychological tests and testing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Psychological tests and testing ; Consciousness physiology ; Consciousness ; Bewusstsein ; Philosophie ; Naturwissenschaften ; Bewusstsein ; Philosophie ; Naturwissenschaften
    Abstract: The source of endless speculation and public curiosity, our scientific quest for the origins of human consciousness has expanded along with the technical capabilities of science itself and remains one of the key topics able to fire public as much as academic interest. Yet many problematic issues, identified in this important new book, remain unresolved. Focusing on a series of methodological difficulties swirling around consciousness research, the contributors to this volume suggest that ‘consciousness’ is, in fact, not a wholly viable scientific concept. Supporting this ‘eliminativist‘ stance are assessments of the current theories and methods of consciousness science in their own terms, as well as applications of good scientific practice criteria from the philosophy of science. For example, the work identifies the central problem of the misuse of qualitative difference and dissociation paradigms, often deployed to identify measures of consciousness. It also examines the difficulties that attend the wide range of experimental protocols used to operationalise consciousness-and the implications this has on the findings of integrative approaches across behavioural and neurophysiological research. The work also explores the significant mismatch between the common intuitions about the content of consciousness, that motivate much of the current science, and the actual properties of the neural processes underlying sensory and cognitive phenomena. Even as it makes the negative eliminativist case, the strong empirical grounding in this volume also allows positive characterisations to be made about the products of the current science of consciousness, facilitating a re-identification of target phenomena and valid research questions for the mind sciences.​
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: The Science of Consciousness -- 2. Subjective Measures of Consciousness -- 3. Measures of Consciousness and the Method of Qualitative Differences -- 4. Dissociations and Consciousness -- 5. Converging on Consciousness -- 6. Mechanisms of Consciousness and Scientific Kinds -- 7. Content-Matching: The case of Sensory memory and phenomenal consciousness -- 8. Content-Matching: The contents of what? -- 9. Scientific Eliminativism: Why there can be no Science of Consciousness -- 10. Conclusion -- Appendix: Dice Game -- ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 187
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745070 , 1283697998 , 9781283697996
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 433 p. 100 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Pädagogischer Test
    Abstract: The Asia-Pacific region needs to maximize the benefits of education to enable it to compete in an economic future dominated by innovation, in which assessing student progress must be an empowering rather than delimiting factor. This detailed exposition of the theoretical basis and application tools of self-directed learning-oriented assessment (SLOA) reflects the very latest research championed by the Assessment Research Centre at The Hong Kong Institute of Education. Featuring a range of relevant case studies, it explores the varied theoretical issues related to SLOA and offers an integrated view of the system fully in line with the constructivist paradigm of learning which advocates formative rather than summative assessment. Many of the initiatives outlined here are firsts in the region.SLOA is already being applied in many schools with links to the ARC. It is an approach to assessment that acknowledges the centrality of self-directed learning and which positions assessment as a tool to enable and enhance self-directed learning. It draws on several theories of learning and assessment, including the constructivist notion that learning is best achieved when students take ownership of their educational process, setting their own goals and monitoring their own progress towards those goals. SLOA has been the research and service approach of the ARC since 2005. In the intervening years the centre has developed a number of tools to facilitate SLOA learning and assessment, including vertical ability scales, teacher-friendly computer software and packages for self-directed learning.
    Description / Table of Contents: Self-directed Learning Oriented Assessments in the Asia-Pacific; Introduction by the Series Editors; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Contributors; Part I: Theory of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; Chapter 1: Assessment Reform in the Asia-Pacific Region: The Theory and Practice of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.1 Background: The Broader Context for Change; 1.1.1 Assessment Reforms in the Region; 1.1.2 Commonalities of Assessment Reforms in the Asia-Paci fi c Region; 1.1.3 Assessment as Learning Reform: Self-Directed Learning
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.4 Assessment for Learning Reform1.1.5 Resolving Tensions in Assessment Reforms; 1.2 Conceptions of Self-Directed Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.2.1 Learning Oriented Assessment; 1.2.2 Self-Directed Learning; 1.2.3 Metacognition; 1.2.4 Feedback; 1.2.5 SLOA: Integrating Assessment Of , For and As Learning; 1.2.6 Theoretical Underpinnings of SLOA; 1.3 Implementation Strategies of SLOA in Schools; 1.4 Tools for the Implementation of SLOA; 1.5 Examples of Implementation in the Asia-Paci fi c Region; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Assessment, Standards-Referencing and Standard Setting
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Assessment2.1.1 The Meaning of Assessment; 2.1.2 Reporting of Assessments; 2.2 Standards-Referencing; 2.2.1 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Norm-Referencing; 2.2.2 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Criterion-Referencing; 2.2.3 Giving Meaning to Student Achievement: Standards-Referencing; 2.2.4 Characteristics of Standards-Referenced Systems; 2.2.5 De fi ning Standards; 2.3 Standard Setting; 2.3.1 Setting Standards; 2.3.2 Using Performance Standard to Summarise Student Performance; 2.3.3 Reporting Student Performance
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.4 Some Suggestions for Teachers and Examiners in Setting Examinations and Tests in a Standards-Referenced System2.3.5 Standards-Referencing for School Executives; 2.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Theoretical Framework; 3.2.1 Knowledge Base and the Nature of Expertise; 3.2.2 Rapid Schema-Based Assessment; 3.2.3 General Design Framework; 3.3 Rapid Diagnostic Assessment Methods; 3.3.1 Rapid Assessment of Expertise in Coordinate Geometry; 3.3.1.1 Model of Expertise; 3.3.1.2 Task Model; 3.3.1.3 Evidence Model
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2 Rapid Assessment of Expertise in Solving Arithmetic Word Problems3.3.2.1 Model of Expertise; 3.3.2.2 Task Pattern; 3.3.2.3 Evidence Model; 3.4 Toward Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning; 3.5 Conclusion; 3.5.1 Future Developments; 3.5.1.1 Establishing Generality of the Tool; 3.5.1.2 Using Rapid Assessment in Adaptive Learning Environments; References; Chapter 4: Standardized Diagnostic Assessment Design and Analysis: Key Ideas from Modern Measurement Theory; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Assessment Of , For , and As Learning; 4.1.2 Measurement Models for Diagnostic Assessment Data
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Evidence-Centered Design
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction by the Series Editors.-  Acknowledgements -- List of Contributors -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- About the Contributors -- SECTION 1: Theory of Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 1. Assessment Reform in the Asia-Pacific Region: The Theory and Practice of Self-directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 2. Assessment, Standards-Referencing and Standard Setting -- 3.  Rapid Dynamic Assessment for Learning -- 4. Standardized Diagnostic Assessment Design and Analysis: Key Ideas from Modern Measurement Theory -- 5. Application of the DINA Model Framework to Enhance Assessment and Learning -- 6. Theory of Self-Directed Learning-Oriented Assessment: A Non-Technical Introduction to the Theoretical Foundations and Methodologies of Cognitive Diagnostic Assessment -- 7. Getting to the Core of Learning: Using Assessment for Self-monitoring and Self-regulation -- 8. Metacognitive Self-Confidence in School-Aged Children -- SECTION 2: Tools for Implementing Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment -- 9. Using Item Response Theory as a Tool in Educational Measurement -- 10. A Concurrent-Separate Approach to Vertical Scaling -- 11. Student-Problem Chart: An Essential Tool for SLOA -- 12. Using User-defined Fit Statistic to Analyze Two Tier Items in Mathematics -- 13. Dynamic Assessment of Learning Potential -- 14. Exploiting Computerized Adaptive Testing for Self-Directed Learning -- SECTION 3: Case Studies of Self Directed Learning Oriented Assessment in the Region -- 15. Learning Assessment Reform in Thailand -- 16. Concerns of Student Teachers: Identifying Emerging Themes through Self-assessment -- 17. Informing Learning and Teaching Using Feedback from Assessment Data: Hong Kong Teachers’ Attitudes towards Rasch Measurement -- 18. Accelerated Approach to Primary School English Education in China: Three Case Studies -- 19. Physical Education in Higher Education in Hong Kong: The Effects of the Intervention on Pre-service Sports Coaches’ Attitudes towards Assessment for Learning used in Sports -- 20. The Case of St Margaret’s Girls’ College: How SLOA Promotes Self Assessment and Peer Assessment to Enhance Secondary School Student English Learning -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 188
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400742079
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 241 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 356
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Berto, Francesco, 1973 - Existence as a real property
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Ontology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Ontology ; Existenz ; Ontologie ; Meinong, Alexius 1853-1920 ; Ontologie ; Existenz ; Ontologie
    Abstract: This profound exploration of one of the core notions of philosophy-the concept of existence itself-reviews, then counters (via Meinongian theory), the mainstream philosophical view running from Hume to Frege, Russell, and Quine, summarized thus by Kant: “Existence is not a predicate.” The initial section of the book presents a comprehensive introduction to, and critical evaluation of, this mainstream view. The author moves on to provide the first systematic survey of all the main Meinongian theories of existence, which, by contrast, reckon existence to be a real, full-fledged property of objects that some things possess, and others lack. As an influential addition to the research literature, the third part develops the most up-to-date neo-Meinongian theory called Modal Meinongianism, applies it to specific fields such as the ontology of fictional objects, and discusses its open problems, laying the groundwork for further research.In accordance with the latest trends in analytic ontology, the author prioritizes a meta-ontological viewpoint, adopting a dual definition of meta-ontology as the discourse on the meaning of being, and as the discourse on the tools and methods of ontological enquiry. This allows a balanced assessment of philosophical views on a cost-benefit basis, following multiple criteria for theory evaluation. Compelling and revealing, this new publication is a vital addition to contemporary philosophical ontology.
    Description / Table of Contents: Prologue: Much Ado About Nothing -- Acknowledgments -- Existence as Logic -- Chapter 1. The Paradox of Non-Being -- Chapter 2. To Exist and to Count -- Chapter 3. Troubles for the Received View -- Nonexistence -- Chapter 4. Existence As a Real Property -- Chapter 5. Naïve Meinongianism -- Chapter 6. Meinongianisms of The First, Second, and Third Kind -- Close Encounters (with Nonexistents) of the Third Kind -- Chapter 7. Conceiving the Impossible -- Chapter 8. Nonexistents of The Third Kind at Work -- Chapter 9. Open Problems -- References -- Index.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 189
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750388
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 184 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Research 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Educational research: the attraction of psychology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Educational psychology ; Psychologie ; Empirische Forschung
    Abstract: The closely argued and provocative contributions to this volume challenge psychology's hegemony as an interpretive paradigm in a range of social contexts such as education and child development. They start from the core observation that modern psychology has successfully penetrated numerous domains of society in its quest to develop a properly scientific methodology for analyzing the human mind and behaviour
    Abstract: The closely argued and provocative contributions to this volume challenge psychology’s hegemony as an interpretive paradigm in a range of social contexts such as education and child development. They start from the core observation that modern psychology has successfully penetrated numerous domains of society in its quest to develop a properly scientific methodology for analyzing the human mind and behaviour. For example, educational psychology continues to hold a central position in the curricula of trainee teachers in the US, while the language of developmental psychology holds primal sway over our understanding of childrearing and the parent-child relationship. Questioning the default position of modern psychology as a way of conceptualizing human relations, this collection of papers reexamines key assumptions that include psychology’s self-image as a ‘scientific’ discipline. Authors also argue that the dogma of neuropsychology in education has demoted concepts such as ‘emotion’, ‘feeling’ and ‘relationship’, so that they are now ’blind spots’ in educational theory. Other chapters offer a cautionary analysis of how misshapen notions of psychology can legitimize eugenics (as in Nazi Germany) and poison racial attitudes. Above all, has psychology, with its focus on individual merit, been complicit in hiding the impacts of power and privilege in education? This bracing new volume adopts a broader definition of education and childrearing that admits the essential contribution of the humanities to the proper study of mankind.This publication, as well as the ones that are mentioned in the preliminary pages of this work, were realized by the Research Community (FWO Vlaanderen / Research Foundation Flanders, Belgium) Philosophy and History of the Discipline of Education: Faces and Spaces of Educational Research.
    Description / Table of Contents: Educational Research:The Attraction of Psychology; Copyright Page; Earlier Volumes in this Series; Contents; Chapter 1: Making Sense of the Attraction of Psychology: On the Strengths and Weaknesses for Education and Educational Research; References; Chapter 2: Struggling with the Historical Attractiveness of Psychology for Educational Research Illustrated by the Case of Nazi Germany; 2.1 Far Too Easy Hypotheses?; 2.2 Far Too Easy Phrasing of the Questions?; 2.3 Far Too Super fi cial Conclusions?; 2.4 Far Too Broad Generalisations: The Case of Educational Psychology in Nazi Germany
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 The Discursive Surface Layer of National Socialism2.4.2 "Uniform Fascist Rule Dissolved into a Chaos of Rival Responsibilities?" (Geuter, 1992 , p. 18); 2.5 The Continuing Need for Biographical Research; 2.6 Some Concluding Remarks; Sources; References; Chapter 3: On the Fatal Attractiveness of Psychology: Racism of Intelligence in Education; 3.1 The Problem: Intelligence and Social Status; 3.2 Education in a Nation of Morons; 3.3 Intelligence Testing in the Court; 3.4 On the Neutrality of Academic Psychology; 3.5 The Pseudo Neutrality of Testing Situations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6 Towards the Racism of Intelligence3.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Psychology in Teacher Education: Ef fi cacy, Professionalization, Management, and Habit; 4.1 Ef fi cacy; 4.2 Professionalization; 4.2.1 Learning Sciences; 4.2.2 Political Trends; 4.3 Policy and Management; 4.4 Habit; 4.5 Wrapping Up: Implications for Research in Teacher Education; References; Chapter 5: The Fatal Attraction of the Language of Developmental Psychology in Child-Rearing; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Language of Developmental Psychology in Child-Rearing
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 The Language of Developmental Psychology in Relation to Child-Rearing and the Parent-Child Relationship: Normative Assumptions5.4 Parenting in an Age of Anxiety; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Mirror Neuron, Mirror Neuron in the Brain, Who's the Cleverest in Your Reign? From the Attraction of Psychology to the Discovery of the Social; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 How the Philosophy of Science Embraced the Social (and Also the Psychological); 6.1.2 How the Philosophy of Mathematics Is Reluctant to Embrace Anything; 6.1.3 Education: How to Vygotsky and Piaget?
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 The Special and Curious Case of Mathematics Education6.2.1 How Psychology Became Attractive for the Study of the Learning of Mathematics; 6.2.2 Beyond the Psychological; 6.3 Conclusion: Mirror Neurons at Last; References; Chapter 7: The Vocabulary of Acts: Neuroscience, Phenomenology, and the Mirror Neuron; 7.1 Rizzolatti and the Mirror Neuron; 7.2 Depsychologising Psychology: The Architecture of Research and Understanding; 7.3 Samuel Todes and the Umbilical Cord of Bodily Movement; 7.4 Objects and Things, Habitats, and Worlds; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: The Attraction of Neuropsychological Findings in Contemporary Educational Thinking, or Feeling, Emotion and Relationship as Blind Spots in Educational Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Making sense of the attraction of psychology: On the strengths and weaknesses for education and educational research -- 2. Struggling with the historical attractiveness of psychology for educational research illustrated by the case of Nazi-Germany -- 3. On the fatal attractiveness of psychology: Racism of intelligence in education -- 4. Psychology in teacher education: Efficacy, professionalization, management, and habit -- 5. The fatal attraction of the language of developmental psychology in child rearing -- 6. Mirror neuron, mirror neuron in the brain, who’s the cleverest in your reign? From the attraction of psychology to the discovery of the social -- 7. The vocabulary of acts: Neuroscience, phenomenology, and the mirror-neuron -- 8. The attraction of neuropsychological findings in contemporary educational thinking, or: Feeling, emotion and relationship as blind spots in educational theory -- 9. In defence of the humanities against the exaggerated pretensions of ‘scientific’ psychology -- 10. The theology of education to come -- 11. Learning is not education -- 12. Attention, commitment and imagination in educational research. Open the universe a little more! -- About the Authors -- Author Index -- Subject index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 190
    ISBN: 9789400715189
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 414 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 206
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Schütz, Alfred, 1899 - 1959 Collected papers ; 6: Literary reality and relationships
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Literatur ; Interaktion
    Abstract: This book contains texts devoted by Alfred Schutz to the 'normative' areas of literature and ethics. It includes writings dealing with the author-reader relationship, multiple realities, the literary province of meaning, and Schutz's views on equality. Never published in English commentaries on Goethe's novel and the account of personality in the social world appear in this volume.
    Abstract: The three essays in this volume illuminate Alfred Schutz’s understanding of literature and literary relationships. The first, “Life Forms and Meaning Structures,” presents such ideal life-forms as duration, memory, the speaking ego, and the I in relation to the Thou. This essay also describes the fundamental nature of human experience, its pluralized realms, the passage of time, perspectival interpretation, action and its impediments-all concepts which make possible an understanding of literature and literary themes. The essay goes on to discuss opera, and the relationship between music and language in opera. The second essay, “The Problem of Personality in the Social World,” offers insights into the unity the social person achieves, temporality, and the role of the body and the importance of pragmatic relevances. This shows how, even before he arrived in the United States, Schutz went beyond his 1932 Phenomenology of the Social World in a pragmatic direction. This essay anticipates Schutz’s 1945 essay, “On Multiple Realities,” by discussing reality-spheres of working, phantasy, dreams, and theory. Reality-spheres are vital for understanding literature, as shown in the third essay, which translates for the first time two Goethe manuscripts produced by Schutz in 1948. The first text, on Lehrjahre, reveals Schutz actually interpreting a piece of literature, tracing the themes of art and life and fate and freedom through the text. The second, a commentary on Goethe’s Wanderjahre, presents an inchoate theory of literature. Defending Goethe’s 1829 version of the Wanderjahre novel, Schutz argues that critics miss the point that readers of literature adopt a specific kind of epoché in which they enter a reality-sphere governed by “the logic of the poetic event,” whose rules are not those of everyday life or theoretical contemplation. In sum, this volume brings out the distinctive character of literary reality and the relationships between author and reader, and invites the reader to derive a sense of how Schutz himself read literature.
    Description / Table of Contents: Editorial Introduction by Michael Barber -- Life Forms and Meaning Structures -- The Problem of Personality in the Social World” -- Two Goethe Texts: “Wilhelm Meisters Lehrjahre” (Wilhelm Meister’s Year of Apprenticeship) and “Zu Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahren” (On Wilhelm Meister’s Years of Travel).
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 191
    ISBN: 9789400751989
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 191 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 34
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Ackert, Lloyd Sergei Vinogradskii and the cycle of life
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Science History ; Ecology ; Science, general ; Science (General) ; Science History ; Ecology ; Winogradsky, S ; (Serge), 1856-1953 ; Microbiologists ; Ukraine ; Biography ; Winogradsky, Serge 1856-1953 ; Mikrobiologe ; Biografie ; Winogradsky, Serge 1856-1953 ; Mikrobiologe ; Biografie
    Abstract: This is one of those biographies that provide a window onto the broader understanding of science in its social and cultural context. Using Sergei Nikolaevich Vinogradskii's career and scientific research trajectory as a point of entry, this book illustrates the manner in which microbiologists, chemists, botanists, and plant physiologists inscribed the concept of a ""cycle of life"" into their investigations. Their research transformed a longstanding notion into the fundamental approaches and concepts that underlay the new ecological disciplines that emerged in the 1920s. The book presents a re
    Abstract: This is one of those biographies that provide a window onto the broader understanding of science in its social and cultural context. Using Sergei Nikolaevich Vinogradskii’s career and scientific research trajectory as a point of entry, this book illustrates the manner in which microbiologists, chemists, botanists, and plant physiologists inscribed the concept of a “cycle of life” into their investigations. Their research transformed a longstanding notion into the fundamental approaches and concepts that underlay the new ecological disciplines that emerged in the 1920s. The book presents a reconstruction of significant episodes of Vinogradskii’s laboratory practices and the role of theory in their development. It paints the broader picture of the history of ecology, microbiology and soil science and how these are uniquely united: through the concept of the cycle of life.
    Description / Table of Contents: Sergei Vinogradskii and the Cycle of Life; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Part I: Plant Physiology; Chapter 1: A Synthesis of Thermodynamics and Bioenergetics in Plant Physiology: The Investigation of a Moody Apprentice; The Gentleman Chooses Science; The Cycle of Life in European Science; Chapter 2: The Exchange of Matter and the Transformation of Energy; Famintsyn's Approach to the Cycle of Life; Physiological Debates on the Nature of Microorganisms; The Intellectual Context for Vinogradskii's 1883 Report; Vinogradskii's Style; Part II: Experiment and Natural History
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: The Laboratory is Nature: Investigating the Cycle of Life Under the MicroscopeA Comfortable Internship: Anton de Bary's Laboratory at the University of Strassburg; A Brush with German Darwinism: Vinogradskii's Sulphur Spring Expeditions; Species Constancy: Vinogradskii's Physiological Interpretation of the Monomorphism-Pleiomorphism Debate; Chapter 4: Free Nature in the Laboratory; Beggiatoa Nutrition; Vinogradskii's Virtuosity: The Role of Sulphur in Beggiatoa Nutrition; A New Physiological Type; The Reception of Vinogradskii's Research; Part III: Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Vinogradskii's Transformation from Plant Physiologist to Ecologist, 1890-1920Autotrophism; Nitrification as a Biological Phenomenon; Soil Microbiology at the Imperial Institute of Experimental Medicine; Chapter 6: Soil Science and Russian Ecology; Vinogradskii's Contributions; Physiological Ecology; Beketov Without Darwin: Vinogradskii's Concept of the Cycle of Life; Scientific Forestry: Vinogradskii Retires to Gorodok; Part IV: French Agriculture; Chapter 7: The Master of Brie-Compte-Robert and His "Direct Method:" Translating the Cycle of Life into Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: Vinogradskii Comes to Brie-Comte-Robert: The Resurrection of a CareerThe Direct Method in 1923: Its First Explication; The Direct Method in 1925: The Rise of Soil Microbiology; Chapter 8: Ecological Microbiology; Ecological Microbiology in 1925; The Direct Method in the Late 1920s; The Direct Method and Microflora in the Early 1930s; Part V: The Impact of Vinogradskii's Work; Chapter 9: Science is Ecological and Ecology is Scientific: The Uptake of Vinogradskii's Direct Methods; The "Cycle of Life" at the Rutgers Agricultural Experiment Station; A "Holistic Habit of Mind"40
    Description / Table of Contents: Statistical Soil Science: Rothamsted Agricultural Experiment StationIn Beijerinck's Backyard: The Delft School of Microbiology; Chapter 10: Vinogradskii's Reception in Russian and Soviet Microbiology; Vinogradskii's First Student, V. L. Omelianskii: Microbes as "Living Reactives"; Nikolai Kholodnyi: Iron Bacteria Research and Vinogradskii's Direct Method; The Role of Microbes in Russian and Soviet Soil Science; Ecological Microbiology in the Soviet Union; Chapter 11: Conclusions; Bibliography; Manuscripts Collections Visited; General Sources; Vinogradskii's Publications Cited; Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 192
    ISBN: 9789400752078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 262 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Creemers, Bert, 1942 - Teacher professional development for improving quality of teaching
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Lehrer ; Berufserfahrung ; Unterricht ; Lehrer ; Berufserfahrung ; Unterricht
    Abstract: This book makes a major contribution to knowledge and theory by drawing implications of teacher effectiveness research for the field of teacher training and professional development. The first part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher training and professional development and illustrates the limitations of the main approaches to teacher development such as the competence-based and the holistic approach. A dynamic perspective to policy and practice in teacher training and professional development is advocated. The second part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher effectiveness. The main phases of this field of research are analysed. It is pointed out that teacher factors are presented as being in opposition to one another. An integrated approach in defining quality of teaching is adopted. The importance of taking into account findings of studies investigating differential teacher effectiveness is argued. Another significant limitation of this field of research is that the whole process of searching for teacher effectiveness factors was not able to have a significant impact upon teacher training and professional development. For this reason it is advocated that teacher training and professional development should be focused on how to address grouping of specific teacher factors associated with student learning and on how to help teachers improve their teaching skills by moving from using skills associated with direct teaching only to more advanced skills concerned with new teaching approaches and differentiation of teaching. The book refers to studies conducted in different countries illustrating how the proposed approach can be used by policy and practice in teacher education. Specifically, the book provides evidence supporting the validity of the theoretical framework upon which this approach is based. Moreover, experimental and longitudinal studies supporting the use of this approach for improvement purposes are presented and suggestions for further research utilising and expanding the Dynamic Approach for teacher training and professional development are provided
    Abstract: This book makes a major contribution to knowledge and theory by drawing implications of teacher effectiveness research for the field of teacher training and professional development. The first part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher training and professional development and illustrates the limitations of the main approaches to teacher development such as the competence-based and the holistic approach. A dynamic perspective to policy and practice in teacher training and professional development is advocated. The second part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher effectiveness. The main phases of this field of research are analysed. It is pointed out that teacher factors are presented as being in opposition to one another. An integrated approach in defining quality of teaching is adopted. The importance of taking into account findings of studies investigating differential teacher effectiveness is argued. Another significant limitation of this field of research is that the whole process of searching for teacher effectiveness factors was not able to have a significant impact upon teacher training and professional development. For this reason it is advocated that teacher training and professional development should be focused on how to address grouping of specific teacher factors associated with student learning and on how to help teachers improve their teaching skills by moving from using skills associated with direct teaching only to more advanced skills concerned with new teaching approaches and differentiation of teaching. The book refers to studies conducted in different countries illustrating how the proposed approach can be used by policy and practice in teacher education. Specifically, the book provides evidence supporting the validity of the theoretical framework upon which this approach is based. Moreover, experimental and longitudinal studies supporting the use of this approach for improvement purposes are presented and suggestions for further research utilising and expanding the Dynamic Approach for teacher training and professional development are provided.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Preface -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- PART 1: Research on Teacher Training and Professional Development.- PART 2: Main Foundations of Research on Teacher Effectiveness.- PART 3: Combining Teacher Effectiveness Research with Research on Teacher Training and Professional Development.- References. - Index.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 193
    ISBN: 9789400754348 , 1283910152 , 9781283910156
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 267 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Job satisfaction around the academic world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; College teachers ; Job satisfaction ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitszufriedenheit ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitszufriedenheit
    Abstract: Higher education systems have changed all over the world, but not all have changed in the same ways. Although system growth and so-called massification have been worldwide themes, there have been system-specific changes as well. It is these changes that have an important impact on academic work and on the opinions of the staff that work in higher education. The academic profession has a key role to play in producing the next generations of knowledge workers, and this task will be more readily achieved by a contented academic workforce working within well-resourced teaching and research institutions. This volume tells the story of academics’ opinions about the changes in their own countries. The Changing Academic Profession (CAP) survey has provided researchers and policy makers with the capacity to compare the academic profession around the world. Built around national analyses of the survey this book examines academics’ opinions on a range of issues to do with their job satisfaction. Following an introduction that considers the job satisfaction literature as it relates to higher education, country-based chapters examine aspects of job satisfaction within each country.
    Description / Table of Contents: Job Satisfaction around the Academic World; Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Satisfaction Around the World?; References; Chapter 2: Academic Work at the Periphery: Why Argentine Scholars Are Satis fi ed, Despite All; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Theoretical Framework; 2.3 The Academic Profession in Argentina; 2.4 About the Sample and How Satisfaction Was Measured; 2.5 Argentina's Academic Job Satisfaction at a Glance; 2.6 Going Deeper: Differences Between Academics; 2.7 So, Are They Satisfied?; 2.8 Concluding Remarks; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Factors Associated with Job Satisfaction Amongst Australian University Academics and Future Workforce Implications3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Theoretical Framework; 3.3 Data; 3.4 Methodology; 3.4.1 Dependent Variable; 3.4.2 Independent Variables; 3.5 Results; 3.5.1 Mean Satisfaction; 3.5.2 Results for Environmental Conditions; 3.5.3 Results for Motivators and Hygienes; 3.5.4 Results for Demographics; 3.5.5 Results for Triggers; 3.6 Discussion; References; Chapter 4: Job Satisfaction in a Diverse Institutional Environment: The Brazilian Experience; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Brazilian Higher Education: Sources of Institutional Diversity4.3 Differences in Conditions of Work, Commitments and Internal Governance; 4.4 Job Satisfaction in Diverse Institutional Environments; 4.5 Different Institutions, Different Sources of Satisfaction; 4.5.1 Sources of Contentment for Academics from the Public Research Universities; 4.5.2 Sources of Contentment Among Academics from Public Regional Universities; 4.5.3 Job Satisfaction Among Academics from Private Elite Institutions; 4.5.4 Job Satisfaction Inside the Private Mass-Oriented Institutions; 4.6 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Canadian University Academics' Perceptions of Job Satisfaction: "…The Future Is Not What It Used to Be"5.1 Canadian Universities and the Context of Academic Work; 5.2 The Canadian CAP Survey; 5.3 Findings; 5.3.1 Overall Satisfaction with the Academic Profession; 5.3.2 Satisfaction with Institutional Infrastructure and Support; 5.3.3 Management, Leadership, and Institutional Culture; 5.4 Analysis of Demographic Variables; 5.4.1 Gender; 5.4.2 Remuneration; 5.4.3 Research Funding; 5.4.4 Rank; 5.4.5 Discipline; 5.4.6 Institutional Type; 5.5 Discussion; 5.6 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Finland: Satisfaction Guaranteed! A Tale of Two Systems6.1 Background: Satisfaction? For a Good Time Call…; 6.2 History Ancient and Modern: The Old and the Not So Old; 6.3 The Changing Academic Profession: Some Demographic Considerations; 6.3.1 The CAP Survey and the Structure of Finnish Higher Education; 6.3.2 A Brief Demographic Analysis; 6.3.3 Teaching and Research: Preference and Time; 6.4 Job Satisfaction: The Physical Environment; 6.5 Job Satisfaction: Governance-Related Factors; 6.6 Job Satisfaction: Overall: I CAN Get Satisfaction!
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.7 I'm Satis fi ed! Some Discussion and Conclusions About Finnish University and Polytechnic Academics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: Satisfaction Around the World?; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 2. Argentina: Academic Work at the Periphery - Why Argentine Scholars Are Satisfied, Despite All; Mónica Marquina and Gabriel Rebello -- 3. Australia: Factors Associated with Job Satisfaction Amongst Australian University Academics and Future Workforce Implications; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R. Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 4. Brazil: Job Satisfaction in a Diverse Institutional Environment; Elizabeth Balbachevsky and Simon Schwartzman -- 5. Canada: Canadian University Academics’ Perceptions of Job Satisfaction - “the future is not what is used to be”; Julian Weinrib, Glen A. Jones, Amy Scott Metcalfe, Donald Fisher, Yves Gingras, Kjell Rubenson and Iain Snee -- 6. Finland: Satisfaction Guaranteed! A Tale of Two Systems; Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 7. Germany: Determinants of Academic Job Satisfaction; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- 8. Japan: Factors Determining Academics’ Job Satisfaction From the Perspective of Role Diversification; Akira Arimoto and Tukasa Daizen -- 9. Malaysia: An Academic Career in Malaysia - A Wonderful Life, or Satisfaction Not Guaranteed?; Norzaini Azman, Morshidi Sirat and Mohd Ali Samsudin -- 10. Portugal: Dimensions of Academic Job Satisfaction; Diana Dias, Maria de Lourdes Machado-Taylor, Rui Santiago, Teresa Carvalho and Sofia Sousa -- 11. South Africa: Job Satisfaction for a Besieged Profession; Charl Wolhuter -- 12. United Kingdom: Satisfaction in Stages - the Academic Profession in the United Kingdom and British Commonwealth; William Locke and Alice Bennion -- 13. Conclusion: Academic Job Satisfaction from an International Comparative Perspective: Factors Associated with Satisfaction across 12 Countries; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R. Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 194
    ISBN: 9789400751019
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 315 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 52
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics
    Abstract: The book provides an in-depth discussion on the human nature concept from different perspectives and from different disciplines, analyzing its use in the doping debate and researching its normative overtones. The relation between natural talent and enhanced abilities is scrutinized within a proper conceptual and theoretical framework: is doping to be seen as a factor of the athlete’s dehumanization or is it a tool to fulfill his/her aspirations to go faster, higher and stronger? Which characteristics make sports such a peculiar subject of ethical discussion and what are the, both intrinsic and extrinsic, moral dangers and opportunities involved in athletic enhancement? This volume combines fundamental philosophical anthropological reflection with applied ethics and socio-cultural and empirical approaches. Furthermore it presents guidelines to decision- and policy-makers on local, national and international levels.
    Description / Table of Contents: Athletic Enhancement, Human Nature and Ethics; Preface; Technology and Sport, Meanings and Realities; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Human Nature as a Promising Concept to Make Sense of the Spirit of Sport; 1.1 Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework; 1.2 Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; 1.3 Part III: The Normative Value of Human Nature; 1.4 Part IV: Socio-Cultural and Empirical Approaches; 1.5 Part V: Practices and Policies; Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Self , Other, Play, Display and Humanity: Development of a Five-Level Model for the Analysis of Ethical Arguments in the Athletic Enhancement Debate2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Creation of an Ethical Research Model; 2.3 What Is at Stake?; 2.4 And What if Humanity Is at Stake?; 2.5 Doctoring Genes: Threats and Opportunities; 2.6 Integrity, Fairness, Freedom and Health; 2.7 Inclusion and Exclusion of Athletes; 2.8 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Is Human Enhancement Unnatural and Would This Be an Ethical Problem?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Some Meanings of the Natural
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 The Natural As According to Nature3.4 The Natural As the Normal; 3.5 The Natural As the Essential; 3.6 Conclusions for the Moral Value of the Natural; Ref erences; Chapter 4: Dignified Doping: Truly Unthinkable? An Existentialist Critique of 'Talentocracy' in Sports; 4.1 What Doping Is - And What It Need Not Be; 4.1.1 The Need for Rigorous Intrinsic Inquiry; 4.1.2 What is Doping?; 4.1.3 A Structured Search for Doping's Intrinsic Wrongs; 4.2 Proper Origins. May the Best, or May the Blessed Man Win; 4.2.1 Talent As Robustness and Doped Performances As Flukes
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.2 The Talented As the Authentic and Dopers As Phonies4.2.3 Natural Endowment As the Gift of Place and Purpose, and Doping As Its Loss; 4.2.4 Talent As a Signal of Fitness and Doping As Misleading Mimicry; 4.3 Proper Processes. Just Do It, or: Let Nature Do It for You; 4.3.1 Agency-Enabling Doping; 4.3.2 Baseline-Lifting Doping; 4.3.3 Passive Consumption of Natural Processes; 4.4 Proper Outcomes. Sporting Towards a Blank Slate or To Showcase a Blueprint; 4.4.1 Reshaping the Human Figure As Straying from the Original Plan; 4.4.2 Reshaping the Human Figure As Repugnant Deformation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.3 Reshaping the Human Figure As (Mutual) Alienation4.5 Conclusion. The Unbearable Lightness of Being a Self-Made Man, Out There Playing Games; References; Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; Chapter 5: Subhuman , Superhuman, and Inhuman: Human Nature and the Enhanced Athlete; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Appeal of Philosophical Boundary Work; 5.3 Stooping to the Subhuman; 5.4 Aspiring to the Superhuman; 5.5 Engineering the Inhuman; 5.6 The Meaning of Athletic Agency; 5.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Prometheus on Dope: A Natural Aim for Improvement or a Hubristic Drive to Mastery?
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface by Thomas H. Murray, President Emeritus of the Hastings Center and Chair of the Ethical Issues Review Panel for the World Anti-Doping Agency.Introduction: Human nature as a promising concept to make sense of the spirit of sport -- Part I Conceptual and Theoretical Framework -- Jan Tolleneer and Paul Schotsmans, Self, other, play, display and humanity. Development of a five-level model for the analysis of ethical arguments in the athletic enhancement debate -- Christian Lenk, Is human enhancement unnatural and would this be an ethical problem? -- Pieter Bonte, Dignified doping: truly unthinkable? An existentialist critique of ‘talentocracy’ in sports. - Part II Transgressing the limits of human nature -- Eric Juengst, Subhuman, superhuman, and inhuman. Human nature and the enhanced athlete -- Trijsje Franssen, Prometheus on dope. A natural aim for improvement or a hubristic drive to mastery? -- Darian Meacham, Outliers, freaks, and cheats. Constituting normality in the age of enhancement -- Part III The normative value of human nature -- Andreas De Block, Doping use as an artistic crime. On natural performances and authentic art -- Andrew Holowchak, Something from nothing or nothing from something?. Performance-enhancing drugs, risk, and the natures of contest and of humans -- Mike McNamee, Transhuman athletes and pathological perfectionism. Recognising limits in sports and human nature -- Part IV Socio-cultural and empirical approaches -- Marianne Raakilde Jespersen, “Definitely not for women”. An online community’s reflections on women’s use of performance enhancing drugs in recreational sports -- Denis Hauw, Toward a situated and dynamic understanding of doping behaviors -- Tara Magdalinski, Restoring or enhancing athletic bodies. Oscar Pistorius and the threat to pure performance -- Part V Practices and policies -- John Hoberman, Sports physicians, human nature, and the limits of medical enhancement -- Bengt Kayser and Barbara Broers, Anti-doping policies: choosing between imperfections -- Roger Brownsword, A simple regulatory principle for performance-enhancing technologies. Too good to be true?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 195
    ISBN: 9789400756564 , 1283936232 , 9781283936231
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 242 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 22
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Parallel Title: Druck-Ausgabe The threads of natural law
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Anthropology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Anthropology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturrecht ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Geschichte
    Abstract: The notion of “natural law” has repeatedly furnished human beings with a shared grammar in times of moral and cultural crisis. Stoic natural law, for example, emerged precisely when the Ancient World lost the Greek polis, which had been the point of reference for Plato's and Aristotle's political philosophy. In key moments such as this, natural law has enabled moral and legal dialogue between peoples and traditions holding apparently clashing world-views. This volume revisits some of these key moments in intellectual and social history, partly with an eye to extracting valuable lessons for ideological conflicts in the present and perhaps near future. The contributions to this volume discuss both historical and contemporary schools of natural law. Topics on historical schools of natural law include: how Aristotelian theory of rules paved the way for the birth of the idea of "natural law"; the idea's first mature account in Cicero's work; the tension between two rival meanings of “man’s rational nature” in Aquinas’ natural law theory; and the scope of Kant’s allusions to “natural law”. Topics on contemporary natural law schools include: John Finnis's and Germain Grisez's “new natural law theory”; natural law theories in a "broader" sense, such as Adolf Reinach’s legal phenomenology; Ortega y Gasset’s and Scheler’s “ethical perspectivism”; the natural law response to Kelsen’s conflation of democracy and moral relativism; natural law's role in 20th century international law doctrine; Ronald Dworkin’s understanding of law as “a branch of political morality”; and Alasdair Macintyre’s "virtue"-based approach to natural law.​
    Description / Table of Contents: The Threads of Natural Law; Foreword; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Aristotle on Practical Rules, Universality, and the Law; 1.1 Practical and Theoretical Rules in Aristotle; 1.2 Law and Practical Reason; 1.3 Two Philosophical Conceptions on Rules' Universality; 1.4 Sources of Universality of Legal Rules; 1.5 The Rule of Law and the Role of Rules; 1.6 Practical Universality: Rules and the Structure of Legal Prāxis; 1.7 Axiological Universality: Epieikeia and the Practice of Legal Justice; References; Chapter 2: Cosmopolitanism and Natural Law in Cicero
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Marcus Tullius Cicero: The First Legal Philosopher in History2.2 Natural Law as Ratio Summa, Insita in Natura; 2.3 Cosmopolitanism and Natural Law: Towards an Omnium Gentium Consensus; 2.4 Notes on the Influence of Cicero's Philosophy of Law in the History of Philosophy; References; Chapter 3: Natural Law: Autonomous or Heteronomous? The Thomistic Perspective; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is Natural Law? Natural Law and Eternal Law; 3.3 Natural Inclinations and Natural Law; 3.4 Universality of Natural Law; 3.5 Contents of Natural Law and Derivation of the Positive Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6 Natural Law in the Social Doctrine of the ChurchReferences; Chapter 4: The Competing Sources of Aquinas' Natural Law: Aristotle, Roman Law and the Early Christian Fathers; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Historical Background of Pre-Aquinas' Natural Law; 4.3 Aquinas' Intellectualism; 4.4 Aquinas' Natural Law as Natural Inclination; 4.5 Aquinas' Good; 4.6 Aquinas on Free Choice; 4.7 Suárez' Critique; 4.8 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: God and Natural Law: Reflections on Genesis; 5.1 God and the Slaying of the Innocent; 5.1.1 Immanuel Kant; 5.1.2 John Thiel; 5.1.3 Evaluation
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 Aquinas and Scotus on the Natural Law: Can the Natural Law Be Changed?5.2.1 Thomas Aquinas; 5.2.2 Duns Scotus; 5.3 Concluding Reflections; References; Chapter 6: Natural Right and Coercion; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Kant on Natural Right; 6.3 Rightful Condition as Regulative Norm in the State of Nature; 6.4 Transition from the State of Nature to a Rightful Condition; 6.4.1 The Postulate of Public Right Proceeds from Private Right; 6.4.2 Reason and Nature at the Basis of Law; 6.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Natural Law and the Phenomenological Given; 7.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 Reinach: A Phenomenological Research of Ontology of Law7.3 A Priori Science of Right and Natural Law Theory; 7.4 The Problems of a Non-normative Apriori Independent of Human Nature; References; Chapter 8: Perspectivism and Natural Law; References; Chapter 9: Natural Law Theory in Spain and Portugal; 9.1 Methodology, Scope and Philosophical Criteria; 9.2 Natural Law in the Spanish and Portuguese Traditions; 9.3 Twentieth Century Representative Scholars and Tendencies; 9.3.1 Neo-Scholastic Natural Law Doctrines; 9.3.2 Innovative Natural Law Trends; 9.4 Natural Law and Human Rights
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.5 Natural Law Theories in Twentieth-Century Portugal
    Description / Table of Contents: About the Authors -- Foreword; Francisco José Contreras -- 1. Aristotle on Practical Rules, Universality, and Law; Jesús Vega -- 2. Cosmopolitanism and Natural Law in Cicero; Fernando Llano -- 3. Natural Law: Autonomous or Heteronomous? The Thomistic Perspective; Diego Poole -- 4. The Competing Sources of Aquinas’ Natural Law: Aristotle, Roman Law and the Early Christian Fathers; Anna Taitslin -- 5. God and Natural Law: Reflections on Genesis 22; Matthew Levering -- 6. Natural Right and Coercion; Ana Marta González -- 7. Natural Law and the Phenomenological Given; Marta Albert -- 8. Perspectivism and Natural Law; Ignacio Sánchez Cámara -- 9. International Law and the Natural Law Tradition: The Influence of Verdross and Kelsen on Legaz Lacambra; María Elósegui -- 10. Natural Law Theory in Spain and Portugal; Antonio E. Pérez Luño -- 11. Is the “New Natural Law Theory” Actually a Natural Law Theory?; Francisco José Contreras -- 12. Alasdair MacIntyre on Natural Law ; Rafael Ramis-Barceló -- 13. Dworkin and the Natural Law Tradition; María Lourdes Santos -- 14. Public Reason, Secularism, and Natural Law; Iván Garzón..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 196
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753518 , 1283936070 , 9781283936071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 315 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 298
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Agassi, Joseph, 1927 - 2023 The very idea of modern science
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Science ; Europe ; History ; 16th century ; Science ; Europe ; History ; 17th century ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Citizen Science ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Citizen Science
    Abstract: This book is a study of the scientific revolution as a movement of amateur science. It describes the ideology of the amateur scientific societies as the philosophy of the Enlightenment Movement and their social structure and the way they made modern science such a magnificent institution. It also shows what was missing in the scientific organization of science and why it gave way to professional science in stages. In particular the book studies the contributions of Sir Francis Bacon and of the Hon. Robert Boyle to the rise of modern science. The philosophy of induction is notoriously problematic, yet its great asset is that it expressed the view of the Enlightenment Movement about science. This explains the ambivalence that we still exhibit towards Sir Francis Bacon whose radicalism and vision of pure and applied science still a major aspect of the fabric of society. Finally, the book discusses Boyle’s philosophy, his agreement with and dissent from Bacon and the way he single-handedly trained a crowd of poorly educated English aristocrats and rendered them into an army of able amateur researchers.​
    Description / Table of Contents: The Very Idea of ModernScience; Abstract; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Part I: Bacons Doctrine of Prejudice (A Study in a Renaissance Religion); Introductory Note; Chapter 1: The Riddle of Bacon; 1.1 The Problem of Methodology; 1.2 The Criticism of Bacon's Writings; 1.3 The Past Suggested Solutions; Chapter 2: Bacon's Philosophy of Discovery; 2.1 Bacon's Utopianism; 2.2 Bacon's Metaphysics; 2.3 Bacon's Induction; 2.4 Bacon's Inductive Machine; Chapter 3: Ellis' Major Difficulty; Chapter 4: The Function of the Doctrine of Prejudice; 4.1 Radicalism; 4.2 Radicalism Invented
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Radical MethodologyChapter 5: Bacon on the Origin of Error and Prejudice; Chapter 6: Prejudices of the Senses; 6.1 The Problem of Observation; 6.2 Prejudices of the Senses; 6.3 Bacon's Theory of Discovery; 6.4 Whewell's Theory of Discovery; 6.5 Popper's Theory of Discovery; 6.6 Bacon's "Mark" of Science; Chapter 7: Prejudices of Opinions; 7.1 Suspension of Judgment; 7.2 What Is a Prejudice?; 7.3 Bacon and the Logical Empiricists; 7.4 Bacon's Double Game; 7.5 The Origin of Scientific Theories; 7.6 Science and Imagination; Chapter 8: Bacon's Influence; 8.1 Influence on Immediate Posterity
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Permission to Propose a Hypothesis and to Assert Metaphysics8.3 Permission De Jure and de Facto; 8.4 Legitimation Versus Criticism; 8.5 Bacon's Influence; Chapter 9: Conclusion : The Rise of the Riddle of Bacon; Part II: The Religion of Inductivism as a Living Force; Quasi-Terminological Notes; "The Inductive Style"; "Speculation" and "Hypothesis"; "Hypothesis" and "Fact"; On the Recent Literature; Homage to Robert Boyle; Chapter 10: Philosophical Background; 10.1 Inductivism Classical and Modern; 10.2 Metaphysical Views, Classical and Modern; 10.3 The Doctrine of Prejudice
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.4 The Moral Code of the Fraternity10.5 Conclusion; Chapter 11: The Social Background of Classical Science; 11.1 Researchers as Amateurs; 11.2 Researchers as Experts; 11.3 Researchers as Inventors; 11.4 Researchers as Dilettantes; Chapter 12: The Missing Link Between Bacon and the Royal Society; 12.1 The Rise of the Royal Society; 12.2 Boyle's Spirit; 12.3 Boyle's Views on the Spread of Science; Chapter 13: Boyle in the Eyes of Posterity; 13.1 The Eighteenth Century; 13.2 Herschel's Unfair Comment; 13.3 Who Discovered Boyle's Law?; 13.4 Modern Views on Boyle; 13.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 14: The Inductive Style14.1 The Discussion of Style; 14.2 The Inductive Style Versus the Argumentative Style; 14.3 Reporting on Experiments and Writing Systems; 14.4 Boyle on some Systems; 14.5 Thinking and Experimenting; 14.6 The Inductive Style; 14.7 Encyclopedia of Facts or a Just History of Nature; 14.8 Boyle's Promiscuous Experiments; 14.9 Boyle on Attempts to Create some Theories; 14.10 Methodological Tolerance; 14.11 The Usefulness of Hypotheses; 14.12 Civilized Argument; 14.13 Boyle on the Method of Quoting; 14.14 Circumstantial Descriptions A: The Problem
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.15 Circumstantial Descriptions B: Recent Solutions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Acknowledgement -- PART I: BACONS DOCTRINE OF PREJUDICE -- (A study in a Renaissance Religion) Introductory Note -- I The Riddle of Bacon -- (1)  The Problem of Methodology -- (2)    II Bacon’s Philosophy of Discovery -- III Ellis’ Major Difficulty -- IV The Function of the Doctrine of Prejudice -- V Bacon on the origin of error and prejudice -- VI Prejudices of the Senses -- VII Prejudices of Opinions -- VIII Bacon’s Influence -- IX Conclusion: The rise of the commonwealth of learning -- PART II: A RELIGION OF INDUCTIVISM AS A LIVING FORCE -- A Quasi-Terminological Note -- On the recent literature -- Homage to Robert Boyle -- I Background Material -- II The social background of classical science -- III The Missing Link between Bacon and the Royal Society of London -- IV Boyle in the Eyes of Posterity -- V The Inductive Style -- VI Mechanism -- VII The new doctrine of prejudice -- Appendices. ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 197
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761285
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 231 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Social morphogenesis
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Konferenzschrift ; Sozialer Wandel
    Abstract: The rate of social change has speeded up in the last three decades, but how do we explain this? This volume ventures what the generative mechanism is that produces such rapid change and discusses how this differs from late Modernity. Contributors examine if an intensification of morphogenesis (positive feedback that results in a change in social form) and a corresponding reduction in morphostasis (negative feedback that restores or reproduces the form of the social order) best captures the process involved. This volume resists proclaiming a new social formation as so many books written by empiricists have done by extrapolating from empirical data. Until we can convincingly demonstrate that a new generative mechanism is at work, it is premature to argue what accounts for the global changes that are taking place and where they will lead. More concisely we seek to answer the question whether or not current social change can be regarded as social morphogenesis. Only then, in the next volumes will the same team of authors be able to remove the question mark
    Description / Table of Contents: Social Morphogenesis; Contents; 1 Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; 1.1…Part 1. Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; The Rapidity of Social Change and Empiricism's Shortcomings; Social Morphogenesis: From Toolkit to Theory; Three Levels of Social Morphogenesis; Transformations of the Third-Order; References; Part I Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; 2 Morphogenesis and Social Change; 2.1…The Morphogenetic Approach; 2.2…Social Change Understood Morphogenetically; 2.3…The Morphogenetic Approach Versus the Current Conflationisms
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4…Where Are We Now?References; 3 The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea of a Morphogenetic Society: The Role of Regularities; 3.1…The Topic: Morphogenesis from Meta-Theory to Forms of Social Order; 3.2…Morphogenesis and Regularity: Making Friends with Old Enemies?; 3.3…Duration, Pace, Trajectory, Turning Points, Transitions, and Cycles: New Bricks for the Morphogenetic Fabric; 3.4…Conclusion; References; 4 Emergence and Morphogenesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation?; 4.1…Emergence; Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; 4.2…Causal Reduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction: Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; Margaret S. Archer -- PART I. SOCIAL CHANGE AS MORPHOGENESIS.- Chapter 2. Morphogenesis and Social Change; Douglas V. Porpora -- Chapter 3. The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea  of Morphogenetic Society. The Role of Regularities; Andrea M. Maccarini -- Chapter 4. Emergence and Morphognesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; Tony Lawson -- Chapter 5 Morphogenesis, Continuity and Change in the International Political System; Colin Wight -- PART II. SOCIAL FORMATIONS AND THEIR RE-FORMATION -- Chapter 6. Self-Organization: What is it, What isn't it and What's it Got to Do with Morphogenesis; Kate Forbes-Pitt -- Chapter 7. Self-Organization as the Mechanism of Development and Evolution in Social Systems; Wolfgang Hofkirchner -- Chapter 8. Morphogenetic Society: Self-Government and Self-Organization as Misleading Metaphors; Maragaret S. Archer.- PART III. SOCIAL NETWORKS: LINKAGES OR BONDS -- Chapter 9. Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration; Emmanuel Lazega -- Chapter 10. Authority's Hidden Networks: Obligations, Roles and the Morphogenesis of Authority; Ismael Al-Amoudi -- Chapter 11. Morphogenesis and Social Networks: Relational Steering not Mechanical Feedback; Pierpaolo Donati.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 198
    ISBN: 9789400760257
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 218 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Coeckelbergh, Mark, 1975 - Human being risk
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Risikomanagement ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: Whereas standard approaches to risk and vulnerability presuppose a strict separation between humans and their world, this book develops an existential-phenomenological approach according to which we are always already beings-at-risk. Moreover, it is argued that in our struggle against vulnerability, we create new vulnerabilities and thereby transform ourselves as much as we transform the world. Responding to the discussion about human enhancement and information technologies, the book then shows that this dynamic-relational approach has important implications for the evaluation of new technologies and their risks. It calls for a normative anthropology of vulnerability that does not ask which objective risks are acceptable, how we can become invulnerable, or which technologies threaten human nature, but which vulnerability transformations we want. To the extent that we can steer the growth of new technologies at all, this tragic and sometimes comic project should therefore be guided by what we want to become.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Human Being Risk; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 The Experience of Risk and Vulnerability; 1.2 The Struggle Against Risk and Vulnerability; 1.3 Technological Risk and the Ethical Evaluation of New Technologies; 1.4 Risk, Vulnerability, and Technology; 1.5 Transhumanism; 1.6 Outline of the Book; References; Part I: Descriptive Anthropology of Vulnerability; Chapter 2: The Transhumanist Challenge; 2.1 The Ethical Discussion About Human Enhancement and Its Assumptions About Human Being and Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.1 Transhumanists Versus Bioconservatives and Infoconservatives: The Anthropological Issue2.1.2 Fighting the Dragon or Accepting What Is Given by Nature or God? The Question Concerning Human Vulnerability and Tech...; 2.2 First Response to the Anthropological Issue; 2.2.1 Human Nature Has Always Changed; 2.2.2 Technology Has Always Changed Who We Are; 2.2.3 Philosophical Anthropology Has Always Been Normative; 2.2.4 From Human Nature to Human Being: From Essence to Existence; References; Chapter 3: Anthropology of Vulnerability; 3.1 Standard Dualist Views of Risk and Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 Objectivist Views: Risk Science, Medicine, and the Psychology of Risk3.1.2 The Social Construction of Risk and Cultural Theory of Risk; 3.2 An Existential-Phenomenological Alternative: A Relational Anthropology of Vulnerability; 3.2.1 Existential Vulnerability: Preliminary Phenomenology of Risk and Vulnerability; 3.2.2 Existential Vulnerability: Being-at-Risk, Fear, and Care (Using Heidegger 1); 3.2.3 Existential Versus Existentialist (Not Using Heidegger 2); 3.2.4 The Tradition of Philosophical Anthropology: Plessner; References; Chapter 4: Cultures and Transformations of Vulnerability
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Culture(s) of Vulnerability4.1.1 Experience: Imaginations of Vulnerability; 4.1.1.1 An Example: Experiences and Cultures of Health and Illness; 4.1.2 Praxis and Habitus: Imagination as Representation Versus Imagination in Action; 4.2 Vulnerability Transformations; 4.2.1 Spiritual Technologies and Religious Culture; 4.2.2 Material Technologies and Technological, Financial, and Economic Culture; 4.2.3 Social Technologies and Political Culture; 4.2.4 Technologies of the Self and Self-Culture; 4.3 Conclusion: Vulnerability Transformations as Transformations of a Form of Life; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part II: Normative Anthropology of VulnerabilityChapter 5: Ethics of Vulnerability (i): Implications for Ethics of Technology; 5.1 Vulnerability and Ethics; 5.1.1 The Value of Vulnerability and the Vulnerability of Value; 5.1.2 Evaluating Vulnerability Transformations; 5.1.2.1 Personal Robots; 5.1.2.2 Human Genetic Enhancement; 5.2 Ethics of Technology as an Ethics of Vulnerability; 5.2.1 Standard View: Human Values Versus Technological Means; 5.2.2 Alternative: Learning to Be-at-Risk; 5.3 The Design and Growth of Human Vulnerability; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Ethics of Vulnerability (ii): Imagining the Posthuman Future
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I Descriptive Anthropology of Vulnerability --  Chapter 1. The Transhumanist Challenge -- Chapter 2. An Anthropology of Vulnerability -- Chapter 3. Cultures and Transformations of Vulnerability -- Part II Normative Anthropology of Vulnerability -- Chapter 4. Ethics of Vulnerability (1): Implications for ethics of technology -- Chapter 5. Ethics of Vulnerability (2): Imagining the Posthuman future -- Chapter 6. Ethics of Vulnerability (3): Vulnerability in the Information Age -- Chapter 7. Politics of Vulnerability: Freedom, Justice, and the Public/Private distinction -- Chapter 8. Normative Aesthetics of Vulnerability: The Art of Coping with Vulnerability -- Conclusion.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 199
    ISBN: 9789400750678 , 1299198147 , 9781299198142
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 179 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 296
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The structural links between ecology, evolution and ethics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; History ; Congresses ; Ecology ; History ; Congresses ; Environmental ethics ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift 2005 ; Ökologie ; Evolution ; Ethik ; Bioethik ; Ökologie ; Evolutionsbiologie
    Abstract: Evolutionary biology, ecology and ethics: at first glance, three different objects of research, three different worldviews and three different scientific communities. In reality, there are both structural and historical links between these disciplines. First, some topics are obviously common across the board. Second, the emerging need for environmental policy management has gradually but radically changed the relationship between these disciplines. Over the last decades in particular, there has emerged a need for an interconnecting meta-paradigm that integrates more strictly evolutionary studies, biodiversity studies and the ethical frameworks that are most appropriate for allowing a lasting co-evolution between natural and social systems. Today such a need is more than a mere luxury, it is an epistemological and practical necessity.In short, the authors of this volume address some of the foundational themes that interconnect evolutionary studies, ecology and ethics. Here they have chosen to analyze a topic using one of these specific disciplines as a kind of epistemological platform with specific links to topics from one or both of the remaining disciplines
    Description / Table of Contents: The Structural Linksbetween Ecology, Evolution and Ethics; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; List of Figures; Chapter 1: Ecology, Evolution, Ethics: In Search of a Meta-paradigm - An Introduction; 1.1 Some Landmarks of an Interweaved History of Ecology, Evolution and Ethics; 1.2 Looking for an Epistemic and Practical Meta-paradigm: The Transactional Framework; 1.3 Evolution between Ethics and Creationism; 1.4 Chance and Time between Evolution and Ecology; 1.5 Ethics between Ecology and Evolution; Notes; References; Chapter 2: Evolution Versus Creation: A Sibling Rivalry?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Before The Origin2.2 Charles Darwin; 2.3 The Darwinian Evangelist; 2.4 The Twenty-first Century; References; Chapter 3: Evolution and Chance; 3.1 Three Meanings of the Concept of Chance; 3.1.1 Luck; 3.1.2 Random Events; 3.1.3 Contingency with Respect to a Theoretical System; 3.2 Modalities of Chance in the Biology of Evolution; 3.2.1 Mutation; 3.2.2 Random Genetic Drift; 3.2.3 Genetic Revolution; 3.2.4 The Ecosystem Level; 3.2.5 The Macroevolutionary Level (Paleobiology); 3.2.6 Other Cases; 3.3 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 4: Some Conceptions of Time in Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Scales of Time4.2 The Chronological Issue; 4.3 Crop Rotation; 4.4 Succession and Equilibrium; 4.5 Irreversibility and Unpredictability; 4.6 Persistence and Anticipation; Notes; References; Chapter 5: Facts, Values, and Analogies: A Darwinian Approach to Environmental Choice; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Naturalism: The Method of Experience; 5.3 An Empirical Hypothesis; 5.4 Scaling and Environmental Problem Formulation; 5.5 Darwin and Environmental Ethics; Note; References; Chapter 6: Towards EcoEvoEthics; 6.1 An Equilibrium World and the Ecosystem Paradigm
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Protection of Nature: The Path to Ecology6.3 Ecocentrism, the Ethical Counterpart of the Ecosystem Paradigm; 6.4 Ecology Meets Evolution: The Co-change Paradigm; 6.5 An Eco-evolutionary Ethics Is Needed; 6.6 Uniqueness, Diversity, and Evolutionary Values; 6.7 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 7: Ecology and Moral Ontology; 7.1 The Superorganism Paradigm in Ecology; 7.2 The Ecosystem Paradigm in Ecology; 7.3 The Rise and Fall of Ecosystems as Superorganisms; 7.4 Organisms as Superecosystems; 7.5 Classical and Recent Expressions of the Organism as Superecosystem Concept
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.6 From a Modern to a Post-modern Moral Ontology7.7 Post-modern Ecological Moral Ontology: Toward an Erotic Ethic; References; Chapter 8: Animal Rights and Environmental Ethics; 8.1 Defining Characteristics of Moral Rights; 8.1.1 ``No Trespassing´´; 8.1.2 Equality; 8.1.3 Trump; 8.1.4 Respect; 8.2 Who Has Moral Rights?; 8.2.1 Subjects-of-a-Life; 8.2.2 Animal Rights; 8.3 A Number of Environmentally-based Objections Have Been Raised Against the Rights View2; 8.3.1 The Rights View and Predator-Prey Relations; 8.3.2 The Rights View and Endangered Species; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Reconciling Individualist and Deeper Environmentalist Theories? An Exploration
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 200
    ISBN: 9789400754850
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 332 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 273
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The Berlin Group and the philosophy of logical empiricism
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Dubislav, Walter, 1895- ; Oppenheim, Paul, 1885- ; Grelling, Kurt ; Fries, Jakob Friedrich, 1773-1843 ; Science ; Philosophy ; History ; 20th century ; Congresses ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Reichenbach, Hans 1891-1953 ; Neopositivismus ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie
    Abstract: The Berlin Group for scientific philosophy was active between 1928 and 1933 and was closely related to the Vienna Circle. In 1930, the leaders of the two Groups, Hans Reichenbach and Rudolf Carnap, launched the journal Erkenntnis. However, between the Berlin Group and the Vienna Circle, there was not only close relatedness but also significant difference. Above all, while the Berlin Group explored philosophical problems of the actual practice of science, the Vienna Circle, closely following Wittgenstein, was more interested in problems of the language of science. The book includes first discussion ever (in three chapters) on Walter Dubislav’s logic and philosophy. Two chapters are devoted to another author scarcely explored in English, Kurt Grelling, and another one to Paul Oppenheim who became an important figure in the philosophy of science in the USA in the 1940s-1960s. Finally, the book discusses the precursor of the Nord-German tradition of scientific philosophy, Jacob Friedrich Fries
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Milkov, Peckhaus.- Part I. Introductory Chapters -- Part II. Historical-Theoretical Context -- Part III. Hans Reichenbach -- Part IV. Walter Dubislav -- Part V. Kurt Grelling and  Alexander Herzberg -- Part VI. Carl Hempel und Paul Oppenheim.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...